User login
Behavioral Therapy for Migraine and Tension-Type Headache
Steven M. Baskin, PhD, a clinical psychologist at the New England Institute for Neurology and Headache in Stamford, Connecticut, recently answered the Migraine Resource Center’s questions about the benefits of behavioral therapy in the treatment of migraine and tension-type headache.
Alan M. Rapoport, MD: Could you please give a brief description of the 5 best modalities of behavioral therapy for migraine and tension-type headache?
Steven M. Baskin, PhD: The most researched modalities that have a good evidence base for both migraine and tension-type headache (TTHA) are relaxation therapies that often combine abdominal breathing with some form of progressive relaxation, electromyography (EMG) biofeedback therapy where headache patients learn to decrease scalp and neck muscle tension utilizing muscular biofeedback, thermal biofeedback where migraine sufferers learn a way to warm their hands which often creates a low arousal state that may reduce brain hyperexcitability, and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) techniques to learn stress management. The combination of behavioral medicine techniques plus preventive pharmacological treatment has been showed to be more efficacious than either treatment alone. (Holroyd KA, et al. Effect of preventive (β blocker) treatment, behavioural migraine management, or their combination on outcomes of optimised acute treatment in frequent migraine: randomised controlled trial. BMJ. 2010;1-12)
CBT to treat insomnia has also been shown to reverse many chronic migraine sufferers back to episodic migraine. (Smitherman TA, et al. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia to Reduce Chronic Migraine: A Sequential Bayesian Analysis. Headache 2018;58:1052-1059)
Dr. Rapoport: How do you identify a patient who may benefit from behavioral therapy over acute medication, and what is the first step that you suggest?
Dr. Baskin: Behavioral therapies for migraine management are typically preventive therapies that can and should be combined with medications to control acute attacks. There are behavioral principles that can maximize adherence to abortive agents in order to optimize acute care.
Dr. Rapoport: Which tends to work the best for migraine?
Dr. Baskin: What works best is to first do a good behavioral assessment of the frequency, duration, intensity, and disability level of their headaches as well as current stress levels, history, and adherence to drug and nondrug therapies, and psychiatric comorbidities. A program should then be developed that includes some combination of pharmacological and behavioral interventions to address these issues. It is important to increase self-efficacy: patients’ belief in the ability to control the headache, belief in the ability to manage emotional reactivity to pain, and belief that they can achieve functionality in the presence of a significant headache disorder.
Dr. Rapoport: Who should not have biofeedback therapy?
Dr. Baskin: Biofeedback has shown to be effective in treating migraine and TTHA. It has not been shown to be effective in treating trigeminal autonomic cephalgias (TACs) such as cluster headache. Like pharmacological therapies, it is less effective in chronic migraine that is daily and constant. A patient with severe psychiatric disorder should be treated for their psychiatric disorder before beginning biofeedback therapy.
Dr. Rapoport: Some doctors see patients twice per week for several months. What is your typical routine for behavioral therapy?
Dr. Baskin: We have a variety of programs. For complicated patients, we tend to see them weekly and have a very systematic program of biofeedback and CBT for approximately 12 to 15 sessions. This may include treating psychiatric comorbidities. We see many other patients for 1 or 2 sessions of biofeedback to try to effect physiological learning and for 1 or 2 sessions of CBT to help them manage stressors and learn coping skills that they can use to help manage migraines and life stress.
Dr. Rapoport: Does behavioral medicine work best in conjunction with preventive medications, or on its own?
Dr. Baskin: Many patients do well with a behavioral treatment as a preventive therapy and a pharmacologic agent to optimize acute care. I believe that many patients with higher frequency migraine with psychological issues or ongoing stressors do best with a combination of preventive pharmacologic therapy and behavior therapy. Any migraine patient with sleep issues should learn CBT for insomnia.
Dr. Rapoport: Is there evidence that suggests behavioral therapy can help patients at various ages manage their migraines?
Dr. Baskin: There is both adult and child data on behavioral therapy for migraine. An excellent study was done in children and adolescents by Powers et al. It showed that adding 10 sessions of CBT to preventive amitriptyline therapy, compared to adding headache education, significantly reduced the number of headache days, level of disability, and kids with a better than 50% decrease in days of headache compared to amitriptyline, plus headache education control in chronic migraine patients. (Powers SW et al. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Plus Amitriptyline for Chronic Migraine in Children and Adolescents: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA 2013;310(24):2622-2630)
Dr. Rapoport: A recent MedPage Today article noted that “anxiety may complicate migraine more than depression with greater long-term persistence, greater headache-related disability, and reduced satisfaction with acute therapies.” Could you please elaborate on why this may be the case?
Dr. Baskin: Anxiety disorders are often based on feeling threat. They are always associated with avoidance behaviors. Headache sufferers with significant anxiety tend to overestimate the probability of danger (migraine) and perceive it as more unmanageable and threatening than objective reality. They are often very sensitive to medication side effects and benign somatic sensations. They sometimes take medications pre-emptively, because of their fear of getting a migraine, which may lead to medication misuse or overuse. The lifetime prevalence of anxiety disorders in migraineurs (ranging from 51-58%) is almost twice that of major depression.
Please write to us at Neurology Reviews Migraine Resource Center ([email protected]) with your opinions.
Alan M. Rapoport, M.D.
Editor-in-Chief
Migraine Resource Center
Clinical Professor of Neurology
The David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA
Los Angeles, California
Steven M. Baskin, PhD, a clinical psychologist at the New England Institute for Neurology and Headache in Stamford, Connecticut, recently answered the Migraine Resource Center’s questions about the benefits of behavioral therapy in the treatment of migraine and tension-type headache.
Alan M. Rapoport, MD: Could you please give a brief description of the 5 best modalities of behavioral therapy for migraine and tension-type headache?
Steven M. Baskin, PhD: The most researched modalities that have a good evidence base for both migraine and tension-type headache (TTHA) are relaxation therapies that often combine abdominal breathing with some form of progressive relaxation, electromyography (EMG) biofeedback therapy where headache patients learn to decrease scalp and neck muscle tension utilizing muscular biofeedback, thermal biofeedback where migraine sufferers learn a way to warm their hands which often creates a low arousal state that may reduce brain hyperexcitability, and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) techniques to learn stress management. The combination of behavioral medicine techniques plus preventive pharmacological treatment has been showed to be more efficacious than either treatment alone. (Holroyd KA, et al. Effect of preventive (β blocker) treatment, behavioural migraine management, or their combination on outcomes of optimised acute treatment in frequent migraine: randomised controlled trial. BMJ. 2010;1-12)
CBT to treat insomnia has also been shown to reverse many chronic migraine sufferers back to episodic migraine. (Smitherman TA, et al. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia to Reduce Chronic Migraine: A Sequential Bayesian Analysis. Headache 2018;58:1052-1059)
Dr. Rapoport: How do you identify a patient who may benefit from behavioral therapy over acute medication, and what is the first step that you suggest?
Dr. Baskin: Behavioral therapies for migraine management are typically preventive therapies that can and should be combined with medications to control acute attacks. There are behavioral principles that can maximize adherence to abortive agents in order to optimize acute care.
Dr. Rapoport: Which tends to work the best for migraine?
Dr. Baskin: What works best is to first do a good behavioral assessment of the frequency, duration, intensity, and disability level of their headaches as well as current stress levels, history, and adherence to drug and nondrug therapies, and psychiatric comorbidities. A program should then be developed that includes some combination of pharmacological and behavioral interventions to address these issues. It is important to increase self-efficacy: patients’ belief in the ability to control the headache, belief in the ability to manage emotional reactivity to pain, and belief that they can achieve functionality in the presence of a significant headache disorder.
Dr. Rapoport: Who should not have biofeedback therapy?
Dr. Baskin: Biofeedback has shown to be effective in treating migraine and TTHA. It has not been shown to be effective in treating trigeminal autonomic cephalgias (TACs) such as cluster headache. Like pharmacological therapies, it is less effective in chronic migraine that is daily and constant. A patient with severe psychiatric disorder should be treated for their psychiatric disorder before beginning biofeedback therapy.
Dr. Rapoport: Some doctors see patients twice per week for several months. What is your typical routine for behavioral therapy?
Dr. Baskin: We have a variety of programs. For complicated patients, we tend to see them weekly and have a very systematic program of biofeedback and CBT for approximately 12 to 15 sessions. This may include treating psychiatric comorbidities. We see many other patients for 1 or 2 sessions of biofeedback to try to effect physiological learning and for 1 or 2 sessions of CBT to help them manage stressors and learn coping skills that they can use to help manage migraines and life stress.
Dr. Rapoport: Does behavioral medicine work best in conjunction with preventive medications, or on its own?
Dr. Baskin: Many patients do well with a behavioral treatment as a preventive therapy and a pharmacologic agent to optimize acute care. I believe that many patients with higher frequency migraine with psychological issues or ongoing stressors do best with a combination of preventive pharmacologic therapy and behavior therapy. Any migraine patient with sleep issues should learn CBT for insomnia.
Dr. Rapoport: Is there evidence that suggests behavioral therapy can help patients at various ages manage their migraines?
Dr. Baskin: There is both adult and child data on behavioral therapy for migraine. An excellent study was done in children and adolescents by Powers et al. It showed that adding 10 sessions of CBT to preventive amitriptyline therapy, compared to adding headache education, significantly reduced the number of headache days, level of disability, and kids with a better than 50% decrease in days of headache compared to amitriptyline, plus headache education control in chronic migraine patients. (Powers SW et al. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Plus Amitriptyline for Chronic Migraine in Children and Adolescents: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA 2013;310(24):2622-2630)
Dr. Rapoport: A recent MedPage Today article noted that “anxiety may complicate migraine more than depression with greater long-term persistence, greater headache-related disability, and reduced satisfaction with acute therapies.” Could you please elaborate on why this may be the case?
Dr. Baskin: Anxiety disorders are often based on feeling threat. They are always associated with avoidance behaviors. Headache sufferers with significant anxiety tend to overestimate the probability of danger (migraine) and perceive it as more unmanageable and threatening than objective reality. They are often very sensitive to medication side effects and benign somatic sensations. They sometimes take medications pre-emptively, because of their fear of getting a migraine, which may lead to medication misuse or overuse. The lifetime prevalence of anxiety disorders in migraineurs (ranging from 51-58%) is almost twice that of major depression.
Please write to us at Neurology Reviews Migraine Resource Center ([email protected]) with your opinions.
Alan M. Rapoport, M.D.
Editor-in-Chief
Migraine Resource Center
Clinical Professor of Neurology
The David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA
Los Angeles, California
Steven M. Baskin, PhD, a clinical psychologist at the New England Institute for Neurology and Headache in Stamford, Connecticut, recently answered the Migraine Resource Center’s questions about the benefits of behavioral therapy in the treatment of migraine and tension-type headache.
Alan M. Rapoport, MD: Could you please give a brief description of the 5 best modalities of behavioral therapy for migraine and tension-type headache?
Steven M. Baskin, PhD: The most researched modalities that have a good evidence base for both migraine and tension-type headache (TTHA) are relaxation therapies that often combine abdominal breathing with some form of progressive relaxation, electromyography (EMG) biofeedback therapy where headache patients learn to decrease scalp and neck muscle tension utilizing muscular biofeedback, thermal biofeedback where migraine sufferers learn a way to warm their hands which often creates a low arousal state that may reduce brain hyperexcitability, and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) techniques to learn stress management. The combination of behavioral medicine techniques plus preventive pharmacological treatment has been showed to be more efficacious than either treatment alone. (Holroyd KA, et al. Effect of preventive (β blocker) treatment, behavioural migraine management, or their combination on outcomes of optimised acute treatment in frequent migraine: randomised controlled trial. BMJ. 2010;1-12)
CBT to treat insomnia has also been shown to reverse many chronic migraine sufferers back to episodic migraine. (Smitherman TA, et al. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia to Reduce Chronic Migraine: A Sequential Bayesian Analysis. Headache 2018;58:1052-1059)
Dr. Rapoport: How do you identify a patient who may benefit from behavioral therapy over acute medication, and what is the first step that you suggest?
Dr. Baskin: Behavioral therapies for migraine management are typically preventive therapies that can and should be combined with medications to control acute attacks. There are behavioral principles that can maximize adherence to abortive agents in order to optimize acute care.
Dr. Rapoport: Which tends to work the best for migraine?
Dr. Baskin: What works best is to first do a good behavioral assessment of the frequency, duration, intensity, and disability level of their headaches as well as current stress levels, history, and adherence to drug and nondrug therapies, and psychiatric comorbidities. A program should then be developed that includes some combination of pharmacological and behavioral interventions to address these issues. It is important to increase self-efficacy: patients’ belief in the ability to control the headache, belief in the ability to manage emotional reactivity to pain, and belief that they can achieve functionality in the presence of a significant headache disorder.
Dr. Rapoport: Who should not have biofeedback therapy?
Dr. Baskin: Biofeedback has shown to be effective in treating migraine and TTHA. It has not been shown to be effective in treating trigeminal autonomic cephalgias (TACs) such as cluster headache. Like pharmacological therapies, it is less effective in chronic migraine that is daily and constant. A patient with severe psychiatric disorder should be treated for their psychiatric disorder before beginning biofeedback therapy.
Dr. Rapoport: Some doctors see patients twice per week for several months. What is your typical routine for behavioral therapy?
Dr. Baskin: We have a variety of programs. For complicated patients, we tend to see them weekly and have a very systematic program of biofeedback and CBT for approximately 12 to 15 sessions. This may include treating psychiatric comorbidities. We see many other patients for 1 or 2 sessions of biofeedback to try to effect physiological learning and for 1 or 2 sessions of CBT to help them manage stressors and learn coping skills that they can use to help manage migraines and life stress.
Dr. Rapoport: Does behavioral medicine work best in conjunction with preventive medications, or on its own?
Dr. Baskin: Many patients do well with a behavioral treatment as a preventive therapy and a pharmacologic agent to optimize acute care. I believe that many patients with higher frequency migraine with psychological issues or ongoing stressors do best with a combination of preventive pharmacologic therapy and behavior therapy. Any migraine patient with sleep issues should learn CBT for insomnia.
Dr. Rapoport: Is there evidence that suggests behavioral therapy can help patients at various ages manage their migraines?
Dr. Baskin: There is both adult and child data on behavioral therapy for migraine. An excellent study was done in children and adolescents by Powers et al. It showed that adding 10 sessions of CBT to preventive amitriptyline therapy, compared to adding headache education, significantly reduced the number of headache days, level of disability, and kids with a better than 50% decrease in days of headache compared to amitriptyline, plus headache education control in chronic migraine patients. (Powers SW et al. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Plus Amitriptyline for Chronic Migraine in Children and Adolescents: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA 2013;310(24):2622-2630)
Dr. Rapoport: A recent MedPage Today article noted that “anxiety may complicate migraine more than depression with greater long-term persistence, greater headache-related disability, and reduced satisfaction with acute therapies.” Could you please elaborate on why this may be the case?
Dr. Baskin: Anxiety disorders are often based on feeling threat. They are always associated with avoidance behaviors. Headache sufferers with significant anxiety tend to overestimate the probability of danger (migraine) and perceive it as more unmanageable and threatening than objective reality. They are often very sensitive to medication side effects and benign somatic sensations. They sometimes take medications pre-emptively, because of their fear of getting a migraine, which may lead to medication misuse or overuse. The lifetime prevalence of anxiety disorders in migraineurs (ranging from 51-58%) is almost twice that of major depression.
Please write to us at Neurology Reviews Migraine Resource Center ([email protected]) with your opinions.
Alan M. Rapoport, M.D.
Editor-in-Chief
Migraine Resource Center
Clinical Professor of Neurology
The David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA
Los Angeles, California
Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: A primary care guide
MGUS is present in 3% to 4% of the population over age 50 and is more common in older men, African Americans, and Africans.1–6
The overall risk of progression to myeloma and related disorders is less than or equal to 1% per year depending on the subtype of the M protein (higher risk with IgM than non-IgM and light-chain MGUS).7,8 While the risk of malignant transformation is low, multiple myeloma is almost always preceded by the presence of an asymptomatic and often unrecognized monoclonal protein.
WHEN SHOULD WE LOOK FOR AN M PROTEIN?
An M protein is typically an incidental finding when a patient is being assessed for any of a number of presenting symptoms or conditions. A large retrospective study9 found that screening for MGUS was mostly performed by internal medicine physicians. The indications for testing were anemia, bone-related issues, elevated creatinine, elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate, and neuropathy.
A low anion gap is not a major indicator of an M protein unless in a high concentration, in which case other manifestations would be present, such as renal failure, which would guide the diagnosis. Polyclonal hypergammaglobulinemia as a cause of low anion gap is far more common than MGUS.
HOW SHOULD WE SCREEN FOR AN M PROTEIN?
Serum protein electrophoresis is an initial test used to identify an M protein and has a key role in quantifying it (Figure 2). An M protein appears as a narrow spike on the agarose gel and should be distinguished from the broad band seen in polyclonal gammopathies associated with cirrhosis and chronic infectious and inflammatory conditions, among others.12 A major disadvantage of serum protein electrophoresis is that it cannot detect an M protein in very low concentrations or determine its identity.
Serum immunofixation is more sensitive than serum protein electrophoresis and should always be ordered in conjunction with it, mostly to ensure detecting tiny amounts of M protein and to identify the type of its heavy chain and light-chain components.13
The serum free light-chain assay is also considered an essential part of the screening process to detect light-chain MGUS and light-chain myeloma. As many as 16% of myeloma patients secrete only light chains, which may not be identified on serum immunofixation.3,6,7,10,14,15 In general, a low kappa-lambda ratio (< 0.26) indicates the overproduction of lambda light chains, and a high ratio (> 1.65) indicates the overproduction of kappa light chains.
The serum free light-chain assay helps detect abnormal secretion of monoclonal light chains before they appear in the urine once the kidney tubules become saturated and unable to reabsorb them.
Of note, the free light-chain ratio can be abnormal (< 0.26 or > 1.65) in chronic kidney disease. Thus, it may be challenging to discern whether an abnormal light-chain ratio is related to impaired light-chain clearance by the kidneys or to MGUS. In general, kappa light chains are more elevated than lambda light chains in chronic kidney disease, but the ratio should not be considerably skewed. A kappa-lambda ratio below 0.37 or above 3 is rarely seen in chronic kidney disease and should prompt workup for MGUS.16
Tests in combination. The sensitivity of screening for M proteins ranges from 82% with serum protein electrophoresis alone to 93% with the addition of serum immunofixation and to 98% with the serum free light-chain assay.15 The latter can replace urine protein electrophoresis and immunofixation when screening for M protein, given its higher sensitivity.15,17 An important caveat is that urine dipstick testing does not detect urine light chains.
Table 3 lists the initial laboratory tests required in patients with MGUS.
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF MONOCLONAL GAMMOPATHIES?
that feature an M protein and would otherwise require treatment (Table 4). The differential diagnosis includes smoldering multiple myeloma, symptomatic multiple myeloma, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, light-chain amyloidosis, low-grade B-cell lymphoproliferative disorders, a variety of monoclonal protein-related kidney disorders, and plasmacytomas.10,14
MGUS
Based on the International Myeloma Working Group consensus, a formal diagnosis of MGUS is established when a serum M protein is detected and measured at a concentration less than 3 g/dL on serum protein electrophoresis along with less than 10% clonal plasma cells in the bone marrow.1–6,14,18,19 Nevertheless, bone marrow biopsy can be omitted in certain patients as discussed below. The absence of myeloma-related organ damage—particularly osteolytic bone lesions, anemia, otherwise unexplained renal failure, and hypercalcemia—is fundamental and necessary for a diagnosis of MGUS.
Smoldering multiple myeloma
Compared with patients with MGUS, patients with smoldering multiple myeloma have higher M protein concentrations (≥ 3 g/dL) or 10% or more clonal plasma cells in the marrow or both, and are at higher risk of progression to symptomatic multiple myeloma. Nevertheless, like patients with MGUS, they have no myeloma symptoms or evidence of end-organ damage.
Symptomatic multiple myeloma
By definition, patients with multiple myeloma develop organ damage related to their malignancy and need therapy to halt disease progression. Multiple myeloma causes clinical manifestations through cellular infiltration of the bone and bone marrow (anemia, osteolysis, and hypercalcemia) and light chain-induced toxicity (renal tubular damage and cast nephropathy).
In 2014, the definition of multiple myeloma was updated to include 3 new myeloma-defining events that herald a significantly higher risk of progression from smoldering to symptomatic multiple myeloma, and now constitute an integral part of the diagnosis of symptomatic multiple myeloma. These are:
- Focal lesions (> 1 lesion larger than 5 mm) visible on magnetic resonance imaging
- ≥ 60% clonal plasma cells on bone marrow biopsy
- Ratio of involved to uninvolved serum free light chains ≥ 100 (the involved light chain is the one detected on serum protein electrophoresis and immunofixation).14
Bone pain, symptoms of anemia, and decreased urine output may suggest myeloma, but are not diagnostic. Although the “CRAB” criteria (elevated calcium, renal failure, anemia, and bone lesions) define multiple myeloma, the presence of anemia, hypercalcemia, or renal dysfunction do not by themselves mark transformation from MGUS to multiple myeloma. Thus, other causes need to be considered, since the risk of transformation is so low. Importantly, hyperparathyroidism must be ruled out if hypercalcemia is present in a patient with MGUS.10
Waldenström macroglobulinemia
Waldenström macroglobulinemia, also called lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, is an indolent non-Hodgkin B-cell lymphoma that can invade the marrow, liver, spleen, and lymph nodes, leading to anemia and organomegaly. It features a monoclonal IgM protein that can be associated with increased blood viscosity, cold agglutinin disease, peripheral neuropathy, and cryoglobulinemia.
Waldenström macroglobulinemia should be suspected in any patient with IgM type M protein and symptoms related to hyperviscosity (headache, blurry vision, lightheadedness, shortness of breath, unexplained epistaxis, gum bleeding); systemic symptoms (fever, weight loss, and night sweats); and abdominal pain (due to organomegaly).23
Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance
Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance (MGRS) is a newly recognized entity defined by kidney dysfunction associated with an M protein without evidence of myeloma or other lymphoid disorders.24 Multiple disorders have been included in this category with different underlying mechanisms of kidney injury. This entity is beyond the scope of this discussion.
Light-chain amyloidosis
Misfolded light-chain deposition leading to organ dysfunction is the hallmark of light-chain amyloidosis, which constitutes a subset of MGRS. An abnormal light-chain ratio, especially if skewed toward lambda should trigger an investigation for light-chain amyloidosis.10
Abnormal light chains may infiltrate any organ or tissue, but of greatest concern is infiltration of the myocardium with ensuing heart failure manifestations. N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) is a sensitive marker for cardiac amyloidosis in the presence of suggestive features on transthoracic echocardiography (eg, left ventricular hypertrophy) but is not specific as it can be elevated in heart failure regardless of the underlying cause.10
Glomerular injury with nephrotic syndrome may also point toward renal involvement by light-chain amyloidosis and establishes a key distinctive factor from myeloma in which tubular injury is the main mechanism of kidney dysfunction.
Clinical clues for light-chain amyloidosis include heart failure symptoms, neuropathy, and macroglossia. If any of these symptoms and signs is present, we recommend electrocardiography (look for low voltage in limb leads), transthoracic echocardiography, measuring the NT-proBNP level, and urinalysis to look for albuminuria. Notably, carpal tunnel syndrome may be a very early clinical manifestation of amyloidosis, but by itself it is nonspecific. Light-chain amyloidosis is a common cause of macroglossia in adults.10,25
Neuropathy associated with M proteins is a clinical entity related to a multitude of disorders that may necessitate treating the underlying cellular clone responsible for the secretion of the toxic M protein. These disorders include light-chain amyloidosis, POEMS (polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, M protein, and skin changes or sclerotic bone lesions) syndrome, and IgM-related neuropathies with anti-myelin-associated glycoprotein antibodies.3,10,11,14
Notably, weight loss and fatigue in a patient with MGUS may be the first signs of light-chain amyloidosis or Waldenström macroglobulinemia and should prompt further evaluation.25
HOW ARE PATIENTS WITH MGUS RISK-STRATIFIED AND FOLLOWED?
Research has helped to refine the diagnostic workup and recognize subsets of patients with MGUS at different risks of progression to myeloma and related disorders. Factors predicting progression are 1,6,7,26,27:
- The amount of the M protein
- The type of M protein (IgG vs non-IgG)
- An abnormal free light-chain ratio.
Half of patients with MGUS fall into the low-risk category, which is defined by IgG-type serum M protein in a concentration less than 1.5 g/dL and a normal serum free light-chain ratio (kappa-lambda 0.26–1.65).5,27 The absolute risk of progression at 20 years is only 5% for patients with low-risk MGUS, compared with 58% in patients with high-risk MGUS (positive for all 3 risk factors).5
The presence of less than 10% plasma cells in the bone marrow is required to satisfy the definition of MGUS, but bone marrow biopsy can be omitted for patients with low-risk MGUS, given the slim chance of finding a significant percentage of clonal plasma cells in the marrow and the inherently low risk of progression.5,10 Skeletal surveys are often deferred for low-risk MGUS, but we obtain them in all our patients to ensure the absence of plasmacytomas, which need to be treated (typically with radiotherapy). Importantly, patients with unexplained bone pain (mostly in long bones, ribs, and spine, whereas joints are not typically involved) and a normal skeletal survey should undergo advanced imaging (whole-body magnetic resonance imaging or whole-body positron emission tomography and computed tomography) to detect bone lesions otherwise missed on plain radiography.28,29
Most of the recommendations regarding follow-up are based on expert opinion, given the lack of randomized data. Most experts agree that all patients should be reevaluated 6 months after an M protein is detected, with laboratory surveillance tests (complete blood cell count, serum creatinine, serum calcium level, serum protein electrophoresis, and serum free light chains). Low-risk patients with a stable M protein level can be followed every 2 to 3 years.
Suspect malignant progression if the serum M protein level increases by 50% or more (with an absolute increase of ≥ 0.5 g/dL); the serum M protein level is 3 g/dL or higher; the serum free light-chain ratio is more than 100; or the patient has unexplained anemia, elevated creatinine, bone pain, fracture, or hypercalcemia.
Patients at intermediate or high risk should be followed annually after the initial 6-month visit.5,7,10
A recent study highlighted the importance of risk stratification in reducing the costs associated with an overzealous diagnostic workup of patients with low-risk MGUS.30 These savings are in addition to a reduction in patient anticipation and anxiety that universally occur before invasive procedures.
THE ROLE OF THE PRIMARY CARE PROVIDER AND THE HEMATOLOGIST
Once an M protein is identified, a comprehensive history, physical examination, and laboratory tests (serum protein electrophoresis to quantify the protein, serum immunofixation, serum free light chains, complete blood cell count, calcium, and creatinine) should be done, taking into consideration the differential diagnosis of monoclonal gammopathies discussed above. After MGUS is confirmed, the patient should be risk-stratified to determine the need for bone marrow biopsy and to predict the risk of progression to more serious conditions.
Referral to a hematologist is warranted for patients with intermediate- and high-risk MGUS, patients with abnormal serum free light-chain ratios, and those who show evidence of malignant progression. Patients with intermediate- and high-risk MGUS could be referred for bone marrow biopsy before assessment by a hematologist. The primary care provider may continue to follow patients with low-risk MGUS who do not display clinical or laboratory evidence of myeloma or related disorders.
The importance of educating patients to report any new worrisome symptom (eg, fatigue, neuropathy, weight loss, night sweats, bone pain) cannot be overemphasized, as some patients may progress to myeloma or other disorders between follow-up visits.
- van de Donk NW, Palumbo A, Johnsen HE, et al; European Myeloma Network. The clinical relevance and management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance and related disorders: recommendations from the European Myeloma Network. Haematologica 2014; 99(6):984–996. doi:10.3324/haematol.2013.100552
- International Myeloma Working Group. Criteria for the classification of monoclonal gammopathies, multiple myeloma and related disorders: a report of the International Myeloma Working Group. Br J Haematol 2003; 121(5):749–757. pmid:12780789
- Rajan AM, Rajkumar SV. Diagnostic evaluation of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Eur J Haematol 2013; 91(6):561–562. doi:10.1111/ejh.12198
- Kyle RA, Rajkumar SV. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Br J Haematol 2006; 134(6):573–589. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2006.06235.x
- Kyle RA, Durie BG, Rajkumar SV, et al; International Myeloma Working Group. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS) and smoldering (asymptomatic) multiple myeloma: IMWG consensus perspectives risk factors for progression and guidelines for monitoring and management. Leukemia 2010; 24(6):1121–1127. doi:10.1038/leu.2010.60
- Bird J, Behrens J, Westin J, et al; Haemato-oncology Task Force of the British Committee for Standards in Haematology, UK Myeloma Forum and Nordic Myeloma Study Group. UK Myeloma Forum (UKMF) and Nordic Myeloma Study Group (NMSG): guidelines for the investigation of newly detected M-proteins and the management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS). Br J Haematol 2009; 147(1):22–42. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2009.07807.x
- Rajkumar SV, Kyle RA, Buadi FK. Advances in the diagnosis, classification, risk stratification, and management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: implications for recategorizing disease entities in the presence of evolving scientific evidence. Mayo Clin Proc 2010; 85(10):945–948. doi:10.4065/mcp.2010.0520
- Kyle RA, Therneau TM, Rajkumar SV, et al. A long-term study of prognosis in monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. N Engl J Med 2002; 346(8):564–569. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa01133202
- Doyle LM, Gundrum JD, Farnen JP, Wright LJ, Kranig JAI, Go RS. Determining why and which clinicians order serum protein electrophoresis (SPEP), subsequent diagnoses based on indications, and clinical significance of routine follow-up: a study of patients with monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS). Blood 2009; 114(22):Abstr 4883. www.bloodjournal.org/content/114/22/4883. Accessed December 4, 2018.
- Merlini G, Palladini G. Differential diagnosis of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program 2012; 2012:595–603. doi:10.1182/asheducation-2012.1.595
- Glavey SV, Leung N. Monoclonal gammopathy: the good, the bad and the ugly. Blood Rev 2016; 30(3):223–231. doi:10.1016/j.blre.2015.12.001
- Dispenzieri A, Gertz MA, Therneau TM, Kyle RA. Retrospective cohort study of 148 patients with polyclonal gammopathy. Mayo Clin Proc 2001; 76(5):476–487. doi:10.4065/76.5.476
- Merlini G, Stone MJ. Dangerous small B-cell clones. Blood 2006; 108(8):2520–2530. doi:10.1182/blood-2006-03-001164
- Rajkumar SV, Dimopoulos MA, Palumbo A, et al. International Myeloma Working Group updated criteria for the diagnosis of multiple myeloma. Lancet Oncol 2014; 15(12):e538–e548. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(14)70442-5
- Kyle RA, Gertz MA, Witzig TE, et al. Review of 1027 patients with newly diagnosed multiple myeloma. Mayo Clin Proc 2003; 78(1):21–33. doi:10.4065/78.1.21
- Hutchison CA, Harding S, Hewins P, et al. Quantitative assessment of serum and urinary polyclonal free light chains in patients with chronic kidney disease. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 3(6):1684–1690. doi:10.2215/CJN.02290508
- Katzmann JA, Dispenzieri A, Kyle RA, et al. Elimination of the need for urine studies in the screening algorithm for monoclonal gammopathies by using serum immunofixation and free light chain assays. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81(12):1575–1578. doi:10.4065/81.12.1575
- Berenson JR, Anderson KC, Audell RA, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a consensus statement. Br J Haematol 2010; 150(1):28–38. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2010.08207.x
- Mangiacavalli S, Cocito F, Pochintesta L, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a new proposal of workup. Eur J Haematol 2013; 91(4):356–360. doi:10.1111/ejh.12172
- Bianchi G, Kyle RA, Colby CL, et al. Impact of optimal follow-up of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance on early diagnosis and prevention of myeloma-related complications. Blood 2010;116:2019–2025. doi:10.1182/blood-2010-04-277566
- Rosiñol L, Cibeira MT, Montoto S, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: predictors of malignant transformation and recognition of an evolving type characterized by a progressive increase in M protein size. Mayo Clin Proc 2007; 82(4):428–434. doi:10.4065/82.4.428
- Vanderschueren S, Mylle M, Dierickx D, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: significant beyond hematology. Mayo Clin Proc 2009; 84(9):842–845. doi:10.4065/84.9.842
- Kyle RA, Rajkumar SV. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance and smouldering multiple myeloma: emphasis on risk factors for progression. Br J Haematol 2007; 139(5):730–743. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2007.06873.x
- Leung N, Bridoux F, Hutchison CA, et al; International Kidney and Monoclonal Gammopathy Research Group. Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance: when MGUS is no longer undetermined or insignificant. Blood. 2012; 120(22):4292–4295. doi:10.1182/blood-2012-07-445304
- Merlini G, Wechalekar AD, Palladini G. Systemic light chain amyloidosis: an update for treating physicians. Blood 2013; 121(26):5124–5130. doi:10.1182/blood-2013-01-453001
- Dispenzieri A, Katzmann JA, Kyle RA, et al. Prevalence and risk of progression of light-chain monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a retrospective population-based cohort study. Lancet 2010; 375(9727):1721–1728. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(10)60482-5
- Rajkumar SV, Kyle RA, Therneau TM, et al. Serum free light chain ratio is an independent risk factor for progression in monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Blood 2005; 106(3):812–817. doi:10.1182/blood-2005-03-1038
- Dimopoulos MA, Hillengass J, Usmani S, et al. Role of magnetic resonance imaging in the management of patients with multiple myeloma: a consensus statement. J Clin Oncol 2015; 33(6):657–664. doi:10.1200/JCO.2014.57.9961
- Dimopoulos M, Kyle R, Fermand JP, et al. Consensus recommendations for standard investigative workup: report of the International Myeloma Workshop Consensus Panel 3. Blood 2011; 117(18):4701–4705. doi:10.1182/blood-2010-10-299529
- Pompa T, Maddox M, Woodard A, et al. Cost effectiveness in low risk MGUS patients. Blood 2016; 128:2360. http://www.bloodjournal.org/content/128/22/2360. Accessed December 4, 2018.
MGUS is present in 3% to 4% of the population over age 50 and is more common in older men, African Americans, and Africans.1–6
The overall risk of progression to myeloma and related disorders is less than or equal to 1% per year depending on the subtype of the M protein (higher risk with IgM than non-IgM and light-chain MGUS).7,8 While the risk of malignant transformation is low, multiple myeloma is almost always preceded by the presence of an asymptomatic and often unrecognized monoclonal protein.
WHEN SHOULD WE LOOK FOR AN M PROTEIN?
An M protein is typically an incidental finding when a patient is being assessed for any of a number of presenting symptoms or conditions. A large retrospective study9 found that screening for MGUS was mostly performed by internal medicine physicians. The indications for testing were anemia, bone-related issues, elevated creatinine, elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate, and neuropathy.
A low anion gap is not a major indicator of an M protein unless in a high concentration, in which case other manifestations would be present, such as renal failure, which would guide the diagnosis. Polyclonal hypergammaglobulinemia as a cause of low anion gap is far more common than MGUS.
HOW SHOULD WE SCREEN FOR AN M PROTEIN?
Serum protein electrophoresis is an initial test used to identify an M protein and has a key role in quantifying it (Figure 2). An M protein appears as a narrow spike on the agarose gel and should be distinguished from the broad band seen in polyclonal gammopathies associated with cirrhosis and chronic infectious and inflammatory conditions, among others.12 A major disadvantage of serum protein electrophoresis is that it cannot detect an M protein in very low concentrations or determine its identity.
Serum immunofixation is more sensitive than serum protein electrophoresis and should always be ordered in conjunction with it, mostly to ensure detecting tiny amounts of M protein and to identify the type of its heavy chain and light-chain components.13
The serum free light-chain assay is also considered an essential part of the screening process to detect light-chain MGUS and light-chain myeloma. As many as 16% of myeloma patients secrete only light chains, which may not be identified on serum immunofixation.3,6,7,10,14,15 In general, a low kappa-lambda ratio (< 0.26) indicates the overproduction of lambda light chains, and a high ratio (> 1.65) indicates the overproduction of kappa light chains.
The serum free light-chain assay helps detect abnormal secretion of monoclonal light chains before they appear in the urine once the kidney tubules become saturated and unable to reabsorb them.
Of note, the free light-chain ratio can be abnormal (< 0.26 or > 1.65) in chronic kidney disease. Thus, it may be challenging to discern whether an abnormal light-chain ratio is related to impaired light-chain clearance by the kidneys or to MGUS. In general, kappa light chains are more elevated than lambda light chains in chronic kidney disease, but the ratio should not be considerably skewed. A kappa-lambda ratio below 0.37 or above 3 is rarely seen in chronic kidney disease and should prompt workup for MGUS.16
Tests in combination. The sensitivity of screening for M proteins ranges from 82% with serum protein electrophoresis alone to 93% with the addition of serum immunofixation and to 98% with the serum free light-chain assay.15 The latter can replace urine protein electrophoresis and immunofixation when screening for M protein, given its higher sensitivity.15,17 An important caveat is that urine dipstick testing does not detect urine light chains.
Table 3 lists the initial laboratory tests required in patients with MGUS.
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF MONOCLONAL GAMMOPATHIES?
that feature an M protein and would otherwise require treatment (Table 4). The differential diagnosis includes smoldering multiple myeloma, symptomatic multiple myeloma, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, light-chain amyloidosis, low-grade B-cell lymphoproliferative disorders, a variety of monoclonal protein-related kidney disorders, and plasmacytomas.10,14
MGUS
Based on the International Myeloma Working Group consensus, a formal diagnosis of MGUS is established when a serum M protein is detected and measured at a concentration less than 3 g/dL on serum protein electrophoresis along with less than 10% clonal plasma cells in the bone marrow.1–6,14,18,19 Nevertheless, bone marrow biopsy can be omitted in certain patients as discussed below. The absence of myeloma-related organ damage—particularly osteolytic bone lesions, anemia, otherwise unexplained renal failure, and hypercalcemia—is fundamental and necessary for a diagnosis of MGUS.
Smoldering multiple myeloma
Compared with patients with MGUS, patients with smoldering multiple myeloma have higher M protein concentrations (≥ 3 g/dL) or 10% or more clonal plasma cells in the marrow or both, and are at higher risk of progression to symptomatic multiple myeloma. Nevertheless, like patients with MGUS, they have no myeloma symptoms or evidence of end-organ damage.
Symptomatic multiple myeloma
By definition, patients with multiple myeloma develop organ damage related to their malignancy and need therapy to halt disease progression. Multiple myeloma causes clinical manifestations through cellular infiltration of the bone and bone marrow (anemia, osteolysis, and hypercalcemia) and light chain-induced toxicity (renal tubular damage and cast nephropathy).
In 2014, the definition of multiple myeloma was updated to include 3 new myeloma-defining events that herald a significantly higher risk of progression from smoldering to symptomatic multiple myeloma, and now constitute an integral part of the diagnosis of symptomatic multiple myeloma. These are:
- Focal lesions (> 1 lesion larger than 5 mm) visible on magnetic resonance imaging
- ≥ 60% clonal plasma cells on bone marrow biopsy
- Ratio of involved to uninvolved serum free light chains ≥ 100 (the involved light chain is the one detected on serum protein electrophoresis and immunofixation).14
Bone pain, symptoms of anemia, and decreased urine output may suggest myeloma, but are not diagnostic. Although the “CRAB” criteria (elevated calcium, renal failure, anemia, and bone lesions) define multiple myeloma, the presence of anemia, hypercalcemia, or renal dysfunction do not by themselves mark transformation from MGUS to multiple myeloma. Thus, other causes need to be considered, since the risk of transformation is so low. Importantly, hyperparathyroidism must be ruled out if hypercalcemia is present in a patient with MGUS.10
Waldenström macroglobulinemia
Waldenström macroglobulinemia, also called lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, is an indolent non-Hodgkin B-cell lymphoma that can invade the marrow, liver, spleen, and lymph nodes, leading to anemia and organomegaly. It features a monoclonal IgM protein that can be associated with increased blood viscosity, cold agglutinin disease, peripheral neuropathy, and cryoglobulinemia.
Waldenström macroglobulinemia should be suspected in any patient with IgM type M protein and symptoms related to hyperviscosity (headache, blurry vision, lightheadedness, shortness of breath, unexplained epistaxis, gum bleeding); systemic symptoms (fever, weight loss, and night sweats); and abdominal pain (due to organomegaly).23
Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance
Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance (MGRS) is a newly recognized entity defined by kidney dysfunction associated with an M protein without evidence of myeloma or other lymphoid disorders.24 Multiple disorders have been included in this category with different underlying mechanisms of kidney injury. This entity is beyond the scope of this discussion.
Light-chain amyloidosis
Misfolded light-chain deposition leading to organ dysfunction is the hallmark of light-chain amyloidosis, which constitutes a subset of MGRS. An abnormal light-chain ratio, especially if skewed toward lambda should trigger an investigation for light-chain amyloidosis.10
Abnormal light chains may infiltrate any organ or tissue, but of greatest concern is infiltration of the myocardium with ensuing heart failure manifestations. N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) is a sensitive marker for cardiac amyloidosis in the presence of suggestive features on transthoracic echocardiography (eg, left ventricular hypertrophy) but is not specific as it can be elevated in heart failure regardless of the underlying cause.10
Glomerular injury with nephrotic syndrome may also point toward renal involvement by light-chain amyloidosis and establishes a key distinctive factor from myeloma in which tubular injury is the main mechanism of kidney dysfunction.
Clinical clues for light-chain amyloidosis include heart failure symptoms, neuropathy, and macroglossia. If any of these symptoms and signs is present, we recommend electrocardiography (look for low voltage in limb leads), transthoracic echocardiography, measuring the NT-proBNP level, and urinalysis to look for albuminuria. Notably, carpal tunnel syndrome may be a very early clinical manifestation of amyloidosis, but by itself it is nonspecific. Light-chain amyloidosis is a common cause of macroglossia in adults.10,25
Neuropathy associated with M proteins is a clinical entity related to a multitude of disorders that may necessitate treating the underlying cellular clone responsible for the secretion of the toxic M protein. These disorders include light-chain amyloidosis, POEMS (polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, M protein, and skin changes or sclerotic bone lesions) syndrome, and IgM-related neuropathies with anti-myelin-associated glycoprotein antibodies.3,10,11,14
Notably, weight loss and fatigue in a patient with MGUS may be the first signs of light-chain amyloidosis or Waldenström macroglobulinemia and should prompt further evaluation.25
HOW ARE PATIENTS WITH MGUS RISK-STRATIFIED AND FOLLOWED?
Research has helped to refine the diagnostic workup and recognize subsets of patients with MGUS at different risks of progression to myeloma and related disorders. Factors predicting progression are 1,6,7,26,27:
- The amount of the M protein
- The type of M protein (IgG vs non-IgG)
- An abnormal free light-chain ratio.
Half of patients with MGUS fall into the low-risk category, which is defined by IgG-type serum M protein in a concentration less than 1.5 g/dL and a normal serum free light-chain ratio (kappa-lambda 0.26–1.65).5,27 The absolute risk of progression at 20 years is only 5% for patients with low-risk MGUS, compared with 58% in patients with high-risk MGUS (positive for all 3 risk factors).5
The presence of less than 10% plasma cells in the bone marrow is required to satisfy the definition of MGUS, but bone marrow biopsy can be omitted for patients with low-risk MGUS, given the slim chance of finding a significant percentage of clonal plasma cells in the marrow and the inherently low risk of progression.5,10 Skeletal surveys are often deferred for low-risk MGUS, but we obtain them in all our patients to ensure the absence of plasmacytomas, which need to be treated (typically with radiotherapy). Importantly, patients with unexplained bone pain (mostly in long bones, ribs, and spine, whereas joints are not typically involved) and a normal skeletal survey should undergo advanced imaging (whole-body magnetic resonance imaging or whole-body positron emission tomography and computed tomography) to detect bone lesions otherwise missed on plain radiography.28,29
Most of the recommendations regarding follow-up are based on expert opinion, given the lack of randomized data. Most experts agree that all patients should be reevaluated 6 months after an M protein is detected, with laboratory surveillance tests (complete blood cell count, serum creatinine, serum calcium level, serum protein electrophoresis, and serum free light chains). Low-risk patients with a stable M protein level can be followed every 2 to 3 years.
Suspect malignant progression if the serum M protein level increases by 50% or more (with an absolute increase of ≥ 0.5 g/dL); the serum M protein level is 3 g/dL or higher; the serum free light-chain ratio is more than 100; or the patient has unexplained anemia, elevated creatinine, bone pain, fracture, or hypercalcemia.
Patients at intermediate or high risk should be followed annually after the initial 6-month visit.5,7,10
A recent study highlighted the importance of risk stratification in reducing the costs associated with an overzealous diagnostic workup of patients with low-risk MGUS.30 These savings are in addition to a reduction in patient anticipation and anxiety that universally occur before invasive procedures.
THE ROLE OF THE PRIMARY CARE PROVIDER AND THE HEMATOLOGIST
Once an M protein is identified, a comprehensive history, physical examination, and laboratory tests (serum protein electrophoresis to quantify the protein, serum immunofixation, serum free light chains, complete blood cell count, calcium, and creatinine) should be done, taking into consideration the differential diagnosis of monoclonal gammopathies discussed above. After MGUS is confirmed, the patient should be risk-stratified to determine the need for bone marrow biopsy and to predict the risk of progression to more serious conditions.
Referral to a hematologist is warranted for patients with intermediate- and high-risk MGUS, patients with abnormal serum free light-chain ratios, and those who show evidence of malignant progression. Patients with intermediate- and high-risk MGUS could be referred for bone marrow biopsy before assessment by a hematologist. The primary care provider may continue to follow patients with low-risk MGUS who do not display clinical or laboratory evidence of myeloma or related disorders.
The importance of educating patients to report any new worrisome symptom (eg, fatigue, neuropathy, weight loss, night sweats, bone pain) cannot be overemphasized, as some patients may progress to myeloma or other disorders between follow-up visits.
MGUS is present in 3% to 4% of the population over age 50 and is more common in older men, African Americans, and Africans.1–6
The overall risk of progression to myeloma and related disorders is less than or equal to 1% per year depending on the subtype of the M protein (higher risk with IgM than non-IgM and light-chain MGUS).7,8 While the risk of malignant transformation is low, multiple myeloma is almost always preceded by the presence of an asymptomatic and often unrecognized monoclonal protein.
WHEN SHOULD WE LOOK FOR AN M PROTEIN?
An M protein is typically an incidental finding when a patient is being assessed for any of a number of presenting symptoms or conditions. A large retrospective study9 found that screening for MGUS was mostly performed by internal medicine physicians. The indications for testing were anemia, bone-related issues, elevated creatinine, elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate, and neuropathy.
A low anion gap is not a major indicator of an M protein unless in a high concentration, in which case other manifestations would be present, such as renal failure, which would guide the diagnosis. Polyclonal hypergammaglobulinemia as a cause of low anion gap is far more common than MGUS.
HOW SHOULD WE SCREEN FOR AN M PROTEIN?
Serum protein electrophoresis is an initial test used to identify an M protein and has a key role in quantifying it (Figure 2). An M protein appears as a narrow spike on the agarose gel and should be distinguished from the broad band seen in polyclonal gammopathies associated with cirrhosis and chronic infectious and inflammatory conditions, among others.12 A major disadvantage of serum protein electrophoresis is that it cannot detect an M protein in very low concentrations or determine its identity.
Serum immunofixation is more sensitive than serum protein electrophoresis and should always be ordered in conjunction with it, mostly to ensure detecting tiny amounts of M protein and to identify the type of its heavy chain and light-chain components.13
The serum free light-chain assay is also considered an essential part of the screening process to detect light-chain MGUS and light-chain myeloma. As many as 16% of myeloma patients secrete only light chains, which may not be identified on serum immunofixation.3,6,7,10,14,15 In general, a low kappa-lambda ratio (< 0.26) indicates the overproduction of lambda light chains, and a high ratio (> 1.65) indicates the overproduction of kappa light chains.
The serum free light-chain assay helps detect abnormal secretion of monoclonal light chains before they appear in the urine once the kidney tubules become saturated and unable to reabsorb them.
Of note, the free light-chain ratio can be abnormal (< 0.26 or > 1.65) in chronic kidney disease. Thus, it may be challenging to discern whether an abnormal light-chain ratio is related to impaired light-chain clearance by the kidneys or to MGUS. In general, kappa light chains are more elevated than lambda light chains in chronic kidney disease, but the ratio should not be considerably skewed. A kappa-lambda ratio below 0.37 or above 3 is rarely seen in chronic kidney disease and should prompt workup for MGUS.16
Tests in combination. The sensitivity of screening for M proteins ranges from 82% with serum protein electrophoresis alone to 93% with the addition of serum immunofixation and to 98% with the serum free light-chain assay.15 The latter can replace urine protein electrophoresis and immunofixation when screening for M protein, given its higher sensitivity.15,17 An important caveat is that urine dipstick testing does not detect urine light chains.
Table 3 lists the initial laboratory tests required in patients with MGUS.
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF MONOCLONAL GAMMOPATHIES?
that feature an M protein and would otherwise require treatment (Table 4). The differential diagnosis includes smoldering multiple myeloma, symptomatic multiple myeloma, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, light-chain amyloidosis, low-grade B-cell lymphoproliferative disorders, a variety of monoclonal protein-related kidney disorders, and plasmacytomas.10,14
MGUS
Based on the International Myeloma Working Group consensus, a formal diagnosis of MGUS is established when a serum M protein is detected and measured at a concentration less than 3 g/dL on serum protein electrophoresis along with less than 10% clonal plasma cells in the bone marrow.1–6,14,18,19 Nevertheless, bone marrow biopsy can be omitted in certain patients as discussed below. The absence of myeloma-related organ damage—particularly osteolytic bone lesions, anemia, otherwise unexplained renal failure, and hypercalcemia—is fundamental and necessary for a diagnosis of MGUS.
Smoldering multiple myeloma
Compared with patients with MGUS, patients with smoldering multiple myeloma have higher M protein concentrations (≥ 3 g/dL) or 10% or more clonal plasma cells in the marrow or both, and are at higher risk of progression to symptomatic multiple myeloma. Nevertheless, like patients with MGUS, they have no myeloma symptoms or evidence of end-organ damage.
Symptomatic multiple myeloma
By definition, patients with multiple myeloma develop organ damage related to their malignancy and need therapy to halt disease progression. Multiple myeloma causes clinical manifestations through cellular infiltration of the bone and bone marrow (anemia, osteolysis, and hypercalcemia) and light chain-induced toxicity (renal tubular damage and cast nephropathy).
In 2014, the definition of multiple myeloma was updated to include 3 new myeloma-defining events that herald a significantly higher risk of progression from smoldering to symptomatic multiple myeloma, and now constitute an integral part of the diagnosis of symptomatic multiple myeloma. These are:
- Focal lesions (> 1 lesion larger than 5 mm) visible on magnetic resonance imaging
- ≥ 60% clonal plasma cells on bone marrow biopsy
- Ratio of involved to uninvolved serum free light chains ≥ 100 (the involved light chain is the one detected on serum protein electrophoresis and immunofixation).14
Bone pain, symptoms of anemia, and decreased urine output may suggest myeloma, but are not diagnostic. Although the “CRAB” criteria (elevated calcium, renal failure, anemia, and bone lesions) define multiple myeloma, the presence of anemia, hypercalcemia, or renal dysfunction do not by themselves mark transformation from MGUS to multiple myeloma. Thus, other causes need to be considered, since the risk of transformation is so low. Importantly, hyperparathyroidism must be ruled out if hypercalcemia is present in a patient with MGUS.10
Waldenström macroglobulinemia
Waldenström macroglobulinemia, also called lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, is an indolent non-Hodgkin B-cell lymphoma that can invade the marrow, liver, spleen, and lymph nodes, leading to anemia and organomegaly. It features a monoclonal IgM protein that can be associated with increased blood viscosity, cold agglutinin disease, peripheral neuropathy, and cryoglobulinemia.
Waldenström macroglobulinemia should be suspected in any patient with IgM type M protein and symptoms related to hyperviscosity (headache, blurry vision, lightheadedness, shortness of breath, unexplained epistaxis, gum bleeding); systemic symptoms (fever, weight loss, and night sweats); and abdominal pain (due to organomegaly).23
Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance
Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance (MGRS) is a newly recognized entity defined by kidney dysfunction associated with an M protein without evidence of myeloma or other lymphoid disorders.24 Multiple disorders have been included in this category with different underlying mechanisms of kidney injury. This entity is beyond the scope of this discussion.
Light-chain amyloidosis
Misfolded light-chain deposition leading to organ dysfunction is the hallmark of light-chain amyloidosis, which constitutes a subset of MGRS. An abnormal light-chain ratio, especially if skewed toward lambda should trigger an investigation for light-chain amyloidosis.10
Abnormal light chains may infiltrate any organ or tissue, but of greatest concern is infiltration of the myocardium with ensuing heart failure manifestations. N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) is a sensitive marker for cardiac amyloidosis in the presence of suggestive features on transthoracic echocardiography (eg, left ventricular hypertrophy) but is not specific as it can be elevated in heart failure regardless of the underlying cause.10
Glomerular injury with nephrotic syndrome may also point toward renal involvement by light-chain amyloidosis and establishes a key distinctive factor from myeloma in which tubular injury is the main mechanism of kidney dysfunction.
Clinical clues for light-chain amyloidosis include heart failure symptoms, neuropathy, and macroglossia. If any of these symptoms and signs is present, we recommend electrocardiography (look for low voltage in limb leads), transthoracic echocardiography, measuring the NT-proBNP level, and urinalysis to look for albuminuria. Notably, carpal tunnel syndrome may be a very early clinical manifestation of amyloidosis, but by itself it is nonspecific. Light-chain amyloidosis is a common cause of macroglossia in adults.10,25
Neuropathy associated with M proteins is a clinical entity related to a multitude of disorders that may necessitate treating the underlying cellular clone responsible for the secretion of the toxic M protein. These disorders include light-chain amyloidosis, POEMS (polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, M protein, and skin changes or sclerotic bone lesions) syndrome, and IgM-related neuropathies with anti-myelin-associated glycoprotein antibodies.3,10,11,14
Notably, weight loss and fatigue in a patient with MGUS may be the first signs of light-chain amyloidosis or Waldenström macroglobulinemia and should prompt further evaluation.25
HOW ARE PATIENTS WITH MGUS RISK-STRATIFIED AND FOLLOWED?
Research has helped to refine the diagnostic workup and recognize subsets of patients with MGUS at different risks of progression to myeloma and related disorders. Factors predicting progression are 1,6,7,26,27:
- The amount of the M protein
- The type of M protein (IgG vs non-IgG)
- An abnormal free light-chain ratio.
Half of patients with MGUS fall into the low-risk category, which is defined by IgG-type serum M protein in a concentration less than 1.5 g/dL and a normal serum free light-chain ratio (kappa-lambda 0.26–1.65).5,27 The absolute risk of progression at 20 years is only 5% for patients with low-risk MGUS, compared with 58% in patients with high-risk MGUS (positive for all 3 risk factors).5
The presence of less than 10% plasma cells in the bone marrow is required to satisfy the definition of MGUS, but bone marrow biopsy can be omitted for patients with low-risk MGUS, given the slim chance of finding a significant percentage of clonal plasma cells in the marrow and the inherently low risk of progression.5,10 Skeletal surveys are often deferred for low-risk MGUS, but we obtain them in all our patients to ensure the absence of plasmacytomas, which need to be treated (typically with radiotherapy). Importantly, patients with unexplained bone pain (mostly in long bones, ribs, and spine, whereas joints are not typically involved) and a normal skeletal survey should undergo advanced imaging (whole-body magnetic resonance imaging or whole-body positron emission tomography and computed tomography) to detect bone lesions otherwise missed on plain radiography.28,29
Most of the recommendations regarding follow-up are based on expert opinion, given the lack of randomized data. Most experts agree that all patients should be reevaluated 6 months after an M protein is detected, with laboratory surveillance tests (complete blood cell count, serum creatinine, serum calcium level, serum protein electrophoresis, and serum free light chains). Low-risk patients with a stable M protein level can be followed every 2 to 3 years.
Suspect malignant progression if the serum M protein level increases by 50% or more (with an absolute increase of ≥ 0.5 g/dL); the serum M protein level is 3 g/dL or higher; the serum free light-chain ratio is more than 100; or the patient has unexplained anemia, elevated creatinine, bone pain, fracture, or hypercalcemia.
Patients at intermediate or high risk should be followed annually after the initial 6-month visit.5,7,10
A recent study highlighted the importance of risk stratification in reducing the costs associated with an overzealous diagnostic workup of patients with low-risk MGUS.30 These savings are in addition to a reduction in patient anticipation and anxiety that universally occur before invasive procedures.
THE ROLE OF THE PRIMARY CARE PROVIDER AND THE HEMATOLOGIST
Once an M protein is identified, a comprehensive history, physical examination, and laboratory tests (serum protein electrophoresis to quantify the protein, serum immunofixation, serum free light chains, complete blood cell count, calcium, and creatinine) should be done, taking into consideration the differential diagnosis of monoclonal gammopathies discussed above. After MGUS is confirmed, the patient should be risk-stratified to determine the need for bone marrow biopsy and to predict the risk of progression to more serious conditions.
Referral to a hematologist is warranted for patients with intermediate- and high-risk MGUS, patients with abnormal serum free light-chain ratios, and those who show evidence of malignant progression. Patients with intermediate- and high-risk MGUS could be referred for bone marrow biopsy before assessment by a hematologist. The primary care provider may continue to follow patients with low-risk MGUS who do not display clinical or laboratory evidence of myeloma or related disorders.
The importance of educating patients to report any new worrisome symptom (eg, fatigue, neuropathy, weight loss, night sweats, bone pain) cannot be overemphasized, as some patients may progress to myeloma or other disorders between follow-up visits.
- van de Donk NW, Palumbo A, Johnsen HE, et al; European Myeloma Network. The clinical relevance and management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance and related disorders: recommendations from the European Myeloma Network. Haematologica 2014; 99(6):984–996. doi:10.3324/haematol.2013.100552
- International Myeloma Working Group. Criteria for the classification of monoclonal gammopathies, multiple myeloma and related disorders: a report of the International Myeloma Working Group. Br J Haematol 2003; 121(5):749–757. pmid:12780789
- Rajan AM, Rajkumar SV. Diagnostic evaluation of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Eur J Haematol 2013; 91(6):561–562. doi:10.1111/ejh.12198
- Kyle RA, Rajkumar SV. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Br J Haematol 2006; 134(6):573–589. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2006.06235.x
- Kyle RA, Durie BG, Rajkumar SV, et al; International Myeloma Working Group. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS) and smoldering (asymptomatic) multiple myeloma: IMWG consensus perspectives risk factors for progression and guidelines for monitoring and management. Leukemia 2010; 24(6):1121–1127. doi:10.1038/leu.2010.60
- Bird J, Behrens J, Westin J, et al; Haemato-oncology Task Force of the British Committee for Standards in Haematology, UK Myeloma Forum and Nordic Myeloma Study Group. UK Myeloma Forum (UKMF) and Nordic Myeloma Study Group (NMSG): guidelines for the investigation of newly detected M-proteins and the management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS). Br J Haematol 2009; 147(1):22–42. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2009.07807.x
- Rajkumar SV, Kyle RA, Buadi FK. Advances in the diagnosis, classification, risk stratification, and management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: implications for recategorizing disease entities in the presence of evolving scientific evidence. Mayo Clin Proc 2010; 85(10):945–948. doi:10.4065/mcp.2010.0520
- Kyle RA, Therneau TM, Rajkumar SV, et al. A long-term study of prognosis in monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. N Engl J Med 2002; 346(8):564–569. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa01133202
- Doyle LM, Gundrum JD, Farnen JP, Wright LJ, Kranig JAI, Go RS. Determining why and which clinicians order serum protein electrophoresis (SPEP), subsequent diagnoses based on indications, and clinical significance of routine follow-up: a study of patients with monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS). Blood 2009; 114(22):Abstr 4883. www.bloodjournal.org/content/114/22/4883. Accessed December 4, 2018.
- Merlini G, Palladini G. Differential diagnosis of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program 2012; 2012:595–603. doi:10.1182/asheducation-2012.1.595
- Glavey SV, Leung N. Monoclonal gammopathy: the good, the bad and the ugly. Blood Rev 2016; 30(3):223–231. doi:10.1016/j.blre.2015.12.001
- Dispenzieri A, Gertz MA, Therneau TM, Kyle RA. Retrospective cohort study of 148 patients with polyclonal gammopathy. Mayo Clin Proc 2001; 76(5):476–487. doi:10.4065/76.5.476
- Merlini G, Stone MJ. Dangerous small B-cell clones. Blood 2006; 108(8):2520–2530. doi:10.1182/blood-2006-03-001164
- Rajkumar SV, Dimopoulos MA, Palumbo A, et al. International Myeloma Working Group updated criteria for the diagnosis of multiple myeloma. Lancet Oncol 2014; 15(12):e538–e548. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(14)70442-5
- Kyle RA, Gertz MA, Witzig TE, et al. Review of 1027 patients with newly diagnosed multiple myeloma. Mayo Clin Proc 2003; 78(1):21–33. doi:10.4065/78.1.21
- Hutchison CA, Harding S, Hewins P, et al. Quantitative assessment of serum and urinary polyclonal free light chains in patients with chronic kidney disease. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 3(6):1684–1690. doi:10.2215/CJN.02290508
- Katzmann JA, Dispenzieri A, Kyle RA, et al. Elimination of the need for urine studies in the screening algorithm for monoclonal gammopathies by using serum immunofixation and free light chain assays. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81(12):1575–1578. doi:10.4065/81.12.1575
- Berenson JR, Anderson KC, Audell RA, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a consensus statement. Br J Haematol 2010; 150(1):28–38. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2010.08207.x
- Mangiacavalli S, Cocito F, Pochintesta L, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a new proposal of workup. Eur J Haematol 2013; 91(4):356–360. doi:10.1111/ejh.12172
- Bianchi G, Kyle RA, Colby CL, et al. Impact of optimal follow-up of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance on early diagnosis and prevention of myeloma-related complications. Blood 2010;116:2019–2025. doi:10.1182/blood-2010-04-277566
- Rosiñol L, Cibeira MT, Montoto S, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: predictors of malignant transformation and recognition of an evolving type characterized by a progressive increase in M protein size. Mayo Clin Proc 2007; 82(4):428–434. doi:10.4065/82.4.428
- Vanderschueren S, Mylle M, Dierickx D, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: significant beyond hematology. Mayo Clin Proc 2009; 84(9):842–845. doi:10.4065/84.9.842
- Kyle RA, Rajkumar SV. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance and smouldering multiple myeloma: emphasis on risk factors for progression. Br J Haematol 2007; 139(5):730–743. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2007.06873.x
- Leung N, Bridoux F, Hutchison CA, et al; International Kidney and Monoclonal Gammopathy Research Group. Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance: when MGUS is no longer undetermined or insignificant. Blood. 2012; 120(22):4292–4295. doi:10.1182/blood-2012-07-445304
- Merlini G, Wechalekar AD, Palladini G. Systemic light chain amyloidosis: an update for treating physicians. Blood 2013; 121(26):5124–5130. doi:10.1182/blood-2013-01-453001
- Dispenzieri A, Katzmann JA, Kyle RA, et al. Prevalence and risk of progression of light-chain monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a retrospective population-based cohort study. Lancet 2010; 375(9727):1721–1728. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(10)60482-5
- Rajkumar SV, Kyle RA, Therneau TM, et al. Serum free light chain ratio is an independent risk factor for progression in monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Blood 2005; 106(3):812–817. doi:10.1182/blood-2005-03-1038
- Dimopoulos MA, Hillengass J, Usmani S, et al. Role of magnetic resonance imaging in the management of patients with multiple myeloma: a consensus statement. J Clin Oncol 2015; 33(6):657–664. doi:10.1200/JCO.2014.57.9961
- Dimopoulos M, Kyle R, Fermand JP, et al. Consensus recommendations for standard investigative workup: report of the International Myeloma Workshop Consensus Panel 3. Blood 2011; 117(18):4701–4705. doi:10.1182/blood-2010-10-299529
- Pompa T, Maddox M, Woodard A, et al. Cost effectiveness in low risk MGUS patients. Blood 2016; 128:2360. http://www.bloodjournal.org/content/128/22/2360. Accessed December 4, 2018.
- van de Donk NW, Palumbo A, Johnsen HE, et al; European Myeloma Network. The clinical relevance and management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance and related disorders: recommendations from the European Myeloma Network. Haematologica 2014; 99(6):984–996. doi:10.3324/haematol.2013.100552
- International Myeloma Working Group. Criteria for the classification of monoclonal gammopathies, multiple myeloma and related disorders: a report of the International Myeloma Working Group. Br J Haematol 2003; 121(5):749–757. pmid:12780789
- Rajan AM, Rajkumar SV. Diagnostic evaluation of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Eur J Haematol 2013; 91(6):561–562. doi:10.1111/ejh.12198
- Kyle RA, Rajkumar SV. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Br J Haematol 2006; 134(6):573–589. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2006.06235.x
- Kyle RA, Durie BG, Rajkumar SV, et al; International Myeloma Working Group. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS) and smoldering (asymptomatic) multiple myeloma: IMWG consensus perspectives risk factors for progression and guidelines for monitoring and management. Leukemia 2010; 24(6):1121–1127. doi:10.1038/leu.2010.60
- Bird J, Behrens J, Westin J, et al; Haemato-oncology Task Force of the British Committee for Standards in Haematology, UK Myeloma Forum and Nordic Myeloma Study Group. UK Myeloma Forum (UKMF) and Nordic Myeloma Study Group (NMSG): guidelines for the investigation of newly detected M-proteins and the management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS). Br J Haematol 2009; 147(1):22–42. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2009.07807.x
- Rajkumar SV, Kyle RA, Buadi FK. Advances in the diagnosis, classification, risk stratification, and management of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: implications for recategorizing disease entities in the presence of evolving scientific evidence. Mayo Clin Proc 2010; 85(10):945–948. doi:10.4065/mcp.2010.0520
- Kyle RA, Therneau TM, Rajkumar SV, et al. A long-term study of prognosis in monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. N Engl J Med 2002; 346(8):564–569. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa01133202
- Doyle LM, Gundrum JD, Farnen JP, Wright LJ, Kranig JAI, Go RS. Determining why and which clinicians order serum protein electrophoresis (SPEP), subsequent diagnoses based on indications, and clinical significance of routine follow-up: a study of patients with monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS). Blood 2009; 114(22):Abstr 4883. www.bloodjournal.org/content/114/22/4883. Accessed December 4, 2018.
- Merlini G, Palladini G. Differential diagnosis of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program 2012; 2012:595–603. doi:10.1182/asheducation-2012.1.595
- Glavey SV, Leung N. Monoclonal gammopathy: the good, the bad and the ugly. Blood Rev 2016; 30(3):223–231. doi:10.1016/j.blre.2015.12.001
- Dispenzieri A, Gertz MA, Therneau TM, Kyle RA. Retrospective cohort study of 148 patients with polyclonal gammopathy. Mayo Clin Proc 2001; 76(5):476–487. doi:10.4065/76.5.476
- Merlini G, Stone MJ. Dangerous small B-cell clones. Blood 2006; 108(8):2520–2530. doi:10.1182/blood-2006-03-001164
- Rajkumar SV, Dimopoulos MA, Palumbo A, et al. International Myeloma Working Group updated criteria for the diagnosis of multiple myeloma. Lancet Oncol 2014; 15(12):e538–e548. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(14)70442-5
- Kyle RA, Gertz MA, Witzig TE, et al. Review of 1027 patients with newly diagnosed multiple myeloma. Mayo Clin Proc 2003; 78(1):21–33. doi:10.4065/78.1.21
- Hutchison CA, Harding S, Hewins P, et al. Quantitative assessment of serum and urinary polyclonal free light chains in patients with chronic kidney disease. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 3(6):1684–1690. doi:10.2215/CJN.02290508
- Katzmann JA, Dispenzieri A, Kyle RA, et al. Elimination of the need for urine studies in the screening algorithm for monoclonal gammopathies by using serum immunofixation and free light chain assays. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81(12):1575–1578. doi:10.4065/81.12.1575
- Berenson JR, Anderson KC, Audell RA, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a consensus statement. Br J Haematol 2010; 150(1):28–38. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2010.08207.x
- Mangiacavalli S, Cocito F, Pochintesta L, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a new proposal of workup. Eur J Haematol 2013; 91(4):356–360. doi:10.1111/ejh.12172
- Bianchi G, Kyle RA, Colby CL, et al. Impact of optimal follow-up of monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance on early diagnosis and prevention of myeloma-related complications. Blood 2010;116:2019–2025. doi:10.1182/blood-2010-04-277566
- Rosiñol L, Cibeira MT, Montoto S, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: predictors of malignant transformation and recognition of an evolving type characterized by a progressive increase in M protein size. Mayo Clin Proc 2007; 82(4):428–434. doi:10.4065/82.4.428
- Vanderschueren S, Mylle M, Dierickx D, et al. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: significant beyond hematology. Mayo Clin Proc 2009; 84(9):842–845. doi:10.4065/84.9.842
- Kyle RA, Rajkumar SV. Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance and smouldering multiple myeloma: emphasis on risk factors for progression. Br J Haematol 2007; 139(5):730–743. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2141.2007.06873.x
- Leung N, Bridoux F, Hutchison CA, et al; International Kidney and Monoclonal Gammopathy Research Group. Monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance: when MGUS is no longer undetermined or insignificant. Blood. 2012; 120(22):4292–4295. doi:10.1182/blood-2012-07-445304
- Merlini G, Wechalekar AD, Palladini G. Systemic light chain amyloidosis: an update for treating physicians. Blood 2013; 121(26):5124–5130. doi:10.1182/blood-2013-01-453001
- Dispenzieri A, Katzmann JA, Kyle RA, et al. Prevalence and risk of progression of light-chain monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance: a retrospective population-based cohort study. Lancet 2010; 375(9727):1721–1728. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(10)60482-5
- Rajkumar SV, Kyle RA, Therneau TM, et al. Serum free light chain ratio is an independent risk factor for progression in monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance. Blood 2005; 106(3):812–817. doi:10.1182/blood-2005-03-1038
- Dimopoulos MA, Hillengass J, Usmani S, et al. Role of magnetic resonance imaging in the management of patients with multiple myeloma: a consensus statement. J Clin Oncol 2015; 33(6):657–664. doi:10.1200/JCO.2014.57.9961
- Dimopoulos M, Kyle R, Fermand JP, et al. Consensus recommendations for standard investigative workup: report of the International Myeloma Workshop Consensus Panel 3. Blood 2011; 117(18):4701–4705. doi:10.1182/blood-2010-10-299529
- Pompa T, Maddox M, Woodard A, et al. Cost effectiveness in low risk MGUS patients. Blood 2016; 128:2360. http://www.bloodjournal.org/content/128/22/2360. Accessed December 4, 2018.
KEY POINTS
- MGUS is the most common of the monoclonal gammopathies.
- The overall risk of MGUS progressing to myeloma and other lymphoproliferative disorders is 1% per year.
- Low-risk MGUS is defined by an immunoglobulin G monoclonal protein at a concentration less than 1.5 g/dL and a normal serum free light-chain ratio.
- Low-risk MGUS carries a much lower risk of progression than intermediate- and high-risk MGUS, may not require subspecialty referral, and can be followed by the outpatient provider.
Hypertension guidelines: Treat patients, not numbers
When treating high blood pressure, how low should we try to go? Debate continues about optimal blood pressure goals after publication of guidelines from the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association (ACC/AHA) in 2017 that set or permitted a treatment goal of less than 130 mm Hg, depending on the population.1
In this article, we summarize the evolution of hypertension guidelines and the evidence behind them.
HOW THE GOALS EVOLVED
JNC 7, 2003: 140/90 or 130/80
The seventh report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (JNC 7),2 published in 2003, specified treatment goals of:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for most patients
- < 130/80 mm Hg for those with diabetes or chronic kidney disease.
JNC 7 provided much-needed clarity and uniformity to managing hypertension. Since then, various scientific groups have published their own guidelines (Table 1).1–9
ACC/AHA/CDC 2014: 140/90
In 2014, the ACC, AHA, and US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) published an evidence-based algorithm for hypertension management.3 As in JNC 7, they suggested a blood pressure goal of less than 140/90 mm Hg, lifestyle modification, and polytherapy, eg, a thiazide diuretic for stage 1 hypertension (< 160/100 mm Hg) and combination therapy with a thiazide diuretic and an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, angiotensin II receptor blocker (ARB), or calcium channel blocker for stage 2 hypertension (≥ 160/100 mm Hg).
JNC 8 2014: 140/90 or 150/90
Soon after, the much-anticipated report of the panel members appointed to the eighth JNC (JNC 8) was published.4 Previous JNC reports were written and published under the auspices of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, but while the JNC 8 report was being prepared, this government body announced it would no longer publish guidelines.
In contrast to JNC 7, the JNC 8 panel based its recommendations on a systematic review of randomized clinical trials. However, the process and methodology were controversial, especially as the panel excluded some important clinical trials from the analysis.
JNC 8 relaxed the targets in several subgroups, such as patients over age 60 and those with diabetes and chronic kidney disease, due to a lack of definitive evidence on the impact of blood pressure targets lower than 140/90 mm Hg in these groups. Thus, their goals were:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for patients under age 60
- < 150/90 mm Hg for patients age 60 and older.
Of note, a minority of the JNC 8 panel disagreed with the new targets and provided evidence for keeping the systolic blood pressure target below 140 mm Hg for patients 60 and older.5 Further, the JNC 8 report was not endorsed by several important societies, ie, the AHA, ACC, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, and American Society of Hypertension (ASH). These issues compromised the acceptance and applicability of the guidelines.
ASH/ISH 2014: 140/90 or 150/90
Also in 2014, the ASH and the International Society of Hypertension released their own report.6 Their goals:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for most patients
- < 150/90 mm Hg for patients age 80 and older.
AHA/ACC/ASH 2015: Goals in subgroups
In 2015, the AHA, ACC, and ASH released a joint scientific statement outlining hypertension goals for specific patient populations7:
- < 150/90 mm Hg for those age 80 and older
- < 140/90 mm Hg for those with coronary artery disease
- < 130/80 mm Hg for those with comorbidities such as diabetes and cardiovascular disease.
ADA 2016: Goals for patients with diabetes
In 2016, the American Diabetes Association (ADA) set the following blood pressure goals for patients with diabetes8:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for adults with diabetes
- < 130/80 mm Hg for younger adults with diabetes and adults with a high risk of cardiovascular disease
- 120–160/80–105 mm Hg for pregnant patients with diabetes and preexisting hypertension who are treated with antihypertensive therapy.
ACP/AAFP 2017: Systolic 150 or 130
In 2017, the American College of Physicians (ACP) and the American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP) recommended a relaxed systolic blood pressure target, ie, below 150 mm Hg, for adults over age 60, but a tighter goal of less than 140 mm Hg for the same age group if they have transient ischemic attack, stroke, or high cardiovascular risk.9
ACC/AHA 2017: 130/80
The 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines recommended a more aggressive goal of below 130/80 for all, including patients age 65 and older.1
This is a class I (strong) recommendation for patients with known cardiovascular disease or a 10-year risk of a cardiovascular event of 10% or higher, with a B-R level of evidence for the systolic goal (ie, moderate-quality, based on systematic review of randomized controlled trials) and a C-EO level of evidence for the diastolic goal (ie, based on expert opinion).
For patients who do not have cardiovascular disease and who are at lower risk of it, this is a class IIb (weak) recommendation, ie, it “may be reasonable,” with a B-NR level of evidence (moderate-quality, based on nonrandomized studies) for the systolic goal and C-EO (expert opinion) for the diastolic goal.
For many patients, this involves drug treatment. For those with known cardiovascular disease or a 10-year risk of an atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease event of 10% or higher, the ACC/AHA guidelines say that drug treatment “is recommended” if their average blood pressure is 130/80 mm Hg or higher (class I recommendation, based on strong evidence for the systolic threshold and expert option for the diastolic). For those without cardiovascular disease and at lower risk, drug treatment is recommended if their average blood pressure is 140/90 mm Hg or higher (also class I, but based on limited data).
EVERYONE AGREES ON LIFESTYLE
Although the guidelines differ in their blood pressure targets, they consistently recommend lifestyle modifications.
Lifestyle modifications, first described in JNC 7, included weight loss, sodium restriction, and the DASH diet, which is rich in fruits, vegetables, low-fat dairy products, whole grains, poultry, and fish, and low in red meat, sweets, cholesterol, and total and saturated fat.2
These recommendations were based on results from 3 large randomized controlled trials in patients with and without hypertension.10–12 In patients with no history of hypertension, interventions to promote weight loss and sodium restriction significantly reduced blood pressure and the incidence of hypertension (the latter by as much as 77%) compared with usual care.10,11
In patients with and without hypertension, lowering sodium intake in conjunction with the DASH diet was associated with substantially larger reductions in systolic blood pressure.12
The recommendation to lower sodium intake has not changed in the guideline revisions. Meanwhile, other modifications have been added, such as incorporating both aerobic and resistance exercise and moderating alcohol intake. These recommendations have a class I level of evidence (ie, strongest level) in the 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines.1
HYPERTENSION BEGINS AT 130/80
The definition of hypertension changed in the 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines1: previously set at 140/90 mm Hg or higher, it is now 130/80 mm Hg or higher for all age groups. Adults with systolic blood pressure of 130 to 139 mm Hg or diastolic blood pressure of 80 to 89 mm Hg are now classified as having stage 1 hypertension.
Under the new definition, the number of US adults who have hypertension expanded to 45.6% of the general population,13 up from 31.9% under the JNC 7 definition. Thus, overall, 103.3 million US adults now have hypertension, compared with 72.2 million under the JNC 7 criteria.
In addition, the new guidelines expanded the population of adults for whom antihypertensive drug treatment is recommended to 36.2% (81.9 million). However, this represents only a 1.9% absolute increase over the JNC 7 recommendations (34.3%) and a 5.1% absolute increase over the JNC 8 recommendations.14
SPRINT: INTENSIVE TREATMENT IS BENEFICIAL
The new ACC/AHA guidelines1 were based on evidence from several trials, including the Systolic Blood Pressure Intervention Trial (SPRINT).15
This multicenter trial investigated the effect of intensive blood pressure treatment on cardiovascular disease risk.16 The primary outcome was a composite of myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndrome, stroke, and heart failure.
The trial enrolled 9,361 participants at least 50 years of age with systolic blood pressure 130 mm Hg or higher and at least 1 additional risk factor for cardiovascular disease. It excluded anyone with a history of diabetes mellitus, stroke, symptomatic heart failure, or end-stage renal disease.
Two interventions were compared:
- Intensive treatment, with a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 120 mm Hg: the protocol called for polytherapy, even for participants who were 75 or older if their blood pressure was 140 mm Hg or higher
- Standard treatment, with a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 140 mm Hg: it used polytherapy for patients whose systolic blood pressure was 160 mm Hg or higher.
The trial was intended to last 5 years but was stopped early at a median of 3.26 years owing to a significantly lower rate of the primary composite outcome in the intensive-treatment group: 1.65% per year vs 2.19%, a 25% relative risk reduction (P < .001) or a 0.54% absolute risk reduction. We calculate the number needed to treat (NNT) for 1 year to prevent 1 event as 185, and over the 3.26 years of the trial, the investigators calculated the NNT as 61. Similarly, the rate of death from any cause was also lower with intensive treatment, 1.03% per year vs 1.40% per year, a 27% relative risk reduction (P = .003) or a 0.37% absolute risk reduction, NNT 270.
Using these findings, Bress et al16 estimated that implementing intensive blood pressure goals could prevent 107,500 deaths annually.
The downside is adverse effects. In SPRINT,15 the intensive-treatment group experienced significantly higher rates of serious adverse effects than the standard-treatment group, ie:
- Hypotension 2.4% vs 1.4%, P = .001
- Syncope 2.3% vs 1.7%, P = .05
- Electrolyte abnormalities 3.1% vs 2.3%, P = .02)
- Acute kidney injury or kidney failure 4.1% vs 2.5%, P < .001
- Any treatment-related adverse event 4.7% vs 2.5%, P = .001.
Thus, Bress et al16 estimated that fully implementing the intensive-treatment goals could cause an additional 56,100 episodes of hypotension per year, 34,400 cases of syncope, 43,400 serious electrolyte disorders, and 88,700 cases of acute kidney injury. All told, about 3 million Americans could suffer a serious adverse effect under the intensive-treatment goals.
SPRINT caveats and limitations
SPRINT15 was stopped early, after 3.26 years instead of the planned 5 years. The true risk-benefit ratio may have been different if the trial had been extended longer.
In addition, SPRINT used automated office blood pressure measurements in which patients were seated alone and a device (Model 907, Omron Healthcare) took 3 blood pressure measurements at 1-minute intervals after 5 minutes of quiet rest. This was designed to reduce elevated blood pressure readings in the presence of a healthcare professional in a medical setting (ie, “white coat” hypertension).
Many physicians are still taking blood pressure manually, which tends to give higher readings. Therefore, if they aim for a lower goal, they may risk overtreating the patient.
About 50% of patients did not achieve the target systolic blood pressure (< 120 mm Hg) despite receiving an average of 2.8 antihypertensive medications in the intensive-treatment group and 1.8 in the standard-treatment group. The use of antihypertensive medications, however, was not a controlled variable in the trial, and practitioners chose the appropriate drugs for their patients.
Diastolic pressure, which can be markedly lower in older hypertensive patients, was largely ignored, although lower diastolic pressure may have contributed to higher syncope rates in response to alpha blockers and calcium blockers.
Moreover, the trial excluded those with significant comorbidities and those younger than 50 (the mean age was 67.9), which limits the generalizability of the results.
JNC 8 VS SPRINT GOALS: WHAT'S THE EFFECT ON OUTCOMES?
JNC 84 recommended a relaxed target of less than 140/90 mm Hg for adults younger than 60, including those with chronic kidney disease or diabetes, and less than 150/90 mm Hg for adults 60 and older. The SPRINT findings upended those recommendations, showing that intensive treatment in adults age 75 or older significantly improved the composite cardiovascular disease outcome (2.59 vs 3.85 events per year; P < .001) and all-cause mortality (1.78 vs 2.63 events per year; P < .05) compared with standard treatment.17 Also, a subset review of SPRINT trial data found no difference in benefit based on chronic kidney disease status.18
A meta-analysis of 74 clinical trials (N = 306,273) offers a compromise between the SPRINT findings and the JNC 8 recommendations.19 It found that the beneficial effect of blood pressure treatment depended on the patient’s baseline systolic blood pressure. In those with a baseline systolic pressure of 160 mm Hg or higher, treatment reduced cardiovascular mortality by about 15% (relative risk [RR] 0.85; 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.77–0.95). In patients with systolic pressure below 140 mm Hg, treatment effects were neutral (RR 1.03, 95% CI 0.87–1.20) and not associated with any benefit as primary prevention, although data suggest it may reduce the risk of adverse outcomes in patients with coronary heart disease.
OTHER TRIALS THAT INFLUENCED THE GUIDELINES
SHEP and HYVET (the Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program20 and the Hypertension in the Very Elderly Trial)21 supported intensive blood pressure treatment for older patients by reporting a reduction in fatal and nonfatal stroke risks for those with a systolic blood pressure above 160 mm Hg.
FEVER (the Felodipine Event Reduction study)22 found that treatment with a calcium channel blocker in even a low dose can significantly decrease cardiovascular events, cardiovascular disease, and heart failure compared with no treatment.
JATOS and VALISH (the Japanese Trial to Assess Optimal Systolic Blood Pressure in Elderly Hypertensive Patients23 and the Valsartan in Elderly Isolated Systolic Hypertension study)24 found that outcomes were similar with intensive vs standard treatment.
Ettehad et al25 performed a meta-analysis of 123 studies with more than 600,000 participants that provided strong evidence supporting blood pressure treatment goals below 130/90 mm Hg, in line with the SPRINT trial results.
BLOOD PRESSURE ISN’T EVERYTHING
Other trials remind us that although blood pressure is important, it is not the only factor affecting cardiovascular risk.
HOPE (the Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation)26 investigated the use of ramipril (an ACE inhibitor) in preventing myocardial infarction, stroke, or cardiovascular death in patients at high risk of cardiovascular events. The study included 9,297 participants over age 55 (mean age 66) with a baseline blood pressure 139/79 mm Hg. Follow-up was 4.5 years.
Ramipril was better than placebo, with significantly fewer patients experiencing adverse end points in the ramipril group compared with the placebo group:
- Myocardial infarction 9.9% vs 12.3%, RR 0.80, P < .001
- Cardiovascular death 6.1% vs 8.1%, RR 0.74, P < .001
- Stroke 3.4% vs 4.9%, RR = .68, P < .001
- The composite end point 14.0% vs 17.8%, RR 0.78, P < .001).
Results were even better in the subset of patients who had diabetes.27 However, the decrease in blood pressure attributable to antihypertensive therapy with ramipril was minimal (3–4 mm Hg systolic and 1–2 mm Hg diastolic). This slight change should not have been enough to produce significant differences in clinical outcomes, a major limitation of this trial. The investigators speculated that the positive results may be due to a class effect of ACE inhibitors.26
HOPE 328–30 explored the effect of blood pressure- and cholesterol-controlling drugs on the same primary end points but in patients at intermediate risk of major cardiovascular events. Investigators randomized the 12,705 patients to 4 treatment groups:
- Blood pressure control with candesartan (an ARB) plus hydrochlorothiazide (a thiazide diuretic)
- Cholesterol control with rosuvastatin (a statin)
- Blood pressure plus cholesterol control
- Placebo.
Therapy was started at a systolic blood pressure above 140 mm Hg.
Compared with placebo, the rate of composite events was significantly reduced in the rosuvastatin group (3.7% vs 4.8%, HR 0.76, P = .002)28 and the candesartan-hydrochlorothiazide-rosuvastatin group (3.6% vs 5.0%, HR 0.71; P = .005)29 but not in the candesartan-hydrochlorothiazide group (4.1% vs 4.4%; HR 0.93; P = .40).30
In addition, a subgroup analysis comparing active treatment vs placebo found a significant reduction in major cardiovascular events for treated patients whose baseline systolic blood pressure was in the upper third (> 143.5 mm Hg, mean 154.1 mm Hg), while treated patients in the lower middle and lower thirds had no significant reduction.30
These results suggest that intensive treatment to achieve a systolic blood pressure below 140 mm Hg in patients at intermediate risk may not be helpful. Nevertheless, there seems to be agreement that intensive treatment generally leads to a reduction in cardiovascular events. The results also show the benefit of lowering cholesterol.
Bundy et al31 performed a meta-analysis that provides support for intensive antihypertensive treatment. Reviewing 42 clinical trials in more than 144,000 patients, they found that treating to reach a target systolic blood pressure of 120 to 124 mm Hg can reduce cardiovascular events and all-cause mortality.
The trade-off is a minimal increase in the risk of adverse events. Also, the risk-benefit ratio of intensive treatment seems to vary in different patient subgroups.
WHAT ABOUT PATIENTS WITH COMORBIDITIES?
The debate over intensive vs standard treatment in blood pressure management extends beyond hypertension and includes important comorbidities such as diabetes, stroke, and renal disease. Patients with a history of stroke or end-stage renal disease have only a minimal mention in the AHA/ACC guidelines.
Diabetes
Emdin et al,32 in a meta-analysis of 40 trials that included more than 100,000 patients with diabetes, concluded that a 10-mm Hg lowering of systolic blood pressure significantly reduces the rates of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular disease, coronary heart disease, stroke, albuminuria, and retinopathy. Stratifying the results according to the systolic blood pressure achieved (≥ 130 or < 130 mm Hg), the relative risks of mortality, coronary heart disease, cardiovascular disease, heart failure, and albuminuria were actually lower in the higher stratum than in the lower.
ACCORD (the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes)33 study provides contrary results. It examined intensive and standard blood pressure control targets in patients with type 2 diabetes at high risk of cardiovascular events, using primary outcome measures similar to those in SPRINT. It found no significant difference in fatal and nonfatal cardiovascular events between the intensive and standard blood pressure target arms.
Despite those results, the ACC/AHA guidelines still advocate for more intensive treatment (goal < 130/80 mm Hg) in all patients, including those with diabetes.1
The ADA position statement (September 2017) recommended a target below 140/90 mm Hg in patients with diabetes and hypertension.8 However, they also noted that lower systolic and diastolic blood pressure targets, such as below 130/80 mm Hg, may be appropriate for patients at high risk of cardiovascular disease “if they can be achieved without undue treatment burden.”8 Thus, it is not clear which blood pressure targets in patients with diabetes are the best.
Stroke
In patients with stroke, AHA/ACC guidelines1 recommend treatment if the blood pressure is 140/90 mm Hg or higher because antihypertensive therapy has been associated with a decrease in the recurrence of transient ischemic attack and stroke. The ideal target blood pressure is not known, but a goal of less than 130/80 mm Hg may be reasonable.
In the Secondary Prevention of Small Subcortical Strokes (SPS3) trial, a retrospective open-label trial, a target blood pressure below 130/80 mm Hg in patients with a history of lacunar stroke was associated with a lower risk of intracranial hemorrhage, but the difference was not statistically significant.34 For this reason, the ACC/AHA guidelines consider it reasonable to aim for a systolic blood pressure below 130 mm Hg in these patients.1
Renal disease
The ACC/AHA guidelines do not address how to manage hypertension in patients with end-stage renal disease, but for patients with chronic kidney disease they recommend a blood pressure target below 130/80 mm Hg.1 This recommendation is derived from the SPRINT trial,15 in which patients with stage 3 or 4 chronic kidney disease accounted for 28% of the study population. In that subgroup, intensive blood pressure control seemed to provide the same benefits for reduction in cardiovascular death and all-cause mortality.
TREAT PATIENTS, NOT NUMBERS
Blood pressure targets should be applied in the appropriate clinical context and on a patient-by-patient basis. In clinical practice, one size does not always fit all, as special cases exist.
For example, blood pressure can oscillate widely in patients with autonomic nerve disorders, making it difficult to strive for a specific target, especially an intensive one. Thus, it may be necessary to allow higher systolic blood pressure in these patients. Similarly, patients with diabetes or chronic kidney disease may be at higher risk of kidney injury with more intensive blood pressure management.
Treating numbers rather than patients may result in unbalanced patient care. The optimal approach to blood pressure management relies on a comprehensive risk factor assessment and shared decision-making with the patient before setting specific blood pressure targets.
OUR APPROACH
We aim for a blood pressure goal below 130/80 mm Hg for all patients with cardiovascular disease, according to the AHA/ACC guidelines. We aim for that same target in patients without cardiovascular disease but who have an elevated estimated cardiovascular risk (> 10%) over the next 10 years.
We recognize, however, that the benefits of aggressive blood pressure reduction may not be as clear in all patients, such as those with diabetes. We also recognize that some patient subgroups are at high risk of adverse events, including those with low diastolic pressure, chronic kidney disease, a history of falls, and older age. In those patients, we are extremely judicious when titrating antihypertensive medications. We often make smaller titrations, at longer intervals, and with more frequent laboratory testing and in-office follow-up.
Our process of managing hypertension through intensive blood pressure control to achieve lower systolic blood pressure targets requires a concerted effort among healthcare providers at all levels. It especially requires more involvement and investment from primary care providers to individualize treatment in their patients. This process has helped us to reach our treatment goals while limiting adverse effects of lower blood pressure targets.
MOVING FORWARD
Hypertension is a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease, and intensive blood pressure control has the potential to significantly reduce rates of morbidity and death associated with cardiovascular disease. Thus, a general consensus on the definition of hypertension and treatment goals is essential to reduce the risk of cardiovascular events in this large patient population.
Intensive blood pressure treatment has shown efficacy, but it has a small accompanying risk of adverse events, which varies in patient subgroups and affects the benefit-risk ratio of this therapy. For example, the cardiovascular benefit of intensive treatment is less clear in diabetic patients, and the risk of adverse events may be higher in older patients with chronic kidney disease.
Moving forward, more research is needed into the effects of intensive and standard treatment on patients of all ages, those with common comorbid conditions, and those with other important factors such as diastolic hypertension.
Finally, the various medical societies should collaborate on hypertension guideline development. This would require considerable planning and coordination but would ultimately be useful in creating a generalizable approach to hypertension management.
- Whelton PK, Carey RM, Aronow WS, et al. 2017 ACC/AHA/AAPA/ABC/ACPM/AGS/APhA/ASH/ASPC/NMA/PCNA guideline for the prevention, detection, evaluation, and management of high blood pressure in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 71(19):e127–e248. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2017.11.006
- Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al. The seventh report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA 2003; 289(19):2560–2572. doi:10.1001/jama.289.19.2560
- Go AS, Bauman MA, King SM, et al. An effective approach to high blood pressure control: a science advisory from the American Heart Association, the American College of Cardiology, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Hypertension 2014; 63(4):878–885. doi:10.1161/HYP.0000000000000003
- James PA, Oparil S, Carter BL, et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline for the management of high blood pressure in adults: report from the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA 2014; 311(5):507–520. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.284427
- Wright JT Jr, Fine LJ, Lackland DT, Ogedegbe G, Dennison Himmelfarb CR. Evidence supporting a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 150 mm Hg in patients aged 60 years or older: the minority view. Ann Intern Med 2014; 160(7):499–503. doi:10.7326/M13-2981
- Weber MA, Schiffrin EL, White WB, et al. Notice of duplicate publication [duplicate publication of Weber MA, Schiffrin EL, White WB, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the management of hypertension in the community: a statement by the American Society of Hypertension and the International Society of Hypertension. J Clin Hypertens 2014; 16(1):14–26. doi:10.1111/jch.12237] J Hypertens 2014; 32(1):3–15. doi:10.1097/HJH.0000000000000065
- Rosendorff C, Lackland DT, Allison M, et al. Treatment of hypertension in patients with coronary artery disease: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association, American College of Cardiology, and American Society of Hypertension. J Am Soc Hypertens 2015; 9(6):453–498. doi:10.1016/j.jash.2015.03.002
- de Boer IH, Bangalore S, Benetos A, et al. Diabetes and hypertension: a position statement by the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2017; 40(9):1273–1284. doi:10.2337/dci17-0026
- Qaseem A, Wilt TJ, Rich R, Humphrey LL, Frost J, Forciea MA. Pharmacologic treatment of hypertension in adults aged 60 years or older to higher versus lower blood pressure targets: a clinical practice guideline from the American College of Physicians and the American Academy of Family Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2017; 166(6):430–437. doi:10.7326/M16-1785
- The Trials of Hypertension Prevention Collaborative Research Group. Effects of weight loss and sodium reduction intervention on blood pressure and hypertension incidence in over-weight people with high normal blood pressure: the Trials of Hypertension Prevention, phase II. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157(6):657–667. pmid:9080920
- He J, Whelton PK, Appel LJ, Charleston J, Klag MJ. Long-term effects of weight loss and dietary sodium reduction on incidence of hypertension. Hypertension 2000; 35(2):544–549. pmid:10679495
- Sacks FM, Svetkey LP, Vollmer WM, et al. Effects on blood pressure of reduced dietary sodium and the Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet. N Engl J Med 2001; 344(1):3–10. doi:10.1056/NEJM200101043440101
- Blackwell DL, Lucas JW, Clarke TC. Summary health statistics for US adults: National Health Interview Survey, 2012. National Center for Health Statistics. Vital Health Stat 10; 2014(260):1–161. pmid:24819891
- Muntner P, Carey RM, Gidding S, et al. Potential US population impact of the 2017 ACC/AHA high blood pressure guideline. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 71(2):109–118. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2017.10.073
- SPRINT Research Group; Wright JT Jr, Williamson JD, Whelton PK, et al. A randomized trial of intensive versus standard blood-pressure control. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(22):2103–2116. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1511939
- Bress AP, Kramer H, Khatib R, et al. Potential deaths averted and serious adverse events incurred from adoption of the SPRINT (Systolic Blood Pressure Intervention Trial) intensive blood pressure regimen in the United States: Projections from NHANES (National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey). Circulation 2017; 135(17):1617–1628. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.116.025322
- Williamson JD, Supiano MA, Applegate WB, et al. Intensive vs standard blood pressure control and cardiovascular disease outcomes in adults aged ≥ 75 years: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2016; 315(24):2673–2682. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.7050
- Beddhu S, Rocco MV, Toto R, et al. Effects of intensive systolic blood pressure control on kidney and cardiovascular outcomes in persons without kidney disease: a secondary analysis of a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2017; 167(6):375–383. doi:10.7326/M16-2966
- Brunström M, Carlberg B. Association of blood pressure lowering with mortality and cardiovascular disease across blood pressure levels: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(1):28–36. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.6015
- Prevention of stroke by antihypertensive drug treatment in older persons with isolated systolic hypertension. Final results of the Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program (SHEP). SHEP Cooperative Research Group. JAMA 1991; 265(24):3255–3264. pmid:2046107
- Bulpitt CJ, Beckett NS, Cooke J, et al. Results of the pilot study for the Hypertension in the Very Elderly Trial. J Hypertens 2003; 21(12):2409–2417. doi:10.1097/01.hjh.0000084782.15238.a2
- Liu L, Zhang Y, Liu G, et al. The Felodipine Event Reduction (FEVER) study: a randomized long-term placebo-controlled trial in Chinese hypertensive patients. J Hypertens 2005; 23(12):2157–2172. pmid:16269957
- JATOS Study Group. Principal results of the Japanese trial to assess optimal systolic blood pressure in elderly hypertensive patients (JATOS). Hypertens Res 2008; 31(12):2115–2127. doi:10.1291/hypres.31.2115
- Ogihara T, Saruta T, Rakugi H, et al. Target blood pressure for treatment of isolated systolic hypertension in the elderly: valsartan in elderly isolated systolic hypertension study. Hypertension 2010; 56(2):196–202. doi:10.1161/HYPERTENSIONAHA.109.146035
- Ettehad D, Emdin CA, Kiran A, et al. Blood pressure lowering for prevention of cardiovascular disease and death: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet 2016; 387(10022):957–967. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(15)01225-8
- Sleight P. The HOPE study (Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation). J Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone Syst 2000; 1(1):18–20. doi:10.3317/jraas.2000.002
- Effects of ramipril on cardiovascular and microvascular outcomes in people with diabetes mellitus: results of the HOPE study and MICRO-HOPE substudy. Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation Study Investigators. Lancet 2000; 355(9200):253–259. pmid:10675071
- Yusuf S, Bosch J, Dagenais G, et al. Cholesterol lowering in intermediate-risk persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2021–2031. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600176
- Yusuf S, Lonn E, Pais P, et al. Blood-pressure and cholesterol lowering in persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2032–2043. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600177
- Lonn EM, Bosch J, López-Jaramillo P, et al. Blood-pressure lowering in intermediate-risk persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2009–2020. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600175
- Bundy JD, Li C, Stuchlik P, et al. Systolic blood pressure reduction and risk of cardiovascular disease and mortality: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. JAMA Cardiol 2017; 2(7):775–781. doi:10.1001/jamacardio.2017.1421
- Emdin CA, Rahimi K, Neal B, Callender T, Perkovic V, Patel A. Blood pressure lowering in type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2015; 313(6):603–615. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.18574
- ACCORD Study Group; Cushman WC, Evans GW, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2010; 362(17):1575–1585. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1001286
- SPS3 Study Group; Benavente OR, Coffey CS, Conwit R, et al. Blood-pressure targets in patients with recent lacunar stroke: the SPS3 randomised trial. Lancet 2013; 382(9891):507–515. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(13)60852-1
When treating high blood pressure, how low should we try to go? Debate continues about optimal blood pressure goals after publication of guidelines from the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association (ACC/AHA) in 2017 that set or permitted a treatment goal of less than 130 mm Hg, depending on the population.1
In this article, we summarize the evolution of hypertension guidelines and the evidence behind them.
HOW THE GOALS EVOLVED
JNC 7, 2003: 140/90 or 130/80
The seventh report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (JNC 7),2 published in 2003, specified treatment goals of:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for most patients
- < 130/80 mm Hg for those with diabetes or chronic kidney disease.
JNC 7 provided much-needed clarity and uniformity to managing hypertension. Since then, various scientific groups have published their own guidelines (Table 1).1–9
ACC/AHA/CDC 2014: 140/90
In 2014, the ACC, AHA, and US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) published an evidence-based algorithm for hypertension management.3 As in JNC 7, they suggested a blood pressure goal of less than 140/90 mm Hg, lifestyle modification, and polytherapy, eg, a thiazide diuretic for stage 1 hypertension (< 160/100 mm Hg) and combination therapy with a thiazide diuretic and an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, angiotensin II receptor blocker (ARB), or calcium channel blocker for stage 2 hypertension (≥ 160/100 mm Hg).
JNC 8 2014: 140/90 or 150/90
Soon after, the much-anticipated report of the panel members appointed to the eighth JNC (JNC 8) was published.4 Previous JNC reports were written and published under the auspices of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, but while the JNC 8 report was being prepared, this government body announced it would no longer publish guidelines.
In contrast to JNC 7, the JNC 8 panel based its recommendations on a systematic review of randomized clinical trials. However, the process and methodology were controversial, especially as the panel excluded some important clinical trials from the analysis.
JNC 8 relaxed the targets in several subgroups, such as patients over age 60 and those with diabetes and chronic kidney disease, due to a lack of definitive evidence on the impact of blood pressure targets lower than 140/90 mm Hg in these groups. Thus, their goals were:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for patients under age 60
- < 150/90 mm Hg for patients age 60 and older.
Of note, a minority of the JNC 8 panel disagreed with the new targets and provided evidence for keeping the systolic blood pressure target below 140 mm Hg for patients 60 and older.5 Further, the JNC 8 report was not endorsed by several important societies, ie, the AHA, ACC, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, and American Society of Hypertension (ASH). These issues compromised the acceptance and applicability of the guidelines.
ASH/ISH 2014: 140/90 or 150/90
Also in 2014, the ASH and the International Society of Hypertension released their own report.6 Their goals:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for most patients
- < 150/90 mm Hg for patients age 80 and older.
AHA/ACC/ASH 2015: Goals in subgroups
In 2015, the AHA, ACC, and ASH released a joint scientific statement outlining hypertension goals for specific patient populations7:
- < 150/90 mm Hg for those age 80 and older
- < 140/90 mm Hg for those with coronary artery disease
- < 130/80 mm Hg for those with comorbidities such as diabetes and cardiovascular disease.
ADA 2016: Goals for patients with diabetes
In 2016, the American Diabetes Association (ADA) set the following blood pressure goals for patients with diabetes8:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for adults with diabetes
- < 130/80 mm Hg for younger adults with diabetes and adults with a high risk of cardiovascular disease
- 120–160/80–105 mm Hg for pregnant patients with diabetes and preexisting hypertension who are treated with antihypertensive therapy.
ACP/AAFP 2017: Systolic 150 or 130
In 2017, the American College of Physicians (ACP) and the American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP) recommended a relaxed systolic blood pressure target, ie, below 150 mm Hg, for adults over age 60, but a tighter goal of less than 140 mm Hg for the same age group if they have transient ischemic attack, stroke, or high cardiovascular risk.9
ACC/AHA 2017: 130/80
The 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines recommended a more aggressive goal of below 130/80 for all, including patients age 65 and older.1
This is a class I (strong) recommendation for patients with known cardiovascular disease or a 10-year risk of a cardiovascular event of 10% or higher, with a B-R level of evidence for the systolic goal (ie, moderate-quality, based on systematic review of randomized controlled trials) and a C-EO level of evidence for the diastolic goal (ie, based on expert opinion).
For patients who do not have cardiovascular disease and who are at lower risk of it, this is a class IIb (weak) recommendation, ie, it “may be reasonable,” with a B-NR level of evidence (moderate-quality, based on nonrandomized studies) for the systolic goal and C-EO (expert opinion) for the diastolic goal.
For many patients, this involves drug treatment. For those with known cardiovascular disease or a 10-year risk of an atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease event of 10% or higher, the ACC/AHA guidelines say that drug treatment “is recommended” if their average blood pressure is 130/80 mm Hg or higher (class I recommendation, based on strong evidence for the systolic threshold and expert option for the diastolic). For those without cardiovascular disease and at lower risk, drug treatment is recommended if their average blood pressure is 140/90 mm Hg or higher (also class I, but based on limited data).
EVERYONE AGREES ON LIFESTYLE
Although the guidelines differ in their blood pressure targets, they consistently recommend lifestyle modifications.
Lifestyle modifications, first described in JNC 7, included weight loss, sodium restriction, and the DASH diet, which is rich in fruits, vegetables, low-fat dairy products, whole grains, poultry, and fish, and low in red meat, sweets, cholesterol, and total and saturated fat.2
These recommendations were based on results from 3 large randomized controlled trials in patients with and without hypertension.10–12 In patients with no history of hypertension, interventions to promote weight loss and sodium restriction significantly reduced blood pressure and the incidence of hypertension (the latter by as much as 77%) compared with usual care.10,11
In patients with and without hypertension, lowering sodium intake in conjunction with the DASH diet was associated with substantially larger reductions in systolic blood pressure.12
The recommendation to lower sodium intake has not changed in the guideline revisions. Meanwhile, other modifications have been added, such as incorporating both aerobic and resistance exercise and moderating alcohol intake. These recommendations have a class I level of evidence (ie, strongest level) in the 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines.1
HYPERTENSION BEGINS AT 130/80
The definition of hypertension changed in the 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines1: previously set at 140/90 mm Hg or higher, it is now 130/80 mm Hg or higher for all age groups. Adults with systolic blood pressure of 130 to 139 mm Hg or diastolic blood pressure of 80 to 89 mm Hg are now classified as having stage 1 hypertension.
Under the new definition, the number of US adults who have hypertension expanded to 45.6% of the general population,13 up from 31.9% under the JNC 7 definition. Thus, overall, 103.3 million US adults now have hypertension, compared with 72.2 million under the JNC 7 criteria.
In addition, the new guidelines expanded the population of adults for whom antihypertensive drug treatment is recommended to 36.2% (81.9 million). However, this represents only a 1.9% absolute increase over the JNC 7 recommendations (34.3%) and a 5.1% absolute increase over the JNC 8 recommendations.14
SPRINT: INTENSIVE TREATMENT IS BENEFICIAL
The new ACC/AHA guidelines1 were based on evidence from several trials, including the Systolic Blood Pressure Intervention Trial (SPRINT).15
This multicenter trial investigated the effect of intensive blood pressure treatment on cardiovascular disease risk.16 The primary outcome was a composite of myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndrome, stroke, and heart failure.
The trial enrolled 9,361 participants at least 50 years of age with systolic blood pressure 130 mm Hg or higher and at least 1 additional risk factor for cardiovascular disease. It excluded anyone with a history of diabetes mellitus, stroke, symptomatic heart failure, or end-stage renal disease.
Two interventions were compared:
- Intensive treatment, with a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 120 mm Hg: the protocol called for polytherapy, even for participants who were 75 or older if their blood pressure was 140 mm Hg or higher
- Standard treatment, with a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 140 mm Hg: it used polytherapy for patients whose systolic blood pressure was 160 mm Hg or higher.
The trial was intended to last 5 years but was stopped early at a median of 3.26 years owing to a significantly lower rate of the primary composite outcome in the intensive-treatment group: 1.65% per year vs 2.19%, a 25% relative risk reduction (P < .001) or a 0.54% absolute risk reduction. We calculate the number needed to treat (NNT) for 1 year to prevent 1 event as 185, and over the 3.26 years of the trial, the investigators calculated the NNT as 61. Similarly, the rate of death from any cause was also lower with intensive treatment, 1.03% per year vs 1.40% per year, a 27% relative risk reduction (P = .003) or a 0.37% absolute risk reduction, NNT 270.
Using these findings, Bress et al16 estimated that implementing intensive blood pressure goals could prevent 107,500 deaths annually.
The downside is adverse effects. In SPRINT,15 the intensive-treatment group experienced significantly higher rates of serious adverse effects than the standard-treatment group, ie:
- Hypotension 2.4% vs 1.4%, P = .001
- Syncope 2.3% vs 1.7%, P = .05
- Electrolyte abnormalities 3.1% vs 2.3%, P = .02)
- Acute kidney injury or kidney failure 4.1% vs 2.5%, P < .001
- Any treatment-related adverse event 4.7% vs 2.5%, P = .001.
Thus, Bress et al16 estimated that fully implementing the intensive-treatment goals could cause an additional 56,100 episodes of hypotension per year, 34,400 cases of syncope, 43,400 serious electrolyte disorders, and 88,700 cases of acute kidney injury. All told, about 3 million Americans could suffer a serious adverse effect under the intensive-treatment goals.
SPRINT caveats and limitations
SPRINT15 was stopped early, after 3.26 years instead of the planned 5 years. The true risk-benefit ratio may have been different if the trial had been extended longer.
In addition, SPRINT used automated office blood pressure measurements in which patients were seated alone and a device (Model 907, Omron Healthcare) took 3 blood pressure measurements at 1-minute intervals after 5 minutes of quiet rest. This was designed to reduce elevated blood pressure readings in the presence of a healthcare professional in a medical setting (ie, “white coat” hypertension).
Many physicians are still taking blood pressure manually, which tends to give higher readings. Therefore, if they aim for a lower goal, they may risk overtreating the patient.
About 50% of patients did not achieve the target systolic blood pressure (< 120 mm Hg) despite receiving an average of 2.8 antihypertensive medications in the intensive-treatment group and 1.8 in the standard-treatment group. The use of antihypertensive medications, however, was not a controlled variable in the trial, and practitioners chose the appropriate drugs for their patients.
Diastolic pressure, which can be markedly lower in older hypertensive patients, was largely ignored, although lower diastolic pressure may have contributed to higher syncope rates in response to alpha blockers and calcium blockers.
Moreover, the trial excluded those with significant comorbidities and those younger than 50 (the mean age was 67.9), which limits the generalizability of the results.
JNC 8 VS SPRINT GOALS: WHAT'S THE EFFECT ON OUTCOMES?
JNC 84 recommended a relaxed target of less than 140/90 mm Hg for adults younger than 60, including those with chronic kidney disease or diabetes, and less than 150/90 mm Hg for adults 60 and older. The SPRINT findings upended those recommendations, showing that intensive treatment in adults age 75 or older significantly improved the composite cardiovascular disease outcome (2.59 vs 3.85 events per year; P < .001) and all-cause mortality (1.78 vs 2.63 events per year; P < .05) compared with standard treatment.17 Also, a subset review of SPRINT trial data found no difference in benefit based on chronic kidney disease status.18
A meta-analysis of 74 clinical trials (N = 306,273) offers a compromise between the SPRINT findings and the JNC 8 recommendations.19 It found that the beneficial effect of blood pressure treatment depended on the patient’s baseline systolic blood pressure. In those with a baseline systolic pressure of 160 mm Hg or higher, treatment reduced cardiovascular mortality by about 15% (relative risk [RR] 0.85; 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.77–0.95). In patients with systolic pressure below 140 mm Hg, treatment effects were neutral (RR 1.03, 95% CI 0.87–1.20) and not associated with any benefit as primary prevention, although data suggest it may reduce the risk of adverse outcomes in patients with coronary heart disease.
OTHER TRIALS THAT INFLUENCED THE GUIDELINES
SHEP and HYVET (the Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program20 and the Hypertension in the Very Elderly Trial)21 supported intensive blood pressure treatment for older patients by reporting a reduction in fatal and nonfatal stroke risks for those with a systolic blood pressure above 160 mm Hg.
FEVER (the Felodipine Event Reduction study)22 found that treatment with a calcium channel blocker in even a low dose can significantly decrease cardiovascular events, cardiovascular disease, and heart failure compared with no treatment.
JATOS and VALISH (the Japanese Trial to Assess Optimal Systolic Blood Pressure in Elderly Hypertensive Patients23 and the Valsartan in Elderly Isolated Systolic Hypertension study)24 found that outcomes were similar with intensive vs standard treatment.
Ettehad et al25 performed a meta-analysis of 123 studies with more than 600,000 participants that provided strong evidence supporting blood pressure treatment goals below 130/90 mm Hg, in line with the SPRINT trial results.
BLOOD PRESSURE ISN’T EVERYTHING
Other trials remind us that although blood pressure is important, it is not the only factor affecting cardiovascular risk.
HOPE (the Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation)26 investigated the use of ramipril (an ACE inhibitor) in preventing myocardial infarction, stroke, or cardiovascular death in patients at high risk of cardiovascular events. The study included 9,297 participants over age 55 (mean age 66) with a baseline blood pressure 139/79 mm Hg. Follow-up was 4.5 years.
Ramipril was better than placebo, with significantly fewer patients experiencing adverse end points in the ramipril group compared with the placebo group:
- Myocardial infarction 9.9% vs 12.3%, RR 0.80, P < .001
- Cardiovascular death 6.1% vs 8.1%, RR 0.74, P < .001
- Stroke 3.4% vs 4.9%, RR = .68, P < .001
- The composite end point 14.0% vs 17.8%, RR 0.78, P < .001).
Results were even better in the subset of patients who had diabetes.27 However, the decrease in blood pressure attributable to antihypertensive therapy with ramipril was minimal (3–4 mm Hg systolic and 1–2 mm Hg diastolic). This slight change should not have been enough to produce significant differences in clinical outcomes, a major limitation of this trial. The investigators speculated that the positive results may be due to a class effect of ACE inhibitors.26
HOPE 328–30 explored the effect of blood pressure- and cholesterol-controlling drugs on the same primary end points but in patients at intermediate risk of major cardiovascular events. Investigators randomized the 12,705 patients to 4 treatment groups:
- Blood pressure control with candesartan (an ARB) plus hydrochlorothiazide (a thiazide diuretic)
- Cholesterol control with rosuvastatin (a statin)
- Blood pressure plus cholesterol control
- Placebo.
Therapy was started at a systolic blood pressure above 140 mm Hg.
Compared with placebo, the rate of composite events was significantly reduced in the rosuvastatin group (3.7% vs 4.8%, HR 0.76, P = .002)28 and the candesartan-hydrochlorothiazide-rosuvastatin group (3.6% vs 5.0%, HR 0.71; P = .005)29 but not in the candesartan-hydrochlorothiazide group (4.1% vs 4.4%; HR 0.93; P = .40).30
In addition, a subgroup analysis comparing active treatment vs placebo found a significant reduction in major cardiovascular events for treated patients whose baseline systolic blood pressure was in the upper third (> 143.5 mm Hg, mean 154.1 mm Hg), while treated patients in the lower middle and lower thirds had no significant reduction.30
These results suggest that intensive treatment to achieve a systolic blood pressure below 140 mm Hg in patients at intermediate risk may not be helpful. Nevertheless, there seems to be agreement that intensive treatment generally leads to a reduction in cardiovascular events. The results also show the benefit of lowering cholesterol.
Bundy et al31 performed a meta-analysis that provides support for intensive antihypertensive treatment. Reviewing 42 clinical trials in more than 144,000 patients, they found that treating to reach a target systolic blood pressure of 120 to 124 mm Hg can reduce cardiovascular events and all-cause mortality.
The trade-off is a minimal increase in the risk of adverse events. Also, the risk-benefit ratio of intensive treatment seems to vary in different patient subgroups.
WHAT ABOUT PATIENTS WITH COMORBIDITIES?
The debate over intensive vs standard treatment in blood pressure management extends beyond hypertension and includes important comorbidities such as diabetes, stroke, and renal disease. Patients with a history of stroke or end-stage renal disease have only a minimal mention in the AHA/ACC guidelines.
Diabetes
Emdin et al,32 in a meta-analysis of 40 trials that included more than 100,000 patients with diabetes, concluded that a 10-mm Hg lowering of systolic blood pressure significantly reduces the rates of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular disease, coronary heart disease, stroke, albuminuria, and retinopathy. Stratifying the results according to the systolic blood pressure achieved (≥ 130 or < 130 mm Hg), the relative risks of mortality, coronary heart disease, cardiovascular disease, heart failure, and albuminuria were actually lower in the higher stratum than in the lower.
ACCORD (the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes)33 study provides contrary results. It examined intensive and standard blood pressure control targets in patients with type 2 diabetes at high risk of cardiovascular events, using primary outcome measures similar to those in SPRINT. It found no significant difference in fatal and nonfatal cardiovascular events between the intensive and standard blood pressure target arms.
Despite those results, the ACC/AHA guidelines still advocate for more intensive treatment (goal < 130/80 mm Hg) in all patients, including those with diabetes.1
The ADA position statement (September 2017) recommended a target below 140/90 mm Hg in patients with diabetes and hypertension.8 However, they also noted that lower systolic and diastolic blood pressure targets, such as below 130/80 mm Hg, may be appropriate for patients at high risk of cardiovascular disease “if they can be achieved without undue treatment burden.”8 Thus, it is not clear which blood pressure targets in patients with diabetes are the best.
Stroke
In patients with stroke, AHA/ACC guidelines1 recommend treatment if the blood pressure is 140/90 mm Hg or higher because antihypertensive therapy has been associated with a decrease in the recurrence of transient ischemic attack and stroke. The ideal target blood pressure is not known, but a goal of less than 130/80 mm Hg may be reasonable.
In the Secondary Prevention of Small Subcortical Strokes (SPS3) trial, a retrospective open-label trial, a target blood pressure below 130/80 mm Hg in patients with a history of lacunar stroke was associated with a lower risk of intracranial hemorrhage, but the difference was not statistically significant.34 For this reason, the ACC/AHA guidelines consider it reasonable to aim for a systolic blood pressure below 130 mm Hg in these patients.1
Renal disease
The ACC/AHA guidelines do not address how to manage hypertension in patients with end-stage renal disease, but for patients with chronic kidney disease they recommend a blood pressure target below 130/80 mm Hg.1 This recommendation is derived from the SPRINT trial,15 in which patients with stage 3 or 4 chronic kidney disease accounted for 28% of the study population. In that subgroup, intensive blood pressure control seemed to provide the same benefits for reduction in cardiovascular death and all-cause mortality.
TREAT PATIENTS, NOT NUMBERS
Blood pressure targets should be applied in the appropriate clinical context and on a patient-by-patient basis. In clinical practice, one size does not always fit all, as special cases exist.
For example, blood pressure can oscillate widely in patients with autonomic nerve disorders, making it difficult to strive for a specific target, especially an intensive one. Thus, it may be necessary to allow higher systolic blood pressure in these patients. Similarly, patients with diabetes or chronic kidney disease may be at higher risk of kidney injury with more intensive blood pressure management.
Treating numbers rather than patients may result in unbalanced patient care. The optimal approach to blood pressure management relies on a comprehensive risk factor assessment and shared decision-making with the patient before setting specific blood pressure targets.
OUR APPROACH
We aim for a blood pressure goal below 130/80 mm Hg for all patients with cardiovascular disease, according to the AHA/ACC guidelines. We aim for that same target in patients without cardiovascular disease but who have an elevated estimated cardiovascular risk (> 10%) over the next 10 years.
We recognize, however, that the benefits of aggressive blood pressure reduction may not be as clear in all patients, such as those with diabetes. We also recognize that some patient subgroups are at high risk of adverse events, including those with low diastolic pressure, chronic kidney disease, a history of falls, and older age. In those patients, we are extremely judicious when titrating antihypertensive medications. We often make smaller titrations, at longer intervals, and with more frequent laboratory testing and in-office follow-up.
Our process of managing hypertension through intensive blood pressure control to achieve lower systolic blood pressure targets requires a concerted effort among healthcare providers at all levels. It especially requires more involvement and investment from primary care providers to individualize treatment in their patients. This process has helped us to reach our treatment goals while limiting adverse effects of lower blood pressure targets.
MOVING FORWARD
Hypertension is a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease, and intensive blood pressure control has the potential to significantly reduce rates of morbidity and death associated with cardiovascular disease. Thus, a general consensus on the definition of hypertension and treatment goals is essential to reduce the risk of cardiovascular events in this large patient population.
Intensive blood pressure treatment has shown efficacy, but it has a small accompanying risk of adverse events, which varies in patient subgroups and affects the benefit-risk ratio of this therapy. For example, the cardiovascular benefit of intensive treatment is less clear in diabetic patients, and the risk of adverse events may be higher in older patients with chronic kidney disease.
Moving forward, more research is needed into the effects of intensive and standard treatment on patients of all ages, those with common comorbid conditions, and those with other important factors such as diastolic hypertension.
Finally, the various medical societies should collaborate on hypertension guideline development. This would require considerable planning and coordination but would ultimately be useful in creating a generalizable approach to hypertension management.
When treating high blood pressure, how low should we try to go? Debate continues about optimal blood pressure goals after publication of guidelines from the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association (ACC/AHA) in 2017 that set or permitted a treatment goal of less than 130 mm Hg, depending on the population.1
In this article, we summarize the evolution of hypertension guidelines and the evidence behind them.
HOW THE GOALS EVOLVED
JNC 7, 2003: 140/90 or 130/80
The seventh report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (JNC 7),2 published in 2003, specified treatment goals of:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for most patients
- < 130/80 mm Hg for those with diabetes or chronic kidney disease.
JNC 7 provided much-needed clarity and uniformity to managing hypertension. Since then, various scientific groups have published their own guidelines (Table 1).1–9
ACC/AHA/CDC 2014: 140/90
In 2014, the ACC, AHA, and US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) published an evidence-based algorithm for hypertension management.3 As in JNC 7, they suggested a blood pressure goal of less than 140/90 mm Hg, lifestyle modification, and polytherapy, eg, a thiazide diuretic for stage 1 hypertension (< 160/100 mm Hg) and combination therapy with a thiazide diuretic and an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, angiotensin II receptor blocker (ARB), or calcium channel blocker for stage 2 hypertension (≥ 160/100 mm Hg).
JNC 8 2014: 140/90 or 150/90
Soon after, the much-anticipated report of the panel members appointed to the eighth JNC (JNC 8) was published.4 Previous JNC reports were written and published under the auspices of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, but while the JNC 8 report was being prepared, this government body announced it would no longer publish guidelines.
In contrast to JNC 7, the JNC 8 panel based its recommendations on a systematic review of randomized clinical trials. However, the process and methodology were controversial, especially as the panel excluded some important clinical trials from the analysis.
JNC 8 relaxed the targets in several subgroups, such as patients over age 60 and those with diabetes and chronic kidney disease, due to a lack of definitive evidence on the impact of blood pressure targets lower than 140/90 mm Hg in these groups. Thus, their goals were:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for patients under age 60
- < 150/90 mm Hg for patients age 60 and older.
Of note, a minority of the JNC 8 panel disagreed with the new targets and provided evidence for keeping the systolic blood pressure target below 140 mm Hg for patients 60 and older.5 Further, the JNC 8 report was not endorsed by several important societies, ie, the AHA, ACC, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, and American Society of Hypertension (ASH). These issues compromised the acceptance and applicability of the guidelines.
ASH/ISH 2014: 140/90 or 150/90
Also in 2014, the ASH and the International Society of Hypertension released their own report.6 Their goals:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for most patients
- < 150/90 mm Hg for patients age 80 and older.
AHA/ACC/ASH 2015: Goals in subgroups
In 2015, the AHA, ACC, and ASH released a joint scientific statement outlining hypertension goals for specific patient populations7:
- < 150/90 mm Hg for those age 80 and older
- < 140/90 mm Hg for those with coronary artery disease
- < 130/80 mm Hg for those with comorbidities such as diabetes and cardiovascular disease.
ADA 2016: Goals for patients with diabetes
In 2016, the American Diabetes Association (ADA) set the following blood pressure goals for patients with diabetes8:
- < 140/90 mm Hg for adults with diabetes
- < 130/80 mm Hg for younger adults with diabetes and adults with a high risk of cardiovascular disease
- 120–160/80–105 mm Hg for pregnant patients with diabetes and preexisting hypertension who are treated with antihypertensive therapy.
ACP/AAFP 2017: Systolic 150 or 130
In 2017, the American College of Physicians (ACP) and the American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP) recommended a relaxed systolic blood pressure target, ie, below 150 mm Hg, for adults over age 60, but a tighter goal of less than 140 mm Hg for the same age group if they have transient ischemic attack, stroke, or high cardiovascular risk.9
ACC/AHA 2017: 130/80
The 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines recommended a more aggressive goal of below 130/80 for all, including patients age 65 and older.1
This is a class I (strong) recommendation for patients with known cardiovascular disease or a 10-year risk of a cardiovascular event of 10% or higher, with a B-R level of evidence for the systolic goal (ie, moderate-quality, based on systematic review of randomized controlled trials) and a C-EO level of evidence for the diastolic goal (ie, based on expert opinion).
For patients who do not have cardiovascular disease and who are at lower risk of it, this is a class IIb (weak) recommendation, ie, it “may be reasonable,” with a B-NR level of evidence (moderate-quality, based on nonrandomized studies) for the systolic goal and C-EO (expert opinion) for the diastolic goal.
For many patients, this involves drug treatment. For those with known cardiovascular disease or a 10-year risk of an atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease event of 10% or higher, the ACC/AHA guidelines say that drug treatment “is recommended” if their average blood pressure is 130/80 mm Hg or higher (class I recommendation, based on strong evidence for the systolic threshold and expert option for the diastolic). For those without cardiovascular disease and at lower risk, drug treatment is recommended if their average blood pressure is 140/90 mm Hg or higher (also class I, but based on limited data).
EVERYONE AGREES ON LIFESTYLE
Although the guidelines differ in their blood pressure targets, they consistently recommend lifestyle modifications.
Lifestyle modifications, first described in JNC 7, included weight loss, sodium restriction, and the DASH diet, which is rich in fruits, vegetables, low-fat dairy products, whole grains, poultry, and fish, and low in red meat, sweets, cholesterol, and total and saturated fat.2
These recommendations were based on results from 3 large randomized controlled trials in patients with and without hypertension.10–12 In patients with no history of hypertension, interventions to promote weight loss and sodium restriction significantly reduced blood pressure and the incidence of hypertension (the latter by as much as 77%) compared with usual care.10,11
In patients with and without hypertension, lowering sodium intake in conjunction with the DASH diet was associated with substantially larger reductions in systolic blood pressure.12
The recommendation to lower sodium intake has not changed in the guideline revisions. Meanwhile, other modifications have been added, such as incorporating both aerobic and resistance exercise and moderating alcohol intake. These recommendations have a class I level of evidence (ie, strongest level) in the 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines.1
HYPERTENSION BEGINS AT 130/80
The definition of hypertension changed in the 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines1: previously set at 140/90 mm Hg or higher, it is now 130/80 mm Hg or higher for all age groups. Adults with systolic blood pressure of 130 to 139 mm Hg or diastolic blood pressure of 80 to 89 mm Hg are now classified as having stage 1 hypertension.
Under the new definition, the number of US adults who have hypertension expanded to 45.6% of the general population,13 up from 31.9% under the JNC 7 definition. Thus, overall, 103.3 million US adults now have hypertension, compared with 72.2 million under the JNC 7 criteria.
In addition, the new guidelines expanded the population of adults for whom antihypertensive drug treatment is recommended to 36.2% (81.9 million). However, this represents only a 1.9% absolute increase over the JNC 7 recommendations (34.3%) and a 5.1% absolute increase over the JNC 8 recommendations.14
SPRINT: INTENSIVE TREATMENT IS BENEFICIAL
The new ACC/AHA guidelines1 were based on evidence from several trials, including the Systolic Blood Pressure Intervention Trial (SPRINT).15
This multicenter trial investigated the effect of intensive blood pressure treatment on cardiovascular disease risk.16 The primary outcome was a composite of myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndrome, stroke, and heart failure.
The trial enrolled 9,361 participants at least 50 years of age with systolic blood pressure 130 mm Hg or higher and at least 1 additional risk factor for cardiovascular disease. It excluded anyone with a history of diabetes mellitus, stroke, symptomatic heart failure, or end-stage renal disease.
Two interventions were compared:
- Intensive treatment, with a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 120 mm Hg: the protocol called for polytherapy, even for participants who were 75 or older if their blood pressure was 140 mm Hg or higher
- Standard treatment, with a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 140 mm Hg: it used polytherapy for patients whose systolic blood pressure was 160 mm Hg or higher.
The trial was intended to last 5 years but was stopped early at a median of 3.26 years owing to a significantly lower rate of the primary composite outcome in the intensive-treatment group: 1.65% per year vs 2.19%, a 25% relative risk reduction (P < .001) or a 0.54% absolute risk reduction. We calculate the number needed to treat (NNT) for 1 year to prevent 1 event as 185, and over the 3.26 years of the trial, the investigators calculated the NNT as 61. Similarly, the rate of death from any cause was also lower with intensive treatment, 1.03% per year vs 1.40% per year, a 27% relative risk reduction (P = .003) or a 0.37% absolute risk reduction, NNT 270.
Using these findings, Bress et al16 estimated that implementing intensive blood pressure goals could prevent 107,500 deaths annually.
The downside is adverse effects. In SPRINT,15 the intensive-treatment group experienced significantly higher rates of serious adverse effects than the standard-treatment group, ie:
- Hypotension 2.4% vs 1.4%, P = .001
- Syncope 2.3% vs 1.7%, P = .05
- Electrolyte abnormalities 3.1% vs 2.3%, P = .02)
- Acute kidney injury or kidney failure 4.1% vs 2.5%, P < .001
- Any treatment-related adverse event 4.7% vs 2.5%, P = .001.
Thus, Bress et al16 estimated that fully implementing the intensive-treatment goals could cause an additional 56,100 episodes of hypotension per year, 34,400 cases of syncope, 43,400 serious electrolyte disorders, and 88,700 cases of acute kidney injury. All told, about 3 million Americans could suffer a serious adverse effect under the intensive-treatment goals.
SPRINT caveats and limitations
SPRINT15 was stopped early, after 3.26 years instead of the planned 5 years. The true risk-benefit ratio may have been different if the trial had been extended longer.
In addition, SPRINT used automated office blood pressure measurements in which patients were seated alone and a device (Model 907, Omron Healthcare) took 3 blood pressure measurements at 1-minute intervals after 5 minutes of quiet rest. This was designed to reduce elevated blood pressure readings in the presence of a healthcare professional in a medical setting (ie, “white coat” hypertension).
Many physicians are still taking blood pressure manually, which tends to give higher readings. Therefore, if they aim for a lower goal, they may risk overtreating the patient.
About 50% of patients did not achieve the target systolic blood pressure (< 120 mm Hg) despite receiving an average of 2.8 antihypertensive medications in the intensive-treatment group and 1.8 in the standard-treatment group. The use of antihypertensive medications, however, was not a controlled variable in the trial, and practitioners chose the appropriate drugs for their patients.
Diastolic pressure, which can be markedly lower in older hypertensive patients, was largely ignored, although lower diastolic pressure may have contributed to higher syncope rates in response to alpha blockers and calcium blockers.
Moreover, the trial excluded those with significant comorbidities and those younger than 50 (the mean age was 67.9), which limits the generalizability of the results.
JNC 8 VS SPRINT GOALS: WHAT'S THE EFFECT ON OUTCOMES?
JNC 84 recommended a relaxed target of less than 140/90 mm Hg for adults younger than 60, including those with chronic kidney disease or diabetes, and less than 150/90 mm Hg for adults 60 and older. The SPRINT findings upended those recommendations, showing that intensive treatment in adults age 75 or older significantly improved the composite cardiovascular disease outcome (2.59 vs 3.85 events per year; P < .001) and all-cause mortality (1.78 vs 2.63 events per year; P < .05) compared with standard treatment.17 Also, a subset review of SPRINT trial data found no difference in benefit based on chronic kidney disease status.18
A meta-analysis of 74 clinical trials (N = 306,273) offers a compromise between the SPRINT findings and the JNC 8 recommendations.19 It found that the beneficial effect of blood pressure treatment depended on the patient’s baseline systolic blood pressure. In those with a baseline systolic pressure of 160 mm Hg or higher, treatment reduced cardiovascular mortality by about 15% (relative risk [RR] 0.85; 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.77–0.95). In patients with systolic pressure below 140 mm Hg, treatment effects were neutral (RR 1.03, 95% CI 0.87–1.20) and not associated with any benefit as primary prevention, although data suggest it may reduce the risk of adverse outcomes in patients with coronary heart disease.
OTHER TRIALS THAT INFLUENCED THE GUIDELINES
SHEP and HYVET (the Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program20 and the Hypertension in the Very Elderly Trial)21 supported intensive blood pressure treatment for older patients by reporting a reduction in fatal and nonfatal stroke risks for those with a systolic blood pressure above 160 mm Hg.
FEVER (the Felodipine Event Reduction study)22 found that treatment with a calcium channel blocker in even a low dose can significantly decrease cardiovascular events, cardiovascular disease, and heart failure compared with no treatment.
JATOS and VALISH (the Japanese Trial to Assess Optimal Systolic Blood Pressure in Elderly Hypertensive Patients23 and the Valsartan in Elderly Isolated Systolic Hypertension study)24 found that outcomes were similar with intensive vs standard treatment.
Ettehad et al25 performed a meta-analysis of 123 studies with more than 600,000 participants that provided strong evidence supporting blood pressure treatment goals below 130/90 mm Hg, in line with the SPRINT trial results.
BLOOD PRESSURE ISN’T EVERYTHING
Other trials remind us that although blood pressure is important, it is not the only factor affecting cardiovascular risk.
HOPE (the Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation)26 investigated the use of ramipril (an ACE inhibitor) in preventing myocardial infarction, stroke, or cardiovascular death in patients at high risk of cardiovascular events. The study included 9,297 participants over age 55 (mean age 66) with a baseline blood pressure 139/79 mm Hg. Follow-up was 4.5 years.
Ramipril was better than placebo, with significantly fewer patients experiencing adverse end points in the ramipril group compared with the placebo group:
- Myocardial infarction 9.9% vs 12.3%, RR 0.80, P < .001
- Cardiovascular death 6.1% vs 8.1%, RR 0.74, P < .001
- Stroke 3.4% vs 4.9%, RR = .68, P < .001
- The composite end point 14.0% vs 17.8%, RR 0.78, P < .001).
Results were even better in the subset of patients who had diabetes.27 However, the decrease in blood pressure attributable to antihypertensive therapy with ramipril was minimal (3–4 mm Hg systolic and 1–2 mm Hg diastolic). This slight change should not have been enough to produce significant differences in clinical outcomes, a major limitation of this trial. The investigators speculated that the positive results may be due to a class effect of ACE inhibitors.26
HOPE 328–30 explored the effect of blood pressure- and cholesterol-controlling drugs on the same primary end points but in patients at intermediate risk of major cardiovascular events. Investigators randomized the 12,705 patients to 4 treatment groups:
- Blood pressure control with candesartan (an ARB) plus hydrochlorothiazide (a thiazide diuretic)
- Cholesterol control with rosuvastatin (a statin)
- Blood pressure plus cholesterol control
- Placebo.
Therapy was started at a systolic blood pressure above 140 mm Hg.
Compared with placebo, the rate of composite events was significantly reduced in the rosuvastatin group (3.7% vs 4.8%, HR 0.76, P = .002)28 and the candesartan-hydrochlorothiazide-rosuvastatin group (3.6% vs 5.0%, HR 0.71; P = .005)29 but not in the candesartan-hydrochlorothiazide group (4.1% vs 4.4%; HR 0.93; P = .40).30
In addition, a subgroup analysis comparing active treatment vs placebo found a significant reduction in major cardiovascular events for treated patients whose baseline systolic blood pressure was in the upper third (> 143.5 mm Hg, mean 154.1 mm Hg), while treated patients in the lower middle and lower thirds had no significant reduction.30
These results suggest that intensive treatment to achieve a systolic blood pressure below 140 mm Hg in patients at intermediate risk may not be helpful. Nevertheless, there seems to be agreement that intensive treatment generally leads to a reduction in cardiovascular events. The results also show the benefit of lowering cholesterol.
Bundy et al31 performed a meta-analysis that provides support for intensive antihypertensive treatment. Reviewing 42 clinical trials in more than 144,000 patients, they found that treating to reach a target systolic blood pressure of 120 to 124 mm Hg can reduce cardiovascular events and all-cause mortality.
The trade-off is a minimal increase in the risk of adverse events. Also, the risk-benefit ratio of intensive treatment seems to vary in different patient subgroups.
WHAT ABOUT PATIENTS WITH COMORBIDITIES?
The debate over intensive vs standard treatment in blood pressure management extends beyond hypertension and includes important comorbidities such as diabetes, stroke, and renal disease. Patients with a history of stroke or end-stage renal disease have only a minimal mention in the AHA/ACC guidelines.
Diabetes
Emdin et al,32 in a meta-analysis of 40 trials that included more than 100,000 patients with diabetes, concluded that a 10-mm Hg lowering of systolic blood pressure significantly reduces the rates of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular disease, coronary heart disease, stroke, albuminuria, and retinopathy. Stratifying the results according to the systolic blood pressure achieved (≥ 130 or < 130 mm Hg), the relative risks of mortality, coronary heart disease, cardiovascular disease, heart failure, and albuminuria were actually lower in the higher stratum than in the lower.
ACCORD (the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes)33 study provides contrary results. It examined intensive and standard blood pressure control targets in patients with type 2 diabetes at high risk of cardiovascular events, using primary outcome measures similar to those in SPRINT. It found no significant difference in fatal and nonfatal cardiovascular events between the intensive and standard blood pressure target arms.
Despite those results, the ACC/AHA guidelines still advocate for more intensive treatment (goal < 130/80 mm Hg) in all patients, including those with diabetes.1
The ADA position statement (September 2017) recommended a target below 140/90 mm Hg in patients with diabetes and hypertension.8 However, they also noted that lower systolic and diastolic blood pressure targets, such as below 130/80 mm Hg, may be appropriate for patients at high risk of cardiovascular disease “if they can be achieved without undue treatment burden.”8 Thus, it is not clear which blood pressure targets in patients with diabetes are the best.
Stroke
In patients with stroke, AHA/ACC guidelines1 recommend treatment if the blood pressure is 140/90 mm Hg or higher because antihypertensive therapy has been associated with a decrease in the recurrence of transient ischemic attack and stroke. The ideal target blood pressure is not known, but a goal of less than 130/80 mm Hg may be reasonable.
In the Secondary Prevention of Small Subcortical Strokes (SPS3) trial, a retrospective open-label trial, a target blood pressure below 130/80 mm Hg in patients with a history of lacunar stroke was associated with a lower risk of intracranial hemorrhage, but the difference was not statistically significant.34 For this reason, the ACC/AHA guidelines consider it reasonable to aim for a systolic blood pressure below 130 mm Hg in these patients.1
Renal disease
The ACC/AHA guidelines do not address how to manage hypertension in patients with end-stage renal disease, but for patients with chronic kidney disease they recommend a blood pressure target below 130/80 mm Hg.1 This recommendation is derived from the SPRINT trial,15 in which patients with stage 3 or 4 chronic kidney disease accounted for 28% of the study population. In that subgroup, intensive blood pressure control seemed to provide the same benefits for reduction in cardiovascular death and all-cause mortality.
TREAT PATIENTS, NOT NUMBERS
Blood pressure targets should be applied in the appropriate clinical context and on a patient-by-patient basis. In clinical practice, one size does not always fit all, as special cases exist.
For example, blood pressure can oscillate widely in patients with autonomic nerve disorders, making it difficult to strive for a specific target, especially an intensive one. Thus, it may be necessary to allow higher systolic blood pressure in these patients. Similarly, patients with diabetes or chronic kidney disease may be at higher risk of kidney injury with more intensive blood pressure management.
Treating numbers rather than patients may result in unbalanced patient care. The optimal approach to blood pressure management relies on a comprehensive risk factor assessment and shared decision-making with the patient before setting specific blood pressure targets.
OUR APPROACH
We aim for a blood pressure goal below 130/80 mm Hg for all patients with cardiovascular disease, according to the AHA/ACC guidelines. We aim for that same target in patients without cardiovascular disease but who have an elevated estimated cardiovascular risk (> 10%) over the next 10 years.
We recognize, however, that the benefits of aggressive blood pressure reduction may not be as clear in all patients, such as those with diabetes. We also recognize that some patient subgroups are at high risk of adverse events, including those with low diastolic pressure, chronic kidney disease, a history of falls, and older age. In those patients, we are extremely judicious when titrating antihypertensive medications. We often make smaller titrations, at longer intervals, and with more frequent laboratory testing and in-office follow-up.
Our process of managing hypertension through intensive blood pressure control to achieve lower systolic blood pressure targets requires a concerted effort among healthcare providers at all levels. It especially requires more involvement and investment from primary care providers to individualize treatment in their patients. This process has helped us to reach our treatment goals while limiting adverse effects of lower blood pressure targets.
MOVING FORWARD
Hypertension is a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease, and intensive blood pressure control has the potential to significantly reduce rates of morbidity and death associated with cardiovascular disease. Thus, a general consensus on the definition of hypertension and treatment goals is essential to reduce the risk of cardiovascular events in this large patient population.
Intensive blood pressure treatment has shown efficacy, but it has a small accompanying risk of adverse events, which varies in patient subgroups and affects the benefit-risk ratio of this therapy. For example, the cardiovascular benefit of intensive treatment is less clear in diabetic patients, and the risk of adverse events may be higher in older patients with chronic kidney disease.
Moving forward, more research is needed into the effects of intensive and standard treatment on patients of all ages, those with common comorbid conditions, and those with other important factors such as diastolic hypertension.
Finally, the various medical societies should collaborate on hypertension guideline development. This would require considerable planning and coordination but would ultimately be useful in creating a generalizable approach to hypertension management.
- Whelton PK, Carey RM, Aronow WS, et al. 2017 ACC/AHA/AAPA/ABC/ACPM/AGS/APhA/ASH/ASPC/NMA/PCNA guideline for the prevention, detection, evaluation, and management of high blood pressure in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 71(19):e127–e248. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2017.11.006
- Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al. The seventh report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA 2003; 289(19):2560–2572. doi:10.1001/jama.289.19.2560
- Go AS, Bauman MA, King SM, et al. An effective approach to high blood pressure control: a science advisory from the American Heart Association, the American College of Cardiology, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Hypertension 2014; 63(4):878–885. doi:10.1161/HYP.0000000000000003
- James PA, Oparil S, Carter BL, et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline for the management of high blood pressure in adults: report from the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA 2014; 311(5):507–520. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.284427
- Wright JT Jr, Fine LJ, Lackland DT, Ogedegbe G, Dennison Himmelfarb CR. Evidence supporting a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 150 mm Hg in patients aged 60 years or older: the minority view. Ann Intern Med 2014; 160(7):499–503. doi:10.7326/M13-2981
- Weber MA, Schiffrin EL, White WB, et al. Notice of duplicate publication [duplicate publication of Weber MA, Schiffrin EL, White WB, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the management of hypertension in the community: a statement by the American Society of Hypertension and the International Society of Hypertension. J Clin Hypertens 2014; 16(1):14–26. doi:10.1111/jch.12237] J Hypertens 2014; 32(1):3–15. doi:10.1097/HJH.0000000000000065
- Rosendorff C, Lackland DT, Allison M, et al. Treatment of hypertension in patients with coronary artery disease: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association, American College of Cardiology, and American Society of Hypertension. J Am Soc Hypertens 2015; 9(6):453–498. doi:10.1016/j.jash.2015.03.002
- de Boer IH, Bangalore S, Benetos A, et al. Diabetes and hypertension: a position statement by the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2017; 40(9):1273–1284. doi:10.2337/dci17-0026
- Qaseem A, Wilt TJ, Rich R, Humphrey LL, Frost J, Forciea MA. Pharmacologic treatment of hypertension in adults aged 60 years or older to higher versus lower blood pressure targets: a clinical practice guideline from the American College of Physicians and the American Academy of Family Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2017; 166(6):430–437. doi:10.7326/M16-1785
- The Trials of Hypertension Prevention Collaborative Research Group. Effects of weight loss and sodium reduction intervention on blood pressure and hypertension incidence in over-weight people with high normal blood pressure: the Trials of Hypertension Prevention, phase II. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157(6):657–667. pmid:9080920
- He J, Whelton PK, Appel LJ, Charleston J, Klag MJ. Long-term effects of weight loss and dietary sodium reduction on incidence of hypertension. Hypertension 2000; 35(2):544–549. pmid:10679495
- Sacks FM, Svetkey LP, Vollmer WM, et al. Effects on blood pressure of reduced dietary sodium and the Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet. N Engl J Med 2001; 344(1):3–10. doi:10.1056/NEJM200101043440101
- Blackwell DL, Lucas JW, Clarke TC. Summary health statistics for US adults: National Health Interview Survey, 2012. National Center for Health Statistics. Vital Health Stat 10; 2014(260):1–161. pmid:24819891
- Muntner P, Carey RM, Gidding S, et al. Potential US population impact of the 2017 ACC/AHA high blood pressure guideline. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 71(2):109–118. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2017.10.073
- SPRINT Research Group; Wright JT Jr, Williamson JD, Whelton PK, et al. A randomized trial of intensive versus standard blood-pressure control. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(22):2103–2116. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1511939
- Bress AP, Kramer H, Khatib R, et al. Potential deaths averted and serious adverse events incurred from adoption of the SPRINT (Systolic Blood Pressure Intervention Trial) intensive blood pressure regimen in the United States: Projections from NHANES (National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey). Circulation 2017; 135(17):1617–1628. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.116.025322
- Williamson JD, Supiano MA, Applegate WB, et al. Intensive vs standard blood pressure control and cardiovascular disease outcomes in adults aged ≥ 75 years: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2016; 315(24):2673–2682. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.7050
- Beddhu S, Rocco MV, Toto R, et al. Effects of intensive systolic blood pressure control on kidney and cardiovascular outcomes in persons without kidney disease: a secondary analysis of a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2017; 167(6):375–383. doi:10.7326/M16-2966
- Brunström M, Carlberg B. Association of blood pressure lowering with mortality and cardiovascular disease across blood pressure levels: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(1):28–36. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.6015
- Prevention of stroke by antihypertensive drug treatment in older persons with isolated systolic hypertension. Final results of the Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program (SHEP). SHEP Cooperative Research Group. JAMA 1991; 265(24):3255–3264. pmid:2046107
- Bulpitt CJ, Beckett NS, Cooke J, et al. Results of the pilot study for the Hypertension in the Very Elderly Trial. J Hypertens 2003; 21(12):2409–2417. doi:10.1097/01.hjh.0000084782.15238.a2
- Liu L, Zhang Y, Liu G, et al. The Felodipine Event Reduction (FEVER) study: a randomized long-term placebo-controlled trial in Chinese hypertensive patients. J Hypertens 2005; 23(12):2157–2172. pmid:16269957
- JATOS Study Group. Principal results of the Japanese trial to assess optimal systolic blood pressure in elderly hypertensive patients (JATOS). Hypertens Res 2008; 31(12):2115–2127. doi:10.1291/hypres.31.2115
- Ogihara T, Saruta T, Rakugi H, et al. Target blood pressure for treatment of isolated systolic hypertension in the elderly: valsartan in elderly isolated systolic hypertension study. Hypertension 2010; 56(2):196–202. doi:10.1161/HYPERTENSIONAHA.109.146035
- Ettehad D, Emdin CA, Kiran A, et al. Blood pressure lowering for prevention of cardiovascular disease and death: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet 2016; 387(10022):957–967. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(15)01225-8
- Sleight P. The HOPE study (Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation). J Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone Syst 2000; 1(1):18–20. doi:10.3317/jraas.2000.002
- Effects of ramipril on cardiovascular and microvascular outcomes in people with diabetes mellitus: results of the HOPE study and MICRO-HOPE substudy. Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation Study Investigators. Lancet 2000; 355(9200):253–259. pmid:10675071
- Yusuf S, Bosch J, Dagenais G, et al. Cholesterol lowering in intermediate-risk persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2021–2031. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600176
- Yusuf S, Lonn E, Pais P, et al. Blood-pressure and cholesterol lowering in persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2032–2043. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600177
- Lonn EM, Bosch J, López-Jaramillo P, et al. Blood-pressure lowering in intermediate-risk persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2009–2020. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600175
- Bundy JD, Li C, Stuchlik P, et al. Systolic blood pressure reduction and risk of cardiovascular disease and mortality: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. JAMA Cardiol 2017; 2(7):775–781. doi:10.1001/jamacardio.2017.1421
- Emdin CA, Rahimi K, Neal B, Callender T, Perkovic V, Patel A. Blood pressure lowering in type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2015; 313(6):603–615. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.18574
- ACCORD Study Group; Cushman WC, Evans GW, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2010; 362(17):1575–1585. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1001286
- SPS3 Study Group; Benavente OR, Coffey CS, Conwit R, et al. Blood-pressure targets in patients with recent lacunar stroke: the SPS3 randomised trial. Lancet 2013; 382(9891):507–515. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(13)60852-1
- Whelton PK, Carey RM, Aronow WS, et al. 2017 ACC/AHA/AAPA/ABC/ACPM/AGS/APhA/ASH/ASPC/NMA/PCNA guideline for the prevention, detection, evaluation, and management of high blood pressure in adults: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 71(19):e127–e248. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2017.11.006
- Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al. The seventh report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA 2003; 289(19):2560–2572. doi:10.1001/jama.289.19.2560
- Go AS, Bauman MA, King SM, et al. An effective approach to high blood pressure control: a science advisory from the American Heart Association, the American College of Cardiology, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Hypertension 2014; 63(4):878–885. doi:10.1161/HYP.0000000000000003
- James PA, Oparil S, Carter BL, et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline for the management of high blood pressure in adults: report from the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA 2014; 311(5):507–520. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.284427
- Wright JT Jr, Fine LJ, Lackland DT, Ogedegbe G, Dennison Himmelfarb CR. Evidence supporting a systolic blood pressure goal of less than 150 mm Hg in patients aged 60 years or older: the minority view. Ann Intern Med 2014; 160(7):499–503. doi:10.7326/M13-2981
- Weber MA, Schiffrin EL, White WB, et al. Notice of duplicate publication [duplicate publication of Weber MA, Schiffrin EL, White WB, et al. Clinical practice guidelines for the management of hypertension in the community: a statement by the American Society of Hypertension and the International Society of Hypertension. J Clin Hypertens 2014; 16(1):14–26. doi:10.1111/jch.12237] J Hypertens 2014; 32(1):3–15. doi:10.1097/HJH.0000000000000065
- Rosendorff C, Lackland DT, Allison M, et al. Treatment of hypertension in patients with coronary artery disease: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association, American College of Cardiology, and American Society of Hypertension. J Am Soc Hypertens 2015; 9(6):453–498. doi:10.1016/j.jash.2015.03.002
- de Boer IH, Bangalore S, Benetos A, et al. Diabetes and hypertension: a position statement by the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care 2017; 40(9):1273–1284. doi:10.2337/dci17-0026
- Qaseem A, Wilt TJ, Rich R, Humphrey LL, Frost J, Forciea MA. Pharmacologic treatment of hypertension in adults aged 60 years or older to higher versus lower blood pressure targets: a clinical practice guideline from the American College of Physicians and the American Academy of Family Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2017; 166(6):430–437. doi:10.7326/M16-1785
- The Trials of Hypertension Prevention Collaborative Research Group. Effects of weight loss and sodium reduction intervention on blood pressure and hypertension incidence in over-weight people with high normal blood pressure: the Trials of Hypertension Prevention, phase II. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157(6):657–667. pmid:9080920
- He J, Whelton PK, Appel LJ, Charleston J, Klag MJ. Long-term effects of weight loss and dietary sodium reduction on incidence of hypertension. Hypertension 2000; 35(2):544–549. pmid:10679495
- Sacks FM, Svetkey LP, Vollmer WM, et al. Effects on blood pressure of reduced dietary sodium and the Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet. N Engl J Med 2001; 344(1):3–10. doi:10.1056/NEJM200101043440101
- Blackwell DL, Lucas JW, Clarke TC. Summary health statistics for US adults: National Health Interview Survey, 2012. National Center for Health Statistics. Vital Health Stat 10; 2014(260):1–161. pmid:24819891
- Muntner P, Carey RM, Gidding S, et al. Potential US population impact of the 2017 ACC/AHA high blood pressure guideline. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018; 71(2):109–118. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2017.10.073
- SPRINT Research Group; Wright JT Jr, Williamson JD, Whelton PK, et al. A randomized trial of intensive versus standard blood-pressure control. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(22):2103–2116. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1511939
- Bress AP, Kramer H, Khatib R, et al. Potential deaths averted and serious adverse events incurred from adoption of the SPRINT (Systolic Blood Pressure Intervention Trial) intensive blood pressure regimen in the United States: Projections from NHANES (National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey). Circulation 2017; 135(17):1617–1628. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.116.025322
- Williamson JD, Supiano MA, Applegate WB, et al. Intensive vs standard blood pressure control and cardiovascular disease outcomes in adults aged ≥ 75 years: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2016; 315(24):2673–2682. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.7050
- Beddhu S, Rocco MV, Toto R, et al. Effects of intensive systolic blood pressure control on kidney and cardiovascular outcomes in persons without kidney disease: a secondary analysis of a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2017; 167(6):375–383. doi:10.7326/M16-2966
- Brunström M, Carlberg B. Association of blood pressure lowering with mortality and cardiovascular disease across blood pressure levels: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(1):28–36. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.6015
- Prevention of stroke by antihypertensive drug treatment in older persons with isolated systolic hypertension. Final results of the Systolic Hypertension in the Elderly Program (SHEP). SHEP Cooperative Research Group. JAMA 1991; 265(24):3255–3264. pmid:2046107
- Bulpitt CJ, Beckett NS, Cooke J, et al. Results of the pilot study for the Hypertension in the Very Elderly Trial. J Hypertens 2003; 21(12):2409–2417. doi:10.1097/01.hjh.0000084782.15238.a2
- Liu L, Zhang Y, Liu G, et al. The Felodipine Event Reduction (FEVER) study: a randomized long-term placebo-controlled trial in Chinese hypertensive patients. J Hypertens 2005; 23(12):2157–2172. pmid:16269957
- JATOS Study Group. Principal results of the Japanese trial to assess optimal systolic blood pressure in elderly hypertensive patients (JATOS). Hypertens Res 2008; 31(12):2115–2127. doi:10.1291/hypres.31.2115
- Ogihara T, Saruta T, Rakugi H, et al. Target blood pressure for treatment of isolated systolic hypertension in the elderly: valsartan in elderly isolated systolic hypertension study. Hypertension 2010; 56(2):196–202. doi:10.1161/HYPERTENSIONAHA.109.146035
- Ettehad D, Emdin CA, Kiran A, et al. Blood pressure lowering for prevention of cardiovascular disease and death: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet 2016; 387(10022):957–967. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(15)01225-8
- Sleight P. The HOPE study (Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation). J Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone Syst 2000; 1(1):18–20. doi:10.3317/jraas.2000.002
- Effects of ramipril on cardiovascular and microvascular outcomes in people with diabetes mellitus: results of the HOPE study and MICRO-HOPE substudy. Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation Study Investigators. Lancet 2000; 355(9200):253–259. pmid:10675071
- Yusuf S, Bosch J, Dagenais G, et al. Cholesterol lowering in intermediate-risk persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2021–2031. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600176
- Yusuf S, Lonn E, Pais P, et al. Blood-pressure and cholesterol lowering in persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2032–2043. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600177
- Lonn EM, Bosch J, López-Jaramillo P, et al. Blood-pressure lowering in intermediate-risk persons without cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 2016; 374(21):2009–2020. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1600175
- Bundy JD, Li C, Stuchlik P, et al. Systolic blood pressure reduction and risk of cardiovascular disease and mortality: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. JAMA Cardiol 2017; 2(7):775–781. doi:10.1001/jamacardio.2017.1421
- Emdin CA, Rahimi K, Neal B, Callender T, Perkovic V, Patel A. Blood pressure lowering in type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 2015; 313(6):603–615. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.18574
- ACCORD Study Group; Cushman WC, Evans GW, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2010; 362(17):1575–1585. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1001286
- SPS3 Study Group; Benavente OR, Coffey CS, Conwit R, et al. Blood-pressure targets in patients with recent lacunar stroke: the SPS3 randomised trial. Lancet 2013; 382(9891):507–515. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(13)60852-1
KEY POINTS
- The 2017 ACC/AHA guidelines lowered the definition of hypertension to 130/80 mm Hg or higher, thereby in-creasing the number of US adults with hypertension from 31.9% to 45.6%.
- For patients with known cardiovascular disease or a 10-year risk of an atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease event of 10% or higher, drug treatment “is recommended” if the average blood pressure is 130/80 mm Hg or higher. For those without cardiovascular disease and at lower risk, drug treatment is recommended if the aver-age blood pressure is 140/90 mm Hg or higher.
- A treatment goal of less than 130/80 mm Hg “is recommended” for patients with hypertension and known car-diovascular disease or a 10-year risk of an atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease event of 10% or higher, and “may be reasonable” for those without additional markers of increased cardiovascular risk.
- Intensive blood pressure control has the potential to significantly reduce rates of morbidity and death associated with cardiovascular disease, at the price of causing more adverse effects.
Common benign breast concerns for the primary care physician
Breast concerns account for approximately 3% of all female visits to a primary care practice.1 The most common symptoms are breast lumps and breast pain.
Because breast cancer is the most common malignancy in women in the United States, affecting nearly 1 in 8 women in their lifetime, women with breast problems often fear the worst. However, only about 3.5% of women reporting a concern have cancer; most problems are benign (Table 1).1
Here, we present an evidence-based review of common breast problems in primary care practice and discuss how to evaluate and manage them.
GENERAL APPROACH
The evaluation of a breast concern requires a systematic approach, beginning with a history that documents the onset, severity, and frequency of symptoms. If the concern is a lump or mass, ask whether it becomes more tender or increases in size at any point during the menstrual cycle.
Focus the physical examination on the cervical, supraclavicular, infraclavicular, and axillary lymph nodes and on the breast itself. Assess breast symmetry, note any skin changes such as dimpling, and check the nipples for discharge and inversion. Palpate the breasts for masses.
PALPABLE BREAST MASS: IMAGING NEEDED
If a mass is present, it is more likely to be malignant if any of the following is true:
- Firm to hard texture or indistinct margins
- Attached to the underlying deep fascia or skin
- Associated nipple inversion or skin dimpling.2
Breast masses are more likely benign if they have discrete, well-defined margins, are mobile with a soft to rubbery consistency, and change with the menstrual cycle. However, clinical features are unreliable indicators of cause, and thus additional investigation with breast imaging is warranted.
Mammography remains the diagnostic test of choice for all women age 30 or older who have a palpable breast mass. It is less effective in younger women because they are more likely to have extremely dense fibroglandular tissue that will limit its sensitivity to imaging.
Order diagnostic mammography, which includes additional views focused on the area of concern, rather than screening mammography, which includes only standard craniocaudal and mediolateral oblique views. A skin marker should be applied over the palpable lump to aid imaging. Because a breast that contains a mass may be denser than the opposite breast or may show asymmetry, both breasts should be imaged. The sensitivity of diagnostic mammography varies from 85% to 90%, so a negative mammogram does not rule out malignancy.2,3
Targeted ultrasonography of the palpable mass helps identify solid masses such as fibroadenomas or malignant tumors, classifies the margins (lobulated, smooth, or irregular), and assesses vascularity. Ultrasonography is particularly useful for characterizing cystic lesions (eg, simple, septated, or clustered cysts) and cysts with internal echoes. It can also identify lipomas or sebaceous cysts.
If the findings on both mammography and ultrasonography are benign, the likelihood of cancer is very low, with an estimated negative predictive value of 97% to 100%.2,3 Additionally, the likelihood of nonmalignant findings on biopsy after benign imaging is approximately 99%.3
Although radiologic imaging can define palpable masses, it is intended as a clinical aid. Suspicious findings on clinical examination should never be ignored even if findings on imaging are reassuring, as studies have documented that about 5% of breast cancers may be detected on clinical breast examination alone.4
Other imaging tests such as magnetic resonance imaging may be considered occasionally if clinical suspicion remains high after negative mammography and ultrasonography, but they cannot confirm a diagnosis of malignancy. In that case, refer the patient to a surgeon for consideration of excisional biopsy.
Patients with an indeterminate lesion can return in 3 to 12 weeks for a follow-up examination and repeat imaging, which helps assess interval clinical stability. The latter option is especially helpful for patients with masses that are of low suspicion or for patients who prefer to avoid invasive tissue biopsy.
Patients with clinical and radiologic findings that suggest a benign cause can return for short-term follow-up in 6 months or in 12 months for their regular mammogram.
BREAST PAIN: RARELY MALIGNANT
More than 50% of women experience breast pain at some point in their life.5 Of these, 35% report that the pain adversely affects their sleep, and 41% note that the pain detrimentally affects their sexual quality of life. Up to 66% of breast pain correlates directly with the patient’s menstrual cycle.5 Breast pain is rarely associated with malignancy.
Regardless of its severity and the low likelihood of malignancy, breast pain can be a significant source of distress for the patient, primarily because of concerns about underlying malignancy. If the patient has a focal area of pain on examination, order mammography in combination with targeted ultrasonography. The sensitivity and negative predictive value of benign findings on combination mammography and ultrasonography in this setting are as high as 100%. The incidence of underlying cancer in patients with focal breast pain and no palpable mass is approximately 1.2%.6
The long-term prognosis in women with diffuse, often bilateral breast pain (in the absence of additional clinical findings) is excellent. In one study, the incidence of a breast cancer diagnosis was 1.8% after a median of 51 months of follow-up.7 Therefore, patients presenting with diffuse pain, no palpable abnormalities, and benign imaging can be safely reassured. Magnetic resonance imaging is rarely indicated in patients with breast pain unless other clinical findings, such as a mass or skin changes, are noted and the results of mammography and ultrasonography are negative.
Treating breast pain
Treating breast pain remains a challenge. The first step is to reassure the patient about her prognosis and help her make appropriate lifestyle modifications.
A well-fitting bra. Suggest getting a professional bra fitting. Wearing a well-fitted bra that offers lift, support, and compression and reduces excess motion can help improve benign breast pain. A bra fitting is especially important for women with large breasts because it can be difficult for these women to get an accurate size. Wearing a lightly fitted bra at night may also provide comfort if there is nighttime pain with breast tissue movement.
Reducing daily caffeine intake is often advised for pain management, but strong evidence of its efficacy is lacking.
Anti-inflammatory drugs can be beneficial if used short-term, especially if costochondritis is suspected.
Danazol improves pain in more than 70% of patients with cyclical symptoms and in up to 48% of those with noncyclical symptoms.
Bromocriptine is effective in up to 54% of those with cyclical symptoms and in up to 33% of those with noncyclical symptoms.8 However, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) withdrew approval for this indication because of adverse effects.
Tamoxifen, in contrast, provides relief in 94% of those with cyclical symptoms and in 56% of those with noncyclical symptoms.9
Adverse effects, however, limit the use of danazol, bromocriptine, and tamoxifen, and they should be prescribed only for short-term use (3 to 6 months) and only in women with chronic debilitating pain.
A few small studies have evaluated alternative options.
Toremifene is a triphenylethylene derivative similar to tamoxifen that is also used in the adjuvant treatment of postmenopausal breast cancer (but with fewer adverse effects). It has been documented to have a significant effect on premenstrual breast pain, with a 64% reduction in breast pain scores compared with a 26% reduction with placebo.10 However, the FDA has not approved it for this indication, and it can be cost-prohibitive.
Over-the-counter medications that may provide relief for cyclic breast pain include vitamin E or B6, products containing oil of Vitex agnus castus (chaste tree or chasteberry), and flaxseed.11,12
Acupuncture has been evaluated in patients with noncyclic breast pain and was found to reduce pain by 56% to 67% in one study,13 although it did not affect quality of life.
NIPPLE DISCHARGE
From 5% to 7% of women seek medical attention for nipple discharge.14,15 Breast cancer is found in 5% to 15% of women who undergo surgery for nipple discharge.16,17
Review the patient’s current medications and inquire about health conditions such as thyroid dysfunction or visual field changes that suggest a pituitary mass (which can lead to nipple discharge by causing hormonal dysregulation or hyperprolactinemia).
Palpate the breasts for an underlying mass, look for lesions on the nipple, and assess the color of the fluid. Also note whether there is discharge from one or both breasts, whether it is spontaneous or expressive, and whether it occurs from a single or multiple ducts. Nipple lesions may require further testing with punch biopsy.
Nonlactational nipple discharge is classified as physiologic or pathologic. Physiologic nipple discharge is typically bilateral, involving multiple ducts, and is often clear or straw-colored but may also be green, gray, or brown.
White, opaque fluid is often related to galactorrhea as a result of hyperprolactinemia, hypothyroidism, or medications such as antipsychotic drugs (eg, haloperidol and fluphenazine) and gastrointestinal motility agents such as metoclopramide. Discharge also commonly results from benign underlying ductal abnormalities such as intraductal papilloma, periductal mastitis, and duct ectasia.
Pathologic nipple discharge is often unilateral and persistent, occurring spontaneously from a solitary duct, and may be bloody or serous.
For women with pathologic nipple discharge who are 30 or older, diagnostic imaging with mammography and subareolar ultrasonography is recommended. If the patient is younger than 30, ultrasonography of the subareolar region alone can be used. Targeted ultrasonography of any palpable area is also advised.
Cytologic assessment of the fluid is not recommended because it can often lead to a false-positive finding of atypical cells. Imaging studies such as ductography, duct lavage, ductoscopy, and magnetic resonance imaging are also generally unnecessary; instead, a persistent clinical concern should prompt a surgical referral for consideration of duct excision.
When a patient has pathologic nipple discharge with a negative physical examination and breast imaging, studies have shown that the risk of cancer is 3% or less.18
Patients with spontaneous bloody or serous single-duct discharge with negative results on mammography and ultrasonography should be reassured that they have a low risk of underlying cancer. If the patient prefers, one approachto management is follow-up mammography and ultrasonography at 6 months and clinical examination for up to 2 years or until the discharge resolves on its own.
On the other hand, if the discharge is distressing to the patient, subareolar duct excision can be performed with both a diagnostic and therapeutic purpose.
NIPPLE-AREOLAR RASH: CONSIDER PAGET DISEASE
A rash on the nipple or areolar region warrants careful evaluation because it may be the first sign of Paget disease of the breast.
In the clinical breast examination, assess the extent of the rash and the presence of any underlying breast mass or nipple discharge. Dermatitis often starts on the areola and resolves quickly with topical therapy. However, Paget disease tends to start directly on the nipple itself, is unresponsive or only partially responsive to topical therapy, and progresses gradually, leading to erosions and ultimately effacement of the nipple itself.
If the clinical examination suggests mild dermatitis and the results of breast imaging are negative, treat the patient with a topical medication because benign conditions such as dermatitis and eczema are common. However, continued follow-up is mandatory until the rash completely resolves: Paget disease sometimes initially improves with topical therapy due to its inflammatory nature.
If you suspect Paget disease or the rash does not fully resolve after 2 to 3 weeks of topical therapy, refer the patient to a dermatologist for full-thickness punch biopsy to establish the diagnosis.
Paget disease of the breast may or may not be associated with underlying ductal carcinoma in situ or invasive breast cancer.19 The absence of clinical or imaging abnormalities in a patient with Paget disease does not rule out underlying malignancy.20
DENSE BREASTS
Increased breast density has been shown to be a risk factor for breast cancer and may be prognostically useful when combined with the Tyrer-Cuzick model or the Gail model of breast cancer risk.24
Additionally, increased density can mask cancers on mammography, significantly reducing its sensitivity. In women with heterogeneously or extremely dense breasts, the sensitivity of mammography for detecting cancer is only 25% to 50%.21 Due to this low sensitivity, supplemental imaging is helpful, particularly in women already at risk of breast cancer based on family history.
Supplemental screening
Digital mammography with tomosynthesis was approved by the FDA in 2011 for use in combination with standard digital mammography for breast cancer screening. Compared with traditional 2-dimensional mammography alone, adding 3-D tomosynthesis decreases the recall rate and increases the cancer detection rate.25
Tomosynthesis tends to perform better in women with heterogeneously dense breasts (BI-RADS category C). There is no significant improvement in cancer detection in women with extremely dense breasts (BI-RADS category D).26
Depending on the methodology, radiation exposure can be either higher or lower than with traditional mammography. However, in all forms, the very small amount of radiation is considered safe.
Whole breast ultrasonography. When whole breast ultrasonography is used to supplement mammography, the recall rate is higher than when mammography is used alone (14% vs 7%–11%).22 It also increases the cancer detection rate by 4.4 additional cancers per 1,000 examinations. However, the false-positive rate with whole breast ultrasonography is higher; the positive predictive value of combined mammography and ultrasonography is 11.2% vs 22.6% for mammography alone.22 Therefore, we do not generally recommend whole breast ultrasonography as a supplement to mammography in women with dense breast tissue unless other studies are not an option.
Molecular breast imaging is not widely available because it requires special equipment, injection of a radiopharamceutical (technetium Tc 99m sestamibi), and a radiologist who specializes in breast imaging to interpret the results. When it is available, however, it increases the cancer detection rate by 8.8 in 1,000 examinations; the positive predictive value is similar to that of screening mammography alone.21 It is particularly useful in patients with dense breasts who do not qualify for screening magnetic resonance imaging (lifetime risk of < 20% to 25%).
Technetium sestamibi is associated with a minimal amount of radiation exposure (2.4 mSv vs 1.2 mSV with standard mammography). However, this exposure is much less than background radiation exposure and is considered safe.21
IF THE PATIENT HAS AN ABNORMAL SCREENING MAMMOGRAM
Screening mammography can disclose abnormalities such as calcifications, masses, asymmetry, or architectural distortion.27 Abnormalities are reported using standardized BI-RADS categories designated with the numbers 0 through 6 (Table 3).23
A report of BI-RADS category 0 (incomplete), 4 (suspicious), or 5 (highly suspicious) requires additional workup.
Category 1 (negative) requires no further follow-up, and the patient should resume age-appropriate screening.
For patients with category 2 (benign) findings, routine screening is recommended, whereas patients with category 3 (probably benign) are advised to come back in 6 months for follow-up imaging.
Diagnostic mammography includes additional assessments for focal symptoms or areas of abnormality noted on screening imaging or clinical examination. These may include spot magnification views of areas of asymmetry, mass, architectural distortion, or calcifications. Ultrasonography of focal breast abnormalities can help determine if there is an underlying cyst or solid mass.
MANAGEMENT OF BENIGN FINDINGS ON BREAST BIOPSY
Benign breast disease is diagnosed when a patient with a palpable or radiographic abnormality undergoes breast biopsy with benign findings.28,29 It can be largely grouped into 3 categories: nonproliferative, proliferative without atypia, and proliferative with atypia (Table 4).28,29
If core-needle biopsy study results are benign, the next step is to establish radiologic-pathologic and clinical-pathologic concordance. If the findings on clinical examination or imaging are not consistent with those on pathologic study, excisional biopsy should be performed, as imaging-directed biopsy may not have adequately sampled the lesion.30
Nonproliferative lesions account for about 65% of findings on core-needle biopsy and include simple cysts, fibroadenomas, columnar cell changes, apocrine metaplasia, and mild ductal hyperplasia of the usual type. These lesions do not significantly increase the risk of breast cancer; the relative risk is 1.2 to 1.4.28,29 Additionally, the risk of “upstaging” after excisional biopsy—ie, to a higher-risk lesion or to malignancy—is minimal. Therefore, no additional action is necessary when these findings alone are noted on core-needle biopsy.
Proliferative lesions without atypia account for about 30% of biopsy results and include usual ductal hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, columnar hyperplasia, papilloma, and radial scar. Generally, there is a slightly increased risk of subsequent breast cancer, with a relative risk of 1.7 to 2.1.28 Usual ductal hyperplasia and columnar hyperplasia have little risk of upstaging with excision, and therefore, surgical consultation is not recommended.
Previously, surgical excision was recommended for any intraductal papilloma due to risk of upgrade in pathologic diagnosis at the time of excision. However, more recent data suggest that the upgrade rate is about 2.2% for a solitary papilloma that is less than 1 cm in diameter and without associated mass lesion (either clinically or radiographically), is concordant with radiographic findings, and has no associated atypical cells on biopsy.31 In this case, observation and short-interval clinical follow-up are reasonable. If there are multiple papillomas, the patient has symptoms such as persistent bloody nipple discharge, or any of the above criteria are not met, surgical excision is recommended.28
Similarly, radial scars and complex sclerosing lesions are increasingly likely to be associated with malignancy based on size. Upstaging ranges from 0% to 12%. It is again important when evaluating radial scars that there is pathologic concordance and that there were no associated high-risk lesions on pathology. If this is the case, it is reasonable to clinically monitor patients with small radial scars, particularly in those who do not have an elevated risk of developing breast cancer.30
For all patients who have undergone biopsy and whose pathology study results are benign, a thorough risk evaluation should be performed, including calculation of their lifetime risk of breast cancer. This can be done with the National Cancer Institute Breast Cancer Risk Assessment Tool, the International Breast Cancer Intervention Study (IBIS) risk calculator, or other model using family history as a basis for calculations. Patients found to have a lifetime risk of breast cancer of greater than 20% to 25% should be offered annual screening with magnetic resonance imaging in addition to mammography.
ATYPICAL HYPERPLASIA: INCREASED RISK
When biopsy study shows atypical ductal hyperplasia or atypical lobular hyperplasia, there is an increased risk of breast cancer.28,32 The absolute overall risk of developing breast cancer in 25 years is 30%, and that risk is further stratified based on the number of foci of atypia noted in the specimen.29
When core-needle biopsy study reveals atypical ductal hyperplasia in the tissue, there is a 15% to 30% risk of finding breast cancer with surgical excision.28 Surgical excision is therefore recommended for atypical ductal hyperplasia noted on core-needle biopsy.28
In contrast, when atypical lobular hyperplasia alone is noted, the risk of upstagingto malignancy varies widely—from 0% to 67%—although recent studies have noted risks of 1% to 3%.33,34 Thus, the decision for surgical excision is more variable. Generally, if the atypical lobular hyperplasia is noted incidentally, is not associated with a higher grade lesion, and is concordant with imaging, it is reasonable to closely monitor with serial imaging and physical examination. Excision is unnecessary.35
Patients found to have atypical hyperplasia on breast biopsy should receive counseling about risk-reducing medications. Selective estrogen receptor modulators such as tamoxifen and raloxifene have been shown to reduce the risk of breast cancer by as much as 86% in patients with atypical hyperplasia.36 Similarly, aromatase inhibitors such as exemestane and anastrozole reduce breast cancer risk by approximately 65%.37
- Eberl MM, Phillips RL Jr, Lamberts H, Okkes I, Mahoney MC. Characterizing breast symptoms in family practice. Ann Fam Med 2008; 6(6):528–533. doi:10.1370/afm.905
- Harvey JA, Mahoney MC, Newell MS, et al. ACR appropriateness criteria palpable breast masses. J Am Coll Radiol 2013; 10(10):742–749.e3. doi:10.1016/j.jacr.2013.06.013
- Ha R, Kim H, Mango V, Wynn R, Comstock C. Ultrasonographic features and clinical implications of benign palpable breast lesions in young women. Ultrasonography 2015; 34(1):66–70. doi:10.14366/usg.14043
- Provencher L, Hogue JC, Desbiens C, et al. Is clinical breast examination important for breast cancer detection? Curr Oncol 2016; 23(4):e332–e339. doi:10.3747/co.23.2881
- Scurr J, Hedger W, Morris P, Brown N. The prevalence, severity, and impact of breast pain in the general population. Breast J 2014; 20(5):508–513. doi:10.1111/tbj.12305
- Leddy R, Irshad A, Zerwas E, et al. Role of breast ultrasound and mammography in evaluating patients presenting with focal breast pain in the absence of a palpable lump. Breast J 2013; 19(6):582–589. doi:10.1111/tbj.12178
- Noroozian M, Stein LF, Gaetke-Udager K, Helvie MA. Long-term clinical outcomes in women with breast pain in the absence of additional clinical findings: mammography remains indicated. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2015; 149(2):417–424. doi:10.1007/s10549-014-3257-3
- Gateley CA, Miers M, Mansel RE, Hughes LE. Drug treatments for mastalgia: 17 years experience in the Cardiff Mastalgia Clinic. J R Soc Med 1992; 85(1):12–15. pmid:1548647
- Fentiman IS, Caleffi M, Hamed H, Chaudary MA. Dosage and duration of tamoxifen treatment for mastalgia: a controlled trial. Br J Surg 1988; 75(9):845–846. pmid:3052691
- Oksa S, Luukkaala T, Mäenpää J. Toremifene for premenstrual mastalgia: a randomised, placebo-controlled crossover study. BJOG 2006; 113(6):713–718. doi:10.1111/j.1471-0528.2006.00943.x
- Mirghafourvand M, Mohammad-Alizadeh-Charandabi S, Ahmadpour P, Javadzadeh Y. Effects of Vitex agnus and flaxseed on cyclic mastalgia: a randomized controlled trial. Complement Ther Med 2016; 24:90–95. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2015.12.009
- Shobeiri F, Oshvandi K, Nazari M. Clinical effectiveness of vitamin E and vitamin B6 for improving pain severity in cyclic mastalgia. Iran J Nurs Midwifery Res 2015; 20(6):723–727. doi:10.4103/1735-9066.170003
- Thicke LA, Hazelton JK, Bauer BA, et al. Acupuncture for treatment of noncyclic breast pain: a pilot study. Am J Chin Med 2011; 39(6):1117–1129. doi:10.1142/S0192415X11009445
- Santen RJ, Mansel R. Benign breast disorders. N Engl J Med 2005; 353(3):275–285. doi:10.1056/NEJMra035692
- Gülay H, Bora S, Kìlìçturgay S, Hamaloglu E, Göksel HA. Management of nipple discharge. J Am Coll Surg 1994; 178(5):471–474. pmid:8167884
- Murad TM, Contesso G, Mouriesse H. Nipple discharge from the breast. Ann Surg 1982; 195(3):259–264. pmid:6277258
- Sakorafas GH. Nipple discharge: current diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. Cancer Treat Rev 2001; 27(5):275–282. doi:10.1053/ctrv.2001.0234
- Ashfaq A, Senior D, Pockaj BA, et al. Validation study of a modern treatment algorithm for nipple discharge. Am J Surg 2014; 208(2):222–227. doi:10.1016/j.amjsurg.2013.12.035
- Chen CY, Sun LM, Anderson BO. Paget disease of the breast: changing patterns of incidence, clinical presentation, and treatment in the US. Cancer 2006; 107(7):1448–1458. doi:10.1002/cncr.22137
- Kollmorgen DR, Varanasi JS, Edge SB, Carson WE 3rd. Paget's disease of the breast: a 33-year experience. J Am Coll Surg 1998; 187(2):171–177. pmid:9704964
- Hruska CB. Molecular breast imaging for screening in dense breasts: state of the art and future directions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2017; 208(2):275–283. doi:10.2214/AJR.16.17131
- Melnikow J, Fenton JJ, Whitlock EP, et al. Supplemental screening for breast cancer in women with dense breasts: a systematic review for the US Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med 2016; 164(4):268–278. doi:10.7326/M15-1789
- American College of Radiology. Breast imaging reporting and data system (BI-RADS). Reston, VA: American College of Radiology; 2013.
- Brentnall AR, Harkness EF, Astley SM, et al. Mammographic density adds accuracy to both the Tyrer-Cuzick and Gail breast cancer risk models in a prospective UK screening cohort. Breast Cancer Res 2015; 17(1):147. doi:10.1186/s13058-015-0653-5
- Friedewald SM, Rafferty EA, Rose SL, et al. Breast cancer screening using tomosynthesis in combination with digital mammography. JAMA 2014; 311(24):2499–2507. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.6095
- Rafferty EA, Durand MA, Conant EF, et al. Breast cancer screening using tomosynthesis and digital mammography in dense and nondense breasts. JAMA 2016; 315(16):1784–1786. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.1708
- Venkatesan A, Chu P, Kerlikowske K, Sickles EA, Smith-Bindman R. Positive predictive value of specific mammographic findings according to reader and patient variables. Radiology 2009; 250(3):648–657. doi:10.1148/radiol.2503080541
- Hartmann LC, Sellers TA, Frost MH, et al. Benign breast disease and the risk of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2005; 353(3):229–237. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa044383
- Hartmann LC, Degnim AC, Santen RJ, DuPont WD, Ghosh K. Atypical hyperplasia of the breast—risk assessment and management options. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(1):78–89. doi:10.1056/NEJMsr1407164
- Neal L, Sandhu NP, Hieken TJ, et al. Diagnosis and management of benign, atypical, and indeterminate breast lesions detected on core needle biopsy. Mayo Clin Proc 2014; 89(4):536–547. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2014.02.004
- Nakhlis F, Ahmadiyeh N, Lester S, Raza S, Lotfi P, Golshan M. Papilloma on core biopsy: excision vs observation. Ann Surg Oncol 2015; 22(5):1479–1482. doi:10.1245/s10434-014-4091-x
- Degnim AC, Dupont WE, Radisky DC, et al. Extent of atypical hyperplasia stratifies breast cancer risk in 2 independent cohorts of women. Cancer 2016; 122(19):2971-2978. doi:10.1002/cncr.30153
- Sen LQ, Berg WA, Hooley RJ, Carter GJ, Desouki MM, Sumkin JH. Core breast biopsies showing lobular carcinoma in situ should be excised and surveillance is reasonable for atypical lobular hyperplasia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2016; 207(5):1132–1145. doi:10.2214/AJR.15.15425
- Nakhlis F, Gilmore L, Gelman R, et al. Incidence of adjacent synchronous invasive carcinoma and/or ductal carcinoma in situ in patient with lobular neoplasia on core biopsy: results from a prospective multi-institutional registry (TBCRC 020). Ann Surg Oncol 2016; 23(3):722–728. doi:10.1245/s10434-015-4922-4
- Racz JM, Carter JM, Degnim AC. Lobular neoplasia and atypical ductal hyperplasia on core biopsy: current surgical management recommendations. Ann Surg Oncol 2017; 24(10):2848–2854. doi:10.1245/s10434-017-5978-0
- Fisher B, Costantino JP, Wickerham DL, et al. Tamoxifen for the prevention of breast cancer: report of the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project P-1 Study. J Natl Cancer Inst 1998; 90:1371–1388. doi:10.1093/jnci/dji372
- Goss PE, Ingle JN, Alés-Martínez JE, et al. Exemestane for breast-cancer prevention in postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med 2011; 364(25):2381–2391. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1103507
Breast concerns account for approximately 3% of all female visits to a primary care practice.1 The most common symptoms are breast lumps and breast pain.
Because breast cancer is the most common malignancy in women in the United States, affecting nearly 1 in 8 women in their lifetime, women with breast problems often fear the worst. However, only about 3.5% of women reporting a concern have cancer; most problems are benign (Table 1).1
Here, we present an evidence-based review of common breast problems in primary care practice and discuss how to evaluate and manage them.
GENERAL APPROACH
The evaluation of a breast concern requires a systematic approach, beginning with a history that documents the onset, severity, and frequency of symptoms. If the concern is a lump or mass, ask whether it becomes more tender or increases in size at any point during the menstrual cycle.
Focus the physical examination on the cervical, supraclavicular, infraclavicular, and axillary lymph nodes and on the breast itself. Assess breast symmetry, note any skin changes such as dimpling, and check the nipples for discharge and inversion. Palpate the breasts for masses.
PALPABLE BREAST MASS: IMAGING NEEDED
If a mass is present, it is more likely to be malignant if any of the following is true:
- Firm to hard texture or indistinct margins
- Attached to the underlying deep fascia or skin
- Associated nipple inversion or skin dimpling.2
Breast masses are more likely benign if they have discrete, well-defined margins, are mobile with a soft to rubbery consistency, and change with the menstrual cycle. However, clinical features are unreliable indicators of cause, and thus additional investigation with breast imaging is warranted.
Mammography remains the diagnostic test of choice for all women age 30 or older who have a palpable breast mass. It is less effective in younger women because they are more likely to have extremely dense fibroglandular tissue that will limit its sensitivity to imaging.
Order diagnostic mammography, which includes additional views focused on the area of concern, rather than screening mammography, which includes only standard craniocaudal and mediolateral oblique views. A skin marker should be applied over the palpable lump to aid imaging. Because a breast that contains a mass may be denser than the opposite breast or may show asymmetry, both breasts should be imaged. The sensitivity of diagnostic mammography varies from 85% to 90%, so a negative mammogram does not rule out malignancy.2,3
Targeted ultrasonography of the palpable mass helps identify solid masses such as fibroadenomas or malignant tumors, classifies the margins (lobulated, smooth, or irregular), and assesses vascularity. Ultrasonography is particularly useful for characterizing cystic lesions (eg, simple, septated, or clustered cysts) and cysts with internal echoes. It can also identify lipomas or sebaceous cysts.
If the findings on both mammography and ultrasonography are benign, the likelihood of cancer is very low, with an estimated negative predictive value of 97% to 100%.2,3 Additionally, the likelihood of nonmalignant findings on biopsy after benign imaging is approximately 99%.3
Although radiologic imaging can define palpable masses, it is intended as a clinical aid. Suspicious findings on clinical examination should never be ignored even if findings on imaging are reassuring, as studies have documented that about 5% of breast cancers may be detected on clinical breast examination alone.4
Other imaging tests such as magnetic resonance imaging may be considered occasionally if clinical suspicion remains high after negative mammography and ultrasonography, but they cannot confirm a diagnosis of malignancy. In that case, refer the patient to a surgeon for consideration of excisional biopsy.
Patients with an indeterminate lesion can return in 3 to 12 weeks for a follow-up examination and repeat imaging, which helps assess interval clinical stability. The latter option is especially helpful for patients with masses that are of low suspicion or for patients who prefer to avoid invasive tissue biopsy.
Patients with clinical and radiologic findings that suggest a benign cause can return for short-term follow-up in 6 months or in 12 months for their regular mammogram.
BREAST PAIN: RARELY MALIGNANT
More than 50% of women experience breast pain at some point in their life.5 Of these, 35% report that the pain adversely affects their sleep, and 41% note that the pain detrimentally affects their sexual quality of life. Up to 66% of breast pain correlates directly with the patient’s menstrual cycle.5 Breast pain is rarely associated with malignancy.
Regardless of its severity and the low likelihood of malignancy, breast pain can be a significant source of distress for the patient, primarily because of concerns about underlying malignancy. If the patient has a focal area of pain on examination, order mammography in combination with targeted ultrasonography. The sensitivity and negative predictive value of benign findings on combination mammography and ultrasonography in this setting are as high as 100%. The incidence of underlying cancer in patients with focal breast pain and no palpable mass is approximately 1.2%.6
The long-term prognosis in women with diffuse, often bilateral breast pain (in the absence of additional clinical findings) is excellent. In one study, the incidence of a breast cancer diagnosis was 1.8% after a median of 51 months of follow-up.7 Therefore, patients presenting with diffuse pain, no palpable abnormalities, and benign imaging can be safely reassured. Magnetic resonance imaging is rarely indicated in patients with breast pain unless other clinical findings, such as a mass or skin changes, are noted and the results of mammography and ultrasonography are negative.
Treating breast pain
Treating breast pain remains a challenge. The first step is to reassure the patient about her prognosis and help her make appropriate lifestyle modifications.
A well-fitting bra. Suggest getting a professional bra fitting. Wearing a well-fitted bra that offers lift, support, and compression and reduces excess motion can help improve benign breast pain. A bra fitting is especially important for women with large breasts because it can be difficult for these women to get an accurate size. Wearing a lightly fitted bra at night may also provide comfort if there is nighttime pain with breast tissue movement.
Reducing daily caffeine intake is often advised for pain management, but strong evidence of its efficacy is lacking.
Anti-inflammatory drugs can be beneficial if used short-term, especially if costochondritis is suspected.
Danazol improves pain in more than 70% of patients with cyclical symptoms and in up to 48% of those with noncyclical symptoms.
Bromocriptine is effective in up to 54% of those with cyclical symptoms and in up to 33% of those with noncyclical symptoms.8 However, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) withdrew approval for this indication because of adverse effects.
Tamoxifen, in contrast, provides relief in 94% of those with cyclical symptoms and in 56% of those with noncyclical symptoms.9
Adverse effects, however, limit the use of danazol, bromocriptine, and tamoxifen, and they should be prescribed only for short-term use (3 to 6 months) and only in women with chronic debilitating pain.
A few small studies have evaluated alternative options.
Toremifene is a triphenylethylene derivative similar to tamoxifen that is also used in the adjuvant treatment of postmenopausal breast cancer (but with fewer adverse effects). It has been documented to have a significant effect on premenstrual breast pain, with a 64% reduction in breast pain scores compared with a 26% reduction with placebo.10 However, the FDA has not approved it for this indication, and it can be cost-prohibitive.
Over-the-counter medications that may provide relief for cyclic breast pain include vitamin E or B6, products containing oil of Vitex agnus castus (chaste tree or chasteberry), and flaxseed.11,12
Acupuncture has been evaluated in patients with noncyclic breast pain and was found to reduce pain by 56% to 67% in one study,13 although it did not affect quality of life.
NIPPLE DISCHARGE
From 5% to 7% of women seek medical attention for nipple discharge.14,15 Breast cancer is found in 5% to 15% of women who undergo surgery for nipple discharge.16,17
Review the patient’s current medications and inquire about health conditions such as thyroid dysfunction or visual field changes that suggest a pituitary mass (which can lead to nipple discharge by causing hormonal dysregulation or hyperprolactinemia).
Palpate the breasts for an underlying mass, look for lesions on the nipple, and assess the color of the fluid. Also note whether there is discharge from one or both breasts, whether it is spontaneous or expressive, and whether it occurs from a single or multiple ducts. Nipple lesions may require further testing with punch biopsy.
Nonlactational nipple discharge is classified as physiologic or pathologic. Physiologic nipple discharge is typically bilateral, involving multiple ducts, and is often clear or straw-colored but may also be green, gray, or brown.
White, opaque fluid is often related to galactorrhea as a result of hyperprolactinemia, hypothyroidism, or medications such as antipsychotic drugs (eg, haloperidol and fluphenazine) and gastrointestinal motility agents such as metoclopramide. Discharge also commonly results from benign underlying ductal abnormalities such as intraductal papilloma, periductal mastitis, and duct ectasia.
Pathologic nipple discharge is often unilateral and persistent, occurring spontaneously from a solitary duct, and may be bloody or serous.
For women with pathologic nipple discharge who are 30 or older, diagnostic imaging with mammography and subareolar ultrasonography is recommended. If the patient is younger than 30, ultrasonography of the subareolar region alone can be used. Targeted ultrasonography of any palpable area is also advised.
Cytologic assessment of the fluid is not recommended because it can often lead to a false-positive finding of atypical cells. Imaging studies such as ductography, duct lavage, ductoscopy, and magnetic resonance imaging are also generally unnecessary; instead, a persistent clinical concern should prompt a surgical referral for consideration of duct excision.
When a patient has pathologic nipple discharge with a negative physical examination and breast imaging, studies have shown that the risk of cancer is 3% or less.18
Patients with spontaneous bloody or serous single-duct discharge with negative results on mammography and ultrasonography should be reassured that they have a low risk of underlying cancer. If the patient prefers, one approachto management is follow-up mammography and ultrasonography at 6 months and clinical examination for up to 2 years or until the discharge resolves on its own.
On the other hand, if the discharge is distressing to the patient, subareolar duct excision can be performed with both a diagnostic and therapeutic purpose.
NIPPLE-AREOLAR RASH: CONSIDER PAGET DISEASE
A rash on the nipple or areolar region warrants careful evaluation because it may be the first sign of Paget disease of the breast.
In the clinical breast examination, assess the extent of the rash and the presence of any underlying breast mass or nipple discharge. Dermatitis often starts on the areola and resolves quickly with topical therapy. However, Paget disease tends to start directly on the nipple itself, is unresponsive or only partially responsive to topical therapy, and progresses gradually, leading to erosions and ultimately effacement of the nipple itself.
If the clinical examination suggests mild dermatitis and the results of breast imaging are negative, treat the patient with a topical medication because benign conditions such as dermatitis and eczema are common. However, continued follow-up is mandatory until the rash completely resolves: Paget disease sometimes initially improves with topical therapy due to its inflammatory nature.
If you suspect Paget disease or the rash does not fully resolve after 2 to 3 weeks of topical therapy, refer the patient to a dermatologist for full-thickness punch biopsy to establish the diagnosis.
Paget disease of the breast may or may not be associated with underlying ductal carcinoma in situ or invasive breast cancer.19 The absence of clinical or imaging abnormalities in a patient with Paget disease does not rule out underlying malignancy.20
DENSE BREASTS
Increased breast density has been shown to be a risk factor for breast cancer and may be prognostically useful when combined with the Tyrer-Cuzick model or the Gail model of breast cancer risk.24
Additionally, increased density can mask cancers on mammography, significantly reducing its sensitivity. In women with heterogeneously or extremely dense breasts, the sensitivity of mammography for detecting cancer is only 25% to 50%.21 Due to this low sensitivity, supplemental imaging is helpful, particularly in women already at risk of breast cancer based on family history.
Supplemental screening
Digital mammography with tomosynthesis was approved by the FDA in 2011 for use in combination with standard digital mammography for breast cancer screening. Compared with traditional 2-dimensional mammography alone, adding 3-D tomosynthesis decreases the recall rate and increases the cancer detection rate.25
Tomosynthesis tends to perform better in women with heterogeneously dense breasts (BI-RADS category C). There is no significant improvement in cancer detection in women with extremely dense breasts (BI-RADS category D).26
Depending on the methodology, radiation exposure can be either higher or lower than with traditional mammography. However, in all forms, the very small amount of radiation is considered safe.
Whole breast ultrasonography. When whole breast ultrasonography is used to supplement mammography, the recall rate is higher than when mammography is used alone (14% vs 7%–11%).22 It also increases the cancer detection rate by 4.4 additional cancers per 1,000 examinations. However, the false-positive rate with whole breast ultrasonography is higher; the positive predictive value of combined mammography and ultrasonography is 11.2% vs 22.6% for mammography alone.22 Therefore, we do not generally recommend whole breast ultrasonography as a supplement to mammography in women with dense breast tissue unless other studies are not an option.
Molecular breast imaging is not widely available because it requires special equipment, injection of a radiopharamceutical (technetium Tc 99m sestamibi), and a radiologist who specializes in breast imaging to interpret the results. When it is available, however, it increases the cancer detection rate by 8.8 in 1,000 examinations; the positive predictive value is similar to that of screening mammography alone.21 It is particularly useful in patients with dense breasts who do not qualify for screening magnetic resonance imaging (lifetime risk of < 20% to 25%).
Technetium sestamibi is associated with a minimal amount of radiation exposure (2.4 mSv vs 1.2 mSV with standard mammography). However, this exposure is much less than background radiation exposure and is considered safe.21
IF THE PATIENT HAS AN ABNORMAL SCREENING MAMMOGRAM
Screening mammography can disclose abnormalities such as calcifications, masses, asymmetry, or architectural distortion.27 Abnormalities are reported using standardized BI-RADS categories designated with the numbers 0 through 6 (Table 3).23
A report of BI-RADS category 0 (incomplete), 4 (suspicious), or 5 (highly suspicious) requires additional workup.
Category 1 (negative) requires no further follow-up, and the patient should resume age-appropriate screening.
For patients with category 2 (benign) findings, routine screening is recommended, whereas patients with category 3 (probably benign) are advised to come back in 6 months for follow-up imaging.
Diagnostic mammography includes additional assessments for focal symptoms or areas of abnormality noted on screening imaging or clinical examination. These may include spot magnification views of areas of asymmetry, mass, architectural distortion, or calcifications. Ultrasonography of focal breast abnormalities can help determine if there is an underlying cyst or solid mass.
MANAGEMENT OF BENIGN FINDINGS ON BREAST BIOPSY
Benign breast disease is diagnosed when a patient with a palpable or radiographic abnormality undergoes breast biopsy with benign findings.28,29 It can be largely grouped into 3 categories: nonproliferative, proliferative without atypia, and proliferative with atypia (Table 4).28,29
If core-needle biopsy study results are benign, the next step is to establish radiologic-pathologic and clinical-pathologic concordance. If the findings on clinical examination or imaging are not consistent with those on pathologic study, excisional biopsy should be performed, as imaging-directed biopsy may not have adequately sampled the lesion.30
Nonproliferative lesions account for about 65% of findings on core-needle biopsy and include simple cysts, fibroadenomas, columnar cell changes, apocrine metaplasia, and mild ductal hyperplasia of the usual type. These lesions do not significantly increase the risk of breast cancer; the relative risk is 1.2 to 1.4.28,29 Additionally, the risk of “upstaging” after excisional biopsy—ie, to a higher-risk lesion or to malignancy—is minimal. Therefore, no additional action is necessary when these findings alone are noted on core-needle biopsy.
Proliferative lesions without atypia account for about 30% of biopsy results and include usual ductal hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, columnar hyperplasia, papilloma, and radial scar. Generally, there is a slightly increased risk of subsequent breast cancer, with a relative risk of 1.7 to 2.1.28 Usual ductal hyperplasia and columnar hyperplasia have little risk of upstaging with excision, and therefore, surgical consultation is not recommended.
Previously, surgical excision was recommended for any intraductal papilloma due to risk of upgrade in pathologic diagnosis at the time of excision. However, more recent data suggest that the upgrade rate is about 2.2% for a solitary papilloma that is less than 1 cm in diameter and without associated mass lesion (either clinically or radiographically), is concordant with radiographic findings, and has no associated atypical cells on biopsy.31 In this case, observation and short-interval clinical follow-up are reasonable. If there are multiple papillomas, the patient has symptoms such as persistent bloody nipple discharge, or any of the above criteria are not met, surgical excision is recommended.28
Similarly, radial scars and complex sclerosing lesions are increasingly likely to be associated with malignancy based on size. Upstaging ranges from 0% to 12%. It is again important when evaluating radial scars that there is pathologic concordance and that there were no associated high-risk lesions on pathology. If this is the case, it is reasonable to clinically monitor patients with small radial scars, particularly in those who do not have an elevated risk of developing breast cancer.30
For all patients who have undergone biopsy and whose pathology study results are benign, a thorough risk evaluation should be performed, including calculation of their lifetime risk of breast cancer. This can be done with the National Cancer Institute Breast Cancer Risk Assessment Tool, the International Breast Cancer Intervention Study (IBIS) risk calculator, or other model using family history as a basis for calculations. Patients found to have a lifetime risk of breast cancer of greater than 20% to 25% should be offered annual screening with magnetic resonance imaging in addition to mammography.
ATYPICAL HYPERPLASIA: INCREASED RISK
When biopsy study shows atypical ductal hyperplasia or atypical lobular hyperplasia, there is an increased risk of breast cancer.28,32 The absolute overall risk of developing breast cancer in 25 years is 30%, and that risk is further stratified based on the number of foci of atypia noted in the specimen.29
When core-needle biopsy study reveals atypical ductal hyperplasia in the tissue, there is a 15% to 30% risk of finding breast cancer with surgical excision.28 Surgical excision is therefore recommended for atypical ductal hyperplasia noted on core-needle biopsy.28
In contrast, when atypical lobular hyperplasia alone is noted, the risk of upstagingto malignancy varies widely—from 0% to 67%—although recent studies have noted risks of 1% to 3%.33,34 Thus, the decision for surgical excision is more variable. Generally, if the atypical lobular hyperplasia is noted incidentally, is not associated with a higher grade lesion, and is concordant with imaging, it is reasonable to closely monitor with serial imaging and physical examination. Excision is unnecessary.35
Patients found to have atypical hyperplasia on breast biopsy should receive counseling about risk-reducing medications. Selective estrogen receptor modulators such as tamoxifen and raloxifene have been shown to reduce the risk of breast cancer by as much as 86% in patients with atypical hyperplasia.36 Similarly, aromatase inhibitors such as exemestane and anastrozole reduce breast cancer risk by approximately 65%.37
Breast concerns account for approximately 3% of all female visits to a primary care practice.1 The most common symptoms are breast lumps and breast pain.
Because breast cancer is the most common malignancy in women in the United States, affecting nearly 1 in 8 women in their lifetime, women with breast problems often fear the worst. However, only about 3.5% of women reporting a concern have cancer; most problems are benign (Table 1).1
Here, we present an evidence-based review of common breast problems in primary care practice and discuss how to evaluate and manage them.
GENERAL APPROACH
The evaluation of a breast concern requires a systematic approach, beginning with a history that documents the onset, severity, and frequency of symptoms. If the concern is a lump or mass, ask whether it becomes more tender or increases in size at any point during the menstrual cycle.
Focus the physical examination on the cervical, supraclavicular, infraclavicular, and axillary lymph nodes and on the breast itself. Assess breast symmetry, note any skin changes such as dimpling, and check the nipples for discharge and inversion. Palpate the breasts for masses.
PALPABLE BREAST MASS: IMAGING NEEDED
If a mass is present, it is more likely to be malignant if any of the following is true:
- Firm to hard texture or indistinct margins
- Attached to the underlying deep fascia or skin
- Associated nipple inversion or skin dimpling.2
Breast masses are more likely benign if they have discrete, well-defined margins, are mobile with a soft to rubbery consistency, and change with the menstrual cycle. However, clinical features are unreliable indicators of cause, and thus additional investigation with breast imaging is warranted.
Mammography remains the diagnostic test of choice for all women age 30 or older who have a palpable breast mass. It is less effective in younger women because they are more likely to have extremely dense fibroglandular tissue that will limit its sensitivity to imaging.
Order diagnostic mammography, which includes additional views focused on the area of concern, rather than screening mammography, which includes only standard craniocaudal and mediolateral oblique views. A skin marker should be applied over the palpable lump to aid imaging. Because a breast that contains a mass may be denser than the opposite breast or may show asymmetry, both breasts should be imaged. The sensitivity of diagnostic mammography varies from 85% to 90%, so a negative mammogram does not rule out malignancy.2,3
Targeted ultrasonography of the palpable mass helps identify solid masses such as fibroadenomas or malignant tumors, classifies the margins (lobulated, smooth, or irregular), and assesses vascularity. Ultrasonography is particularly useful for characterizing cystic lesions (eg, simple, septated, or clustered cysts) and cysts with internal echoes. It can also identify lipomas or sebaceous cysts.
If the findings on both mammography and ultrasonography are benign, the likelihood of cancer is very low, with an estimated negative predictive value of 97% to 100%.2,3 Additionally, the likelihood of nonmalignant findings on biopsy after benign imaging is approximately 99%.3
Although radiologic imaging can define palpable masses, it is intended as a clinical aid. Suspicious findings on clinical examination should never be ignored even if findings on imaging are reassuring, as studies have documented that about 5% of breast cancers may be detected on clinical breast examination alone.4
Other imaging tests such as magnetic resonance imaging may be considered occasionally if clinical suspicion remains high after negative mammography and ultrasonography, but they cannot confirm a diagnosis of malignancy. In that case, refer the patient to a surgeon for consideration of excisional biopsy.
Patients with an indeterminate lesion can return in 3 to 12 weeks for a follow-up examination and repeat imaging, which helps assess interval clinical stability. The latter option is especially helpful for patients with masses that are of low suspicion or for patients who prefer to avoid invasive tissue biopsy.
Patients with clinical and radiologic findings that suggest a benign cause can return for short-term follow-up in 6 months or in 12 months for their regular mammogram.
BREAST PAIN: RARELY MALIGNANT
More than 50% of women experience breast pain at some point in their life.5 Of these, 35% report that the pain adversely affects their sleep, and 41% note that the pain detrimentally affects their sexual quality of life. Up to 66% of breast pain correlates directly with the patient’s menstrual cycle.5 Breast pain is rarely associated with malignancy.
Regardless of its severity and the low likelihood of malignancy, breast pain can be a significant source of distress for the patient, primarily because of concerns about underlying malignancy. If the patient has a focal area of pain on examination, order mammography in combination with targeted ultrasonography. The sensitivity and negative predictive value of benign findings on combination mammography and ultrasonography in this setting are as high as 100%. The incidence of underlying cancer in patients with focal breast pain and no palpable mass is approximately 1.2%.6
The long-term prognosis in women with diffuse, often bilateral breast pain (in the absence of additional clinical findings) is excellent. In one study, the incidence of a breast cancer diagnosis was 1.8% after a median of 51 months of follow-up.7 Therefore, patients presenting with diffuse pain, no palpable abnormalities, and benign imaging can be safely reassured. Magnetic resonance imaging is rarely indicated in patients with breast pain unless other clinical findings, such as a mass or skin changes, are noted and the results of mammography and ultrasonography are negative.
Treating breast pain
Treating breast pain remains a challenge. The first step is to reassure the patient about her prognosis and help her make appropriate lifestyle modifications.
A well-fitting bra. Suggest getting a professional bra fitting. Wearing a well-fitted bra that offers lift, support, and compression and reduces excess motion can help improve benign breast pain. A bra fitting is especially important for women with large breasts because it can be difficult for these women to get an accurate size. Wearing a lightly fitted bra at night may also provide comfort if there is nighttime pain with breast tissue movement.
Reducing daily caffeine intake is often advised for pain management, but strong evidence of its efficacy is lacking.
Anti-inflammatory drugs can be beneficial if used short-term, especially if costochondritis is suspected.
Danazol improves pain in more than 70% of patients with cyclical symptoms and in up to 48% of those with noncyclical symptoms.
Bromocriptine is effective in up to 54% of those with cyclical symptoms and in up to 33% of those with noncyclical symptoms.8 However, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) withdrew approval for this indication because of adverse effects.
Tamoxifen, in contrast, provides relief in 94% of those with cyclical symptoms and in 56% of those with noncyclical symptoms.9
Adverse effects, however, limit the use of danazol, bromocriptine, and tamoxifen, and they should be prescribed only for short-term use (3 to 6 months) and only in women with chronic debilitating pain.
A few small studies have evaluated alternative options.
Toremifene is a triphenylethylene derivative similar to tamoxifen that is also used in the adjuvant treatment of postmenopausal breast cancer (but with fewer adverse effects). It has been documented to have a significant effect on premenstrual breast pain, with a 64% reduction in breast pain scores compared with a 26% reduction with placebo.10 However, the FDA has not approved it for this indication, and it can be cost-prohibitive.
Over-the-counter medications that may provide relief for cyclic breast pain include vitamin E or B6, products containing oil of Vitex agnus castus (chaste tree or chasteberry), and flaxseed.11,12
Acupuncture has been evaluated in patients with noncyclic breast pain and was found to reduce pain by 56% to 67% in one study,13 although it did not affect quality of life.
NIPPLE DISCHARGE
From 5% to 7% of women seek medical attention for nipple discharge.14,15 Breast cancer is found in 5% to 15% of women who undergo surgery for nipple discharge.16,17
Review the patient’s current medications and inquire about health conditions such as thyroid dysfunction or visual field changes that suggest a pituitary mass (which can lead to nipple discharge by causing hormonal dysregulation or hyperprolactinemia).
Palpate the breasts for an underlying mass, look for lesions on the nipple, and assess the color of the fluid. Also note whether there is discharge from one or both breasts, whether it is spontaneous or expressive, and whether it occurs from a single or multiple ducts. Nipple lesions may require further testing with punch biopsy.
Nonlactational nipple discharge is classified as physiologic or pathologic. Physiologic nipple discharge is typically bilateral, involving multiple ducts, and is often clear or straw-colored but may also be green, gray, or brown.
White, opaque fluid is often related to galactorrhea as a result of hyperprolactinemia, hypothyroidism, or medications such as antipsychotic drugs (eg, haloperidol and fluphenazine) and gastrointestinal motility agents such as metoclopramide. Discharge also commonly results from benign underlying ductal abnormalities such as intraductal papilloma, periductal mastitis, and duct ectasia.
Pathologic nipple discharge is often unilateral and persistent, occurring spontaneously from a solitary duct, and may be bloody or serous.
For women with pathologic nipple discharge who are 30 or older, diagnostic imaging with mammography and subareolar ultrasonography is recommended. If the patient is younger than 30, ultrasonography of the subareolar region alone can be used. Targeted ultrasonography of any palpable area is also advised.
Cytologic assessment of the fluid is not recommended because it can often lead to a false-positive finding of atypical cells. Imaging studies such as ductography, duct lavage, ductoscopy, and magnetic resonance imaging are also generally unnecessary; instead, a persistent clinical concern should prompt a surgical referral for consideration of duct excision.
When a patient has pathologic nipple discharge with a negative physical examination and breast imaging, studies have shown that the risk of cancer is 3% or less.18
Patients with spontaneous bloody or serous single-duct discharge with negative results on mammography and ultrasonography should be reassured that they have a low risk of underlying cancer. If the patient prefers, one approachto management is follow-up mammography and ultrasonography at 6 months and clinical examination for up to 2 years or until the discharge resolves on its own.
On the other hand, if the discharge is distressing to the patient, subareolar duct excision can be performed with both a diagnostic and therapeutic purpose.
NIPPLE-AREOLAR RASH: CONSIDER PAGET DISEASE
A rash on the nipple or areolar region warrants careful evaluation because it may be the first sign of Paget disease of the breast.
In the clinical breast examination, assess the extent of the rash and the presence of any underlying breast mass or nipple discharge. Dermatitis often starts on the areola and resolves quickly with topical therapy. However, Paget disease tends to start directly on the nipple itself, is unresponsive or only partially responsive to topical therapy, and progresses gradually, leading to erosions and ultimately effacement of the nipple itself.
If the clinical examination suggests mild dermatitis and the results of breast imaging are negative, treat the patient with a topical medication because benign conditions such as dermatitis and eczema are common. However, continued follow-up is mandatory until the rash completely resolves: Paget disease sometimes initially improves with topical therapy due to its inflammatory nature.
If you suspect Paget disease or the rash does not fully resolve after 2 to 3 weeks of topical therapy, refer the patient to a dermatologist for full-thickness punch biopsy to establish the diagnosis.
Paget disease of the breast may or may not be associated with underlying ductal carcinoma in situ or invasive breast cancer.19 The absence of clinical or imaging abnormalities in a patient with Paget disease does not rule out underlying malignancy.20
DENSE BREASTS
Increased breast density has been shown to be a risk factor for breast cancer and may be prognostically useful when combined with the Tyrer-Cuzick model or the Gail model of breast cancer risk.24
Additionally, increased density can mask cancers on mammography, significantly reducing its sensitivity. In women with heterogeneously or extremely dense breasts, the sensitivity of mammography for detecting cancer is only 25% to 50%.21 Due to this low sensitivity, supplemental imaging is helpful, particularly in women already at risk of breast cancer based on family history.
Supplemental screening
Digital mammography with tomosynthesis was approved by the FDA in 2011 for use in combination with standard digital mammography for breast cancer screening. Compared with traditional 2-dimensional mammography alone, adding 3-D tomosynthesis decreases the recall rate and increases the cancer detection rate.25
Tomosynthesis tends to perform better in women with heterogeneously dense breasts (BI-RADS category C). There is no significant improvement in cancer detection in women with extremely dense breasts (BI-RADS category D).26
Depending on the methodology, radiation exposure can be either higher or lower than with traditional mammography. However, in all forms, the very small amount of radiation is considered safe.
Whole breast ultrasonography. When whole breast ultrasonography is used to supplement mammography, the recall rate is higher than when mammography is used alone (14% vs 7%–11%).22 It also increases the cancer detection rate by 4.4 additional cancers per 1,000 examinations. However, the false-positive rate with whole breast ultrasonography is higher; the positive predictive value of combined mammography and ultrasonography is 11.2% vs 22.6% for mammography alone.22 Therefore, we do not generally recommend whole breast ultrasonography as a supplement to mammography in women with dense breast tissue unless other studies are not an option.
Molecular breast imaging is not widely available because it requires special equipment, injection of a radiopharamceutical (technetium Tc 99m sestamibi), and a radiologist who specializes in breast imaging to interpret the results. When it is available, however, it increases the cancer detection rate by 8.8 in 1,000 examinations; the positive predictive value is similar to that of screening mammography alone.21 It is particularly useful in patients with dense breasts who do not qualify for screening magnetic resonance imaging (lifetime risk of < 20% to 25%).
Technetium sestamibi is associated with a minimal amount of radiation exposure (2.4 mSv vs 1.2 mSV with standard mammography). However, this exposure is much less than background radiation exposure and is considered safe.21
IF THE PATIENT HAS AN ABNORMAL SCREENING MAMMOGRAM
Screening mammography can disclose abnormalities such as calcifications, masses, asymmetry, or architectural distortion.27 Abnormalities are reported using standardized BI-RADS categories designated with the numbers 0 through 6 (Table 3).23
A report of BI-RADS category 0 (incomplete), 4 (suspicious), or 5 (highly suspicious) requires additional workup.
Category 1 (negative) requires no further follow-up, and the patient should resume age-appropriate screening.
For patients with category 2 (benign) findings, routine screening is recommended, whereas patients with category 3 (probably benign) are advised to come back in 6 months for follow-up imaging.
Diagnostic mammography includes additional assessments for focal symptoms or areas of abnormality noted on screening imaging or clinical examination. These may include spot magnification views of areas of asymmetry, mass, architectural distortion, or calcifications. Ultrasonography of focal breast abnormalities can help determine if there is an underlying cyst or solid mass.
MANAGEMENT OF BENIGN FINDINGS ON BREAST BIOPSY
Benign breast disease is diagnosed when a patient with a palpable or radiographic abnormality undergoes breast biopsy with benign findings.28,29 It can be largely grouped into 3 categories: nonproliferative, proliferative without atypia, and proliferative with atypia (Table 4).28,29
If core-needle biopsy study results are benign, the next step is to establish radiologic-pathologic and clinical-pathologic concordance. If the findings on clinical examination or imaging are not consistent with those on pathologic study, excisional biopsy should be performed, as imaging-directed biopsy may not have adequately sampled the lesion.30
Nonproliferative lesions account for about 65% of findings on core-needle biopsy and include simple cysts, fibroadenomas, columnar cell changes, apocrine metaplasia, and mild ductal hyperplasia of the usual type. These lesions do not significantly increase the risk of breast cancer; the relative risk is 1.2 to 1.4.28,29 Additionally, the risk of “upstaging” after excisional biopsy—ie, to a higher-risk lesion or to malignancy—is minimal. Therefore, no additional action is necessary when these findings alone are noted on core-needle biopsy.
Proliferative lesions without atypia account for about 30% of biopsy results and include usual ductal hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, columnar hyperplasia, papilloma, and radial scar. Generally, there is a slightly increased risk of subsequent breast cancer, with a relative risk of 1.7 to 2.1.28 Usual ductal hyperplasia and columnar hyperplasia have little risk of upstaging with excision, and therefore, surgical consultation is not recommended.
Previously, surgical excision was recommended for any intraductal papilloma due to risk of upgrade in pathologic diagnosis at the time of excision. However, more recent data suggest that the upgrade rate is about 2.2% for a solitary papilloma that is less than 1 cm in diameter and without associated mass lesion (either clinically or radiographically), is concordant with radiographic findings, and has no associated atypical cells on biopsy.31 In this case, observation and short-interval clinical follow-up are reasonable. If there are multiple papillomas, the patient has symptoms such as persistent bloody nipple discharge, or any of the above criteria are not met, surgical excision is recommended.28
Similarly, radial scars and complex sclerosing lesions are increasingly likely to be associated with malignancy based on size. Upstaging ranges from 0% to 12%. It is again important when evaluating radial scars that there is pathologic concordance and that there were no associated high-risk lesions on pathology. If this is the case, it is reasonable to clinically monitor patients with small radial scars, particularly in those who do not have an elevated risk of developing breast cancer.30
For all patients who have undergone biopsy and whose pathology study results are benign, a thorough risk evaluation should be performed, including calculation of their lifetime risk of breast cancer. This can be done with the National Cancer Institute Breast Cancer Risk Assessment Tool, the International Breast Cancer Intervention Study (IBIS) risk calculator, or other model using family history as a basis for calculations. Patients found to have a lifetime risk of breast cancer of greater than 20% to 25% should be offered annual screening with magnetic resonance imaging in addition to mammography.
ATYPICAL HYPERPLASIA: INCREASED RISK
When biopsy study shows atypical ductal hyperplasia or atypical lobular hyperplasia, there is an increased risk of breast cancer.28,32 The absolute overall risk of developing breast cancer in 25 years is 30%, and that risk is further stratified based on the number of foci of atypia noted in the specimen.29
When core-needle biopsy study reveals atypical ductal hyperplasia in the tissue, there is a 15% to 30% risk of finding breast cancer with surgical excision.28 Surgical excision is therefore recommended for atypical ductal hyperplasia noted on core-needle biopsy.28
In contrast, when atypical lobular hyperplasia alone is noted, the risk of upstagingto malignancy varies widely—from 0% to 67%—although recent studies have noted risks of 1% to 3%.33,34 Thus, the decision for surgical excision is more variable. Generally, if the atypical lobular hyperplasia is noted incidentally, is not associated with a higher grade lesion, and is concordant with imaging, it is reasonable to closely monitor with serial imaging and physical examination. Excision is unnecessary.35
Patients found to have atypical hyperplasia on breast biopsy should receive counseling about risk-reducing medications. Selective estrogen receptor modulators such as tamoxifen and raloxifene have been shown to reduce the risk of breast cancer by as much as 86% in patients with atypical hyperplasia.36 Similarly, aromatase inhibitors such as exemestane and anastrozole reduce breast cancer risk by approximately 65%.37
- Eberl MM, Phillips RL Jr, Lamberts H, Okkes I, Mahoney MC. Characterizing breast symptoms in family practice. Ann Fam Med 2008; 6(6):528–533. doi:10.1370/afm.905
- Harvey JA, Mahoney MC, Newell MS, et al. ACR appropriateness criteria palpable breast masses. J Am Coll Radiol 2013; 10(10):742–749.e3. doi:10.1016/j.jacr.2013.06.013
- Ha R, Kim H, Mango V, Wynn R, Comstock C. Ultrasonographic features and clinical implications of benign palpable breast lesions in young women. Ultrasonography 2015; 34(1):66–70. doi:10.14366/usg.14043
- Provencher L, Hogue JC, Desbiens C, et al. Is clinical breast examination important for breast cancer detection? Curr Oncol 2016; 23(4):e332–e339. doi:10.3747/co.23.2881
- Scurr J, Hedger W, Morris P, Brown N. The prevalence, severity, and impact of breast pain in the general population. Breast J 2014; 20(5):508–513. doi:10.1111/tbj.12305
- Leddy R, Irshad A, Zerwas E, et al. Role of breast ultrasound and mammography in evaluating patients presenting with focal breast pain in the absence of a palpable lump. Breast J 2013; 19(6):582–589. doi:10.1111/tbj.12178
- Noroozian M, Stein LF, Gaetke-Udager K, Helvie MA. Long-term clinical outcomes in women with breast pain in the absence of additional clinical findings: mammography remains indicated. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2015; 149(2):417–424. doi:10.1007/s10549-014-3257-3
- Gateley CA, Miers M, Mansel RE, Hughes LE. Drug treatments for mastalgia: 17 years experience in the Cardiff Mastalgia Clinic. J R Soc Med 1992; 85(1):12–15. pmid:1548647
- Fentiman IS, Caleffi M, Hamed H, Chaudary MA. Dosage and duration of tamoxifen treatment for mastalgia: a controlled trial. Br J Surg 1988; 75(9):845–846. pmid:3052691
- Oksa S, Luukkaala T, Mäenpää J. Toremifene for premenstrual mastalgia: a randomised, placebo-controlled crossover study. BJOG 2006; 113(6):713–718. doi:10.1111/j.1471-0528.2006.00943.x
- Mirghafourvand M, Mohammad-Alizadeh-Charandabi S, Ahmadpour P, Javadzadeh Y. Effects of Vitex agnus and flaxseed on cyclic mastalgia: a randomized controlled trial. Complement Ther Med 2016; 24:90–95. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2015.12.009
- Shobeiri F, Oshvandi K, Nazari M. Clinical effectiveness of vitamin E and vitamin B6 for improving pain severity in cyclic mastalgia. Iran J Nurs Midwifery Res 2015; 20(6):723–727. doi:10.4103/1735-9066.170003
- Thicke LA, Hazelton JK, Bauer BA, et al. Acupuncture for treatment of noncyclic breast pain: a pilot study. Am J Chin Med 2011; 39(6):1117–1129. doi:10.1142/S0192415X11009445
- Santen RJ, Mansel R. Benign breast disorders. N Engl J Med 2005; 353(3):275–285. doi:10.1056/NEJMra035692
- Gülay H, Bora S, Kìlìçturgay S, Hamaloglu E, Göksel HA. Management of nipple discharge. J Am Coll Surg 1994; 178(5):471–474. pmid:8167884
- Murad TM, Contesso G, Mouriesse H. Nipple discharge from the breast. Ann Surg 1982; 195(3):259–264. pmid:6277258
- Sakorafas GH. Nipple discharge: current diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. Cancer Treat Rev 2001; 27(5):275–282. doi:10.1053/ctrv.2001.0234
- Ashfaq A, Senior D, Pockaj BA, et al. Validation study of a modern treatment algorithm for nipple discharge. Am J Surg 2014; 208(2):222–227. doi:10.1016/j.amjsurg.2013.12.035
- Chen CY, Sun LM, Anderson BO. Paget disease of the breast: changing patterns of incidence, clinical presentation, and treatment in the US. Cancer 2006; 107(7):1448–1458. doi:10.1002/cncr.22137
- Kollmorgen DR, Varanasi JS, Edge SB, Carson WE 3rd. Paget's disease of the breast: a 33-year experience. J Am Coll Surg 1998; 187(2):171–177. pmid:9704964
- Hruska CB. Molecular breast imaging for screening in dense breasts: state of the art and future directions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2017; 208(2):275–283. doi:10.2214/AJR.16.17131
- Melnikow J, Fenton JJ, Whitlock EP, et al. Supplemental screening for breast cancer in women with dense breasts: a systematic review for the US Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med 2016; 164(4):268–278. doi:10.7326/M15-1789
- American College of Radiology. Breast imaging reporting and data system (BI-RADS). Reston, VA: American College of Radiology; 2013.
- Brentnall AR, Harkness EF, Astley SM, et al. Mammographic density adds accuracy to both the Tyrer-Cuzick and Gail breast cancer risk models in a prospective UK screening cohort. Breast Cancer Res 2015; 17(1):147. doi:10.1186/s13058-015-0653-5
- Friedewald SM, Rafferty EA, Rose SL, et al. Breast cancer screening using tomosynthesis in combination with digital mammography. JAMA 2014; 311(24):2499–2507. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.6095
- Rafferty EA, Durand MA, Conant EF, et al. Breast cancer screening using tomosynthesis and digital mammography in dense and nondense breasts. JAMA 2016; 315(16):1784–1786. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.1708
- Venkatesan A, Chu P, Kerlikowske K, Sickles EA, Smith-Bindman R. Positive predictive value of specific mammographic findings according to reader and patient variables. Radiology 2009; 250(3):648–657. doi:10.1148/radiol.2503080541
- Hartmann LC, Sellers TA, Frost MH, et al. Benign breast disease and the risk of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2005; 353(3):229–237. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa044383
- Hartmann LC, Degnim AC, Santen RJ, DuPont WD, Ghosh K. Atypical hyperplasia of the breast—risk assessment and management options. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(1):78–89. doi:10.1056/NEJMsr1407164
- Neal L, Sandhu NP, Hieken TJ, et al. Diagnosis and management of benign, atypical, and indeterminate breast lesions detected on core needle biopsy. Mayo Clin Proc 2014; 89(4):536–547. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2014.02.004
- Nakhlis F, Ahmadiyeh N, Lester S, Raza S, Lotfi P, Golshan M. Papilloma on core biopsy: excision vs observation. Ann Surg Oncol 2015; 22(5):1479–1482. doi:10.1245/s10434-014-4091-x
- Degnim AC, Dupont WE, Radisky DC, et al. Extent of atypical hyperplasia stratifies breast cancer risk in 2 independent cohorts of women. Cancer 2016; 122(19):2971-2978. doi:10.1002/cncr.30153
- Sen LQ, Berg WA, Hooley RJ, Carter GJ, Desouki MM, Sumkin JH. Core breast biopsies showing lobular carcinoma in situ should be excised and surveillance is reasonable for atypical lobular hyperplasia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2016; 207(5):1132–1145. doi:10.2214/AJR.15.15425
- Nakhlis F, Gilmore L, Gelman R, et al. Incidence of adjacent synchronous invasive carcinoma and/or ductal carcinoma in situ in patient with lobular neoplasia on core biopsy: results from a prospective multi-institutional registry (TBCRC 020). Ann Surg Oncol 2016; 23(3):722–728. doi:10.1245/s10434-015-4922-4
- Racz JM, Carter JM, Degnim AC. Lobular neoplasia and atypical ductal hyperplasia on core biopsy: current surgical management recommendations. Ann Surg Oncol 2017; 24(10):2848–2854. doi:10.1245/s10434-017-5978-0
- Fisher B, Costantino JP, Wickerham DL, et al. Tamoxifen for the prevention of breast cancer: report of the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project P-1 Study. J Natl Cancer Inst 1998; 90:1371–1388. doi:10.1093/jnci/dji372
- Goss PE, Ingle JN, Alés-Martínez JE, et al. Exemestane for breast-cancer prevention in postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med 2011; 364(25):2381–2391. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1103507
- Eberl MM, Phillips RL Jr, Lamberts H, Okkes I, Mahoney MC. Characterizing breast symptoms in family practice. Ann Fam Med 2008; 6(6):528–533. doi:10.1370/afm.905
- Harvey JA, Mahoney MC, Newell MS, et al. ACR appropriateness criteria palpable breast masses. J Am Coll Radiol 2013; 10(10):742–749.e3. doi:10.1016/j.jacr.2013.06.013
- Ha R, Kim H, Mango V, Wynn R, Comstock C. Ultrasonographic features and clinical implications of benign palpable breast lesions in young women. Ultrasonography 2015; 34(1):66–70. doi:10.14366/usg.14043
- Provencher L, Hogue JC, Desbiens C, et al. Is clinical breast examination important for breast cancer detection? Curr Oncol 2016; 23(4):e332–e339. doi:10.3747/co.23.2881
- Scurr J, Hedger W, Morris P, Brown N. The prevalence, severity, and impact of breast pain in the general population. Breast J 2014; 20(5):508–513. doi:10.1111/tbj.12305
- Leddy R, Irshad A, Zerwas E, et al. Role of breast ultrasound and mammography in evaluating patients presenting with focal breast pain in the absence of a palpable lump. Breast J 2013; 19(6):582–589. doi:10.1111/tbj.12178
- Noroozian M, Stein LF, Gaetke-Udager K, Helvie MA. Long-term clinical outcomes in women with breast pain in the absence of additional clinical findings: mammography remains indicated. Breast Cancer Res Treat 2015; 149(2):417–424. doi:10.1007/s10549-014-3257-3
- Gateley CA, Miers M, Mansel RE, Hughes LE. Drug treatments for mastalgia: 17 years experience in the Cardiff Mastalgia Clinic. J R Soc Med 1992; 85(1):12–15. pmid:1548647
- Fentiman IS, Caleffi M, Hamed H, Chaudary MA. Dosage and duration of tamoxifen treatment for mastalgia: a controlled trial. Br J Surg 1988; 75(9):845–846. pmid:3052691
- Oksa S, Luukkaala T, Mäenpää J. Toremifene for premenstrual mastalgia: a randomised, placebo-controlled crossover study. BJOG 2006; 113(6):713–718. doi:10.1111/j.1471-0528.2006.00943.x
- Mirghafourvand M, Mohammad-Alizadeh-Charandabi S, Ahmadpour P, Javadzadeh Y. Effects of Vitex agnus and flaxseed on cyclic mastalgia: a randomized controlled trial. Complement Ther Med 2016; 24:90–95. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2015.12.009
- Shobeiri F, Oshvandi K, Nazari M. Clinical effectiveness of vitamin E and vitamin B6 for improving pain severity in cyclic mastalgia. Iran J Nurs Midwifery Res 2015; 20(6):723–727. doi:10.4103/1735-9066.170003
- Thicke LA, Hazelton JK, Bauer BA, et al. Acupuncture for treatment of noncyclic breast pain: a pilot study. Am J Chin Med 2011; 39(6):1117–1129. doi:10.1142/S0192415X11009445
- Santen RJ, Mansel R. Benign breast disorders. N Engl J Med 2005; 353(3):275–285. doi:10.1056/NEJMra035692
- Gülay H, Bora S, Kìlìçturgay S, Hamaloglu E, Göksel HA. Management of nipple discharge. J Am Coll Surg 1994; 178(5):471–474. pmid:8167884
- Murad TM, Contesso G, Mouriesse H. Nipple discharge from the breast. Ann Surg 1982; 195(3):259–264. pmid:6277258
- Sakorafas GH. Nipple discharge: current diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. Cancer Treat Rev 2001; 27(5):275–282. doi:10.1053/ctrv.2001.0234
- Ashfaq A, Senior D, Pockaj BA, et al. Validation study of a modern treatment algorithm for nipple discharge. Am J Surg 2014; 208(2):222–227. doi:10.1016/j.amjsurg.2013.12.035
- Chen CY, Sun LM, Anderson BO. Paget disease of the breast: changing patterns of incidence, clinical presentation, and treatment in the US. Cancer 2006; 107(7):1448–1458. doi:10.1002/cncr.22137
- Kollmorgen DR, Varanasi JS, Edge SB, Carson WE 3rd. Paget's disease of the breast: a 33-year experience. J Am Coll Surg 1998; 187(2):171–177. pmid:9704964
- Hruska CB. Molecular breast imaging for screening in dense breasts: state of the art and future directions. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2017; 208(2):275–283. doi:10.2214/AJR.16.17131
- Melnikow J, Fenton JJ, Whitlock EP, et al. Supplemental screening for breast cancer in women with dense breasts: a systematic review for the US Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med 2016; 164(4):268–278. doi:10.7326/M15-1789
- American College of Radiology. Breast imaging reporting and data system (BI-RADS). Reston, VA: American College of Radiology; 2013.
- Brentnall AR, Harkness EF, Astley SM, et al. Mammographic density adds accuracy to both the Tyrer-Cuzick and Gail breast cancer risk models in a prospective UK screening cohort. Breast Cancer Res 2015; 17(1):147. doi:10.1186/s13058-015-0653-5
- Friedewald SM, Rafferty EA, Rose SL, et al. Breast cancer screening using tomosynthesis in combination with digital mammography. JAMA 2014; 311(24):2499–2507. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.6095
- Rafferty EA, Durand MA, Conant EF, et al. Breast cancer screening using tomosynthesis and digital mammography in dense and nondense breasts. JAMA 2016; 315(16):1784–1786. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.1708
- Venkatesan A, Chu P, Kerlikowske K, Sickles EA, Smith-Bindman R. Positive predictive value of specific mammographic findings according to reader and patient variables. Radiology 2009; 250(3):648–657. doi:10.1148/radiol.2503080541
- Hartmann LC, Sellers TA, Frost MH, et al. Benign breast disease and the risk of breast cancer. N Engl J Med 2005; 353(3):229–237. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa044383
- Hartmann LC, Degnim AC, Santen RJ, DuPont WD, Ghosh K. Atypical hyperplasia of the breast—risk assessment and management options. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(1):78–89. doi:10.1056/NEJMsr1407164
- Neal L, Sandhu NP, Hieken TJ, et al. Diagnosis and management of benign, atypical, and indeterminate breast lesions detected on core needle biopsy. Mayo Clin Proc 2014; 89(4):536–547. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2014.02.004
- Nakhlis F, Ahmadiyeh N, Lester S, Raza S, Lotfi P, Golshan M. Papilloma on core biopsy: excision vs observation. Ann Surg Oncol 2015; 22(5):1479–1482. doi:10.1245/s10434-014-4091-x
- Degnim AC, Dupont WE, Radisky DC, et al. Extent of atypical hyperplasia stratifies breast cancer risk in 2 independent cohorts of women. Cancer 2016; 122(19):2971-2978. doi:10.1002/cncr.30153
- Sen LQ, Berg WA, Hooley RJ, Carter GJ, Desouki MM, Sumkin JH. Core breast biopsies showing lobular carcinoma in situ should be excised and surveillance is reasonable for atypical lobular hyperplasia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2016; 207(5):1132–1145. doi:10.2214/AJR.15.15425
- Nakhlis F, Gilmore L, Gelman R, et al. Incidence of adjacent synchronous invasive carcinoma and/or ductal carcinoma in situ in patient with lobular neoplasia on core biopsy: results from a prospective multi-institutional registry (TBCRC 020). Ann Surg Oncol 2016; 23(3):722–728. doi:10.1245/s10434-015-4922-4
- Racz JM, Carter JM, Degnim AC. Lobular neoplasia and atypical ductal hyperplasia on core biopsy: current surgical management recommendations. Ann Surg Oncol 2017; 24(10):2848–2854. doi:10.1245/s10434-017-5978-0
- Fisher B, Costantino JP, Wickerham DL, et al. Tamoxifen for the prevention of breast cancer: report of the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project P-1 Study. J Natl Cancer Inst 1998; 90:1371–1388. doi:10.1093/jnci/dji372
- Goss PE, Ingle JN, Alés-Martínez JE, et al. Exemestane for breast-cancer prevention in postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med 2011; 364(25):2381–2391. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1103507
KEY POINTS
- The two most common breast symptoms are lumps and pain.
- Most breast problems are not caused by cancer.
- Evaluation of any breast problem begins with a focused history followed by a breast examination and, when necessary, imaging.
- If the results of the breast examination and imaging suggest a benign cause, no further follow-up is necessary.
- If there is discordance between imaging and breast examination results, or if there is a high clinical suspicion of cancer, then consider serial follow-up examinations at short intervals, referral to a breast surgeon for excision, or both.
Who needs to carry an epinephrine autoinjector?
Anaphylaxis is potentially fatal but can be prevented if the trigger is identified and avoided, and death can be avoided if episodes are treated promptly.
A consensus definition of anaphylaxis has been difficult to achieve, with slight variations among international guidelines. The World Allergy Organization classifies anaphylaxis as immunologic, nonimmunologic, or idiopathic.1 The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases and the Food Allergy and Anaphylaxis Network highlight clinical symptoms and criteria.2 The International Consensus on Food Allergy describes reactions as being immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated, cell-mediated, or a combination of the 2 mechanisms.3
Despite the subtle differences in these definitions, all 3 international organizations have a common recommendation for anaphylaxis: once it is diagnosed, epinephrine is the treatment of choice.
EPINEPHRINE IS THE TREATMENT OF CHOICE FOR ANAPHYLAXIS
Anaphylaxis commonly results from exposure to foods, medications, and Hymenoptera venom.4 Avoiding triggers is key in preventing anaphylaxis but is not always possible.
Although epinephrine is the cornerstone of the emergency treatment of anaphylaxis, many patients instead receive antihistamines and corticosteroids as initial therapy. Some take these medications on their own, and some receive them in emergency departments and outpatient clinics.5
Diphenhydramine, a histamine 1 receptor antagonist, is often used as a first-line medication. But diphenhydramine has a slow onset of action, taking 80 minutes after an oral dose to suppress a histamine-induced cutaneous flare by 50%, and taking 52 minutes with intramuscular administration.6 Corticosteroids also have a slow onset of action. These drugs cannot prevent death in anaphylaxis, a condition in which the median time to respiratory or cardiac arrest is 30 minutes after ingestion of food, 15 minutes after envenomation, and 5 minutes after iatrogenic reactions.7
Combination therapy with diphenhydramine and a histamine 2 receptor antagonist (eg, cimetidine, famotidine) is also commonly used,8 but this combination offers no advantage in terms of onset of action, and a Cochrane review could find no definitive evidence for or against the use of histamine 2 receptor antagonists.9
Because of their slow onset of action, all of these should be second-line therapies, given after epinephrine. Epinephrine is the first line of treatment because it has a maximal pharmacokinetic effect (time to maximal peak serum level) within 10 minutes of intramuscular injection into the thigh.10,11
In addition, epinephrine acts on numerous receptors to antagonize the multiple pathologic effects of the mediators released during an anaphylactic episode. In contrast, antihistamines block only 1 mediator, while mediators other than histamine can be responsible for severe events and deaths.12,13
It is crucial that epinephrine be given immediately, as delay has been associated with fatalities.14 In addition, guidelines recommend repeating epinephrine dosing after 5 to 15 minutes if the response to the first dose is suboptimal.1,2 From 16% to 36% of patients may need a second dose.15–18 Therefore, many physicians recommend that patients at risk of anaphylaxis keep not 1 but 2 epinephrine autoinjectors on hand at all times, and so say the US guidelines for the management of anaphylaxis.19
WHO SHOULD CARRY AN EPINEPHRINE AUTOINJECTOR?
All published guidelines recommend epinephrine as the drug of choice for anaphylaxis. And an epinephrine autoinjector is indicated for anyone who has experienced an anaphylactic event or is at risk of one, and these patients should carry it with them at all times. Such individuals include those with food allergy or Hymenoptera hypersensitivity.
Food allergy
The foods that most often cause anaphylaxis are peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish, milk, and eggs, but any food can cause a reaction.
The prevalence of food allergy has increased over time, and treatments are limited. Some food desensitization protocols look promising but are still in the research stages. The best treatment at this time is to avoid the offending food, but there are accidental exposures.
Hymenoptera hypersensitivity
Patients who have had anaphylaxis after being stung by insects such as bees, wasps, yellow-faced hornets, white-faced hornets, yellow jackets, and fire ants should be evaluated by an allergist. Skin testing and serum IgE testing helps properly diagnose Hymenoptera hypersensitivity.
Once the diagnosis is confirmed, venom immunotherapy should be considered. Some patients choose only to carry an epinephrine autoinjector and to avoid these insects as much as possible. However, most patients also choose to receive venom immunotherapy, because 80% to 90% of those who receive this treatment for 3 to 5 years do not have a systemic reaction if they are stung again.20
Regardless of whether they choose to undergo immunotherapy, sensitive patients should always carry an epinephrine autoinjector. This is also the case after treatment ends, since the therapy is not 100% effective.
PATIENTS FOR WHOM THE NEED MAY BE LESS CLEAR
In other patients who may be at increased risk, the mandate for an epinephrine autoinjector is less clear, and the decision to carry one is determined on an individual basis. Such individuals are those receiving allergen immunotherapy, with large local reactions to insect stings, with oral allergy syndrome, with mastocytosis, and with drug allergy. In these cases, the benefit vs the burden of carrying an autoinjector should be discussed with the patient.
Patients on allergen immunotherapy
National guidelines recommend that all patients who receive allergen immunotherapy be monitored in the clinic under a physician’s supervision for 30 minutes after the injection. Fortunately, life-threatening reactions occurring after 30 minutes are rare. But delayed systemic reactions can occur and may account for up to 50% of such events.21
Therefore, many physicians consider it prudent for patients on immunotherapy to carry an epinephrine autoinjector, but there is no consensus. A survey22 found that 13.5% of allergists did not prescribe the autoinjector for patients on immunotherapy, while 33.3% prescribed it for all their patients on immunotherapy, and the rest prescribed based on risk.
Since there are no national guidelines on epinephrine autoinjectors for patients on immunotherapy, the decision should be based on the patient’s risks and comorbidities and informed by discussion between the individual patient and his or her allergist.
Patients with large local reactions to insect stings
From 5% to 10% of patients who have large local reactions to insect stings are at risk of systemic reactions.20
Patients with oral allergy syndrome
Oral allergy syndrome, also known as pollen-food allergy, causes itching and mild swelling of the mouth, lips, and throat after eating fresh fruits and vegetables. The prevalence ranges from 2% to 10% of patients with allergies.23
A survey of allergists found that 20% of patients with oral allergy syndrome had experienced systemic symptoms.24 The survey also showed that the decision to prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector to these patients was highly variable. Only about 30% of allergists recommend epinephrine autoinjectors to patients with oral allergy syndrome, while most believe that the decision should be based on the individual’s symptoms and risk.
More research is needed in the area of food allergy. Because data are limited, there are no national guidelines on whether these patients should carry an epinephrine autoinjector. We agree with the Joint Task Force on Practice Parameters14 recommendation that the decision be made on an individual basis following discussion between the patient and physician.
Patients with mastocytosis
Patients with mastocytosis and a history of anaphylaxis are at increased risk for systemic reactions to Hymenoptera venom.
Patients with medication allergy
Once medication allergy has been diagnosed, avoidance is usually effective, obviating the need for an epinephrine autoinjector, although the physician has the option of prescribing one.
CAUTIONS, NOT CONTRAINDICATIONS
Physicians may be reluctant to prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector because of the risk of an adverse reaction in patients with hypertension, coronary artery disease, or arrhythmias, and in elderly patients taking multiple drugs, especially drugs that can interact with epinephrine. Nevertheless, there is no absolute contraindication to the use of epinephrine in anaphylaxis.
In patients with atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease
Epinephrine increases vasoconstriction, heart rate, and cardiac force of contraction. These effects are beneficial during anaphylaxis, but in rare cases patients have experienced myocardial infarction and acute coronary syndrome after receiving intravenous epinephrine.25 These incidents have naturally prompted reluctance to prescribe it in susceptible patients with coronary disease during anaphylaxis.
Yet epinephrine may not be solely to blame for these adverse responses. Mast cells are abundant in the heart, and their release of mediators can also result in adverse cardiac manifestations, including myocardial infarction.26
Conversely, some drugs used to treat cardiovascular disease can worsen anaphylaxis.
Beta-blockers can cause bronchospasm and decrease cardiac contractility. They can also blunt the pharmacologic effects of epinephrine. There is concern that epinephrine may produce dangerous elevations of blood pressure in patients taking beta-blockers by unopposed alpha-adrenergic stimulation and reflex vagotonic effects.27 And there is evidence that beta-blockers may increase the risk and severity of reactions. One study reported that patients taking beta-blockers are more than 8 times more likely to be hospitalized due to anaphylactoid reaction with bronchospasm.28
Beta-blockers and, to a lesser extent, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors have been shown to increase the risk of anaphylaxis in the emergency department.29,30 However, some investigators have not found beta-blockers to be a risk factor. A study evaluating anaphylactoid reactions from contrast media found no statistically significant higher risk in patients taking beta-blockers.31 Similarly, a study of 3,178 patients on beta-blockers receiving venom immunotherapy or allergen immunotherapy found no increase in the frequency of systemic reactions.32 Nevertheless, overall, more studies support the hypothesis that beta-blockers may be an additional risk factor in anaphylaxis.33
Thus, clinicians treating patients with cardiovascular disease and anaphylaxis face a dilemma. Although there is concern in this population, epinephrine should not be withheld in patients with cardiovascular disease who are experiencing an anaphylactic event.33 If epinephrine is not administered, the patient could die.
Elderly patients on multiple medications
Older patients are also at risk of anaphylaxis. But clinicians are reluctant to treat older patients with epinephrine because of concerns about adverse effects.
Epinephrine dispensing rates vary substantially in different age groups: 1.44% for patients under age 17, 0.9% for those ages 17 to 64, and 0.32% for those age 65 or older.34 A Canadian study of 492 patients with anaphylaxis in the emergency department showed that those over age 50 received epinephrine less often than younger patients (36.1% vs 60.5%).35 Cardiovascular complications were more frequent in the older group, occurring in 4 (9.1%) of the 44 older patients who received epinephrine compared with 1 (0.4%) of the 225 younger patients who received it. On the other hand, the rate of adverse effects from subcutaneous epinephrine was no different in older asthma patients compared with younger patients.36
Many older patients take multiple medications, raising concern about adverse effects. Commonly prescribed medications in the elderly can affect the actions of epinephrine. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors retard the catabolism of epinephrine. Tricyclic antidepressants may decrease the reuptake of catecholamines by neurons and thus interfere with the degradation of epinephrine. Digoxin has a narrow therapeutic window and can potentially increase the risk of arrhythmias when given with epinephrine.
Although the clinician must be cautious in treating older patients who have comorbidities, these are not sufficient to withhold prescribing an epinephrine autoinjector to elderly patients at risk of anaphylaxis.
INJECTOR OPTIONS
Epinephrine autoinjectors come preloaded for prompt delivery of the drug. They are intended primarily for use by patients themselves in unsupervised settings in suspected anaphylaxis. Simplicity of use and safety must be considered in such a setting so that patients can use the device correctly and are not incorrectly dosed.
Several models are commercially available, with different ergonomic designs and sizes. EpiPen, the first one marketed in the United States, was introduced in 1987. One device (Auvi-Q) contains an audio chip that gives step-by-step instructions at the time of use. It is hoped that this device will reduce errors in usage during this stressful time for patients and caregivers.
In the United States, epinephrine autoinjectors contain either 0.15 or 0.30 mg of the drug, but some clinicians believe this may not be enough. The UK Resuscitation Council recommends 0.50 mg for patients over age 12,37 and an epinephrine autoinjector with that dose is available in Europe.
Subcutaneous vs intramuscular delivery
The package insert for some epinephrine autoinjectors says the injector can be used to treat anaphylaxis by both subcutaneous and intramuscular administration. However, the routes are not equivalent.
The goal in anaphylaxis is to quickly achieve high tissue and plasma epinephrine concentrations, and studies have found that injection into the vastus lateralis muscle, but not the deltoid muscle, results in faster time to peak plasma concentration: 8 minutes for injection in the vastus lateralis muscle and 34 minutes for subcutaneous delivery.10,11 In addition, injection in the vastus lateralis muscle results in a higher peak plasma concentration than the subcutaneous or deltoid route. Based on these data, intramuscular injection into the vastus lateralis muscle in the thigh appears to be the preferred route of administration of epinephrine.
Obese patients may need a longer needle
Research on the original autoinjector was conducted by the US military, which wanted a rapidly effective and easy-to-use antidote for battlefield exposure to poison gas. The resulting device had 2 separate spring-loaded syringes, 1 containing pralidoxime chloride and the other atropine sulfate. To enable its use through the thick fabric of a chemical warfare suit, the needles were 2.2 cm long.
The first commercial autoinjector to contain epinephrine was made by Survival Technology (Bethesda, MD) in the mid-1970s. The manufacturer considered a 2.2-cm needle to be too long, and the first commercially available epinephrine autoinjector, EpiPen, had a 1.43-cm needle for adult use.
Since then, needle lengths have ranged from 1.17 to 2.5 cm to accommodate different skin-to-muscle depths, with shorter needles for children and longer needles for obese adults.38
However, the prevalence of obesity is high and continues to rise.39 Obesity raises concern that the needles in epinephrine autoinjectors may be too short for the preferred intramuscular delivery, resulting in subcutaneous deposition.
A study that used computed tomography of the thigh found that 1 (2%) of 50 men and 21 (42%) of 50 women studied had a subcutaneous tissue depth greater than 1.43 cm, the needle length in EpiPen. These were not anaphylaxis patients, but the findings suggest that many patients—especially women—may be getting subcutaneous instead of intramuscular delivery with this device.40
Another study that used ultrasonography showed that the 1.43-cm EpiPen needle was too short for 36 (31%) of 116 adults.41 Women were 6.4 times more likely than men to encounter this problem. Other risk factors include higher body mass index, short height, and thicker thighs.
Emerade, an injector with a 2.5-cm needle, is available in some European countries. A longer needle may be helpful in some cases. but we do not yet have enough data to determine the optimal needle length.
Conversely, some children may need shorter needles and may in fact be at risk of having the needle penetrate bone.42 The US Food and Drug Administration recently approved a shorter needle for an epinephrine autoinjector (Auvi-Q) to be used in children weighing 7.5 kg to 15 kg.
BARRIERS TO USING EPINEPHRINE AUTOINJECTORS
Many patients do not use their epinephrine autoinjector in times of anaphylaxis or do not have one with them. Common reasons cited by respondents in a survey43 of 1,385 patients included the following:
They took an oral antihistamine instead (38%).
They never received a prescription for an epinephrine autoinjector (28%).
They thought their symptoms were mild and would resolve with time (13%).
They were afraid (6%). There are reports of accidental injection, typically into fingers, hands, and thumbs. Fortunately, most accidental injections do not require a hand surgeon evaluation or surgery.44 Conservative therapy and monitoring of the injection site are sufficient in most cases.
They could not afford an epinephrine autoinjector (1%).43 Mylan Pharmaceuticals infamously increased the price of its EpiPen to more than $600 for a package of 2 pens. Generic devices are available in the United States but are still too expensive for some patients and are cumbersome to carry.
However, even expensive epinephrine autoinjectors may be cost-effective. Epidemiologic studies have found that patients who did not use an epinephrine autoinjector incurred a higher burden of cost due to emergency department visits and inpatient hospitalizations.45
As a do-it-yourself option, some resourceful patients are obtaining autoinjectors intended for insulin injection, replacing the needle, and filling the injector with epinephrine, at a cost of about $30. (The manufacturer does not endorse this off-label use of their device—www.owenmumford.com/us/patients/if-you-need-to-inject.) Least costly of all is to prescribe multidose vials of epinephrine and regular syringes and teach patients and their caregivers how to draw up the proper dose and give themselves an injection—in essence going back to what was done before 1987.
It was past its expiration date (2%).43 Failure to refill the prescription is common. A California Kaiser Permanente study46 showed that only 46% of patients refilled their epinephrine autoinjector prescription at least once, and the refill rate decreased over time: 43% at 1 to 2 year follow-up, 35% at 3 to 4 years, and 30% at 5 years or longer. Based on these data, it is imperative to educate patients regarding the importance of replacing the epinephrine autoinjector when the old one expires.
NEED FOR PATIENT EDUCATION
Even though prompt treatment with epinephrine decreases fatalities, it continues to be underused in the community. In addition, it is often prescribed without adequate training in its use and appropriate emphasis on the need to keep the device on hand at all times and to replace it in a timely manner if it is used or has expired. Physicians need to educate patients on how to avoid triggers and how to recognize symptoms of anaphylaxis whenever they prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector.
- Simons FE, Ardusso LR, Bilò MB, et al. International consensus on (ICON) anaphylaxis. World Allergy Organ J 2014; 7(1):9. doi:10.1186/1939-4551-7-9
- NIAID-Sponsored Expert Panel; Boyce JA, Assa’ad A, Burks AW, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of food allergy in the United States: report of the NIAID-sponsored expert panel. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2010; 126(6 suppl):S1–S58. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.10.007
- Burks AW, Tang M, Sicherer S, et al. ICON: food allergy. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2012; 129(4):906–920. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2012.02.001
- Lieberman P, Carmago CA Jr, Bohlke K, et al. Epidemiology of anaphylaxis: findings of the American College of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology. Epidemiology of Anaphylaxis Working Group. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2006; 97(5):596–602. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)61086-1
- Kemp SF, Lockey RF, Simons FE; World Allergy Organization ad hoc Committee on Epinephrine in Anaphylaxis. Epinephrine: the drug of choice for anaphylaxis—a statement of the World Allergy Organization. World Allergy Organ J 2008; 1(suppl 7):S18–S26. doi:10.1097/WOX.0b013e31817c9338
- Jones DH, Romero FA, Casale TB. Time-dependent inhibition of histamine-induced cutaneous responses by oral and intramuscular diphenhydramine and oral fexofenadine. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2008; 100(5):452–456. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)60470-X
- Pumphrey RS. Lessons for management of anaphylaxis from a study of fatal reactions. Clin Exp Allerg 2000; 30(8):1144–1150. pmid:10931122
- Runge JW, Martinez JC, Caravati EM, Williamson SG, Hartsell SC. Histamine antagonists in the treatment of acute allergic reactions. Ann Emerg Med 1992; 21:237–242. pmid:1536481
- Sheikh A, Simons FE, Barbour V, Worth A. Adrenaline auto-injectors for the treatment of anaphylaxis with and without cardiovascular collapse in the community. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012; (8):CD008935. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD008935.pub2
- Simons FE, Gu X, Simons KJ. Epinephrine absorption in adults: intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2001; 108(5):871–873. doi:10.1067/mai.2001.119409
- Simons FE, Roberts JR, Gu X, Simons KJ. Epinephrine absorption in children with a history of anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1998; 101(1 pt 1):33–37. doi:10.1016/S0091-6749(98)70190-3
- Vadas P. The platelet-activating factor pathway in food allergy and anaphylaxis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2016; 117(5):455–457. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2016.05.003
- Stone SF, Brown SG. Mediators released during human anaphylaxis. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2012; 12(1):33–41. doi:10.1007/s11882-011-0231-6
- Lieberman P, Nicklas RA, Oppenheimer J, et al. The diagnosis and management of anaphylaxis practice parameter: 2010 update. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2010; 126(3):477–480.e1–e42. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.06.022
- Kemp SF, Lockey RF, Simons FE; World Allergy Organization ad hoc Committee on Epinephrine in Anaphylaxis. Epinephrine: the drug of choice for anaphylaxis. A statement of the World Allergy Organization. Allergy 2008; 63(8):1061–1070. doi:10.1111/j.1398-9995.2008.01733.x
- Oren E, Banderji A, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr. Food-induced anaphylaxis and repeated epinephrine treatments. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2007; 99(5):429–432. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)60568-6
- Uguz A, Lack G, Pumphrey R, et al. Allergic reactions in the community: a questionnaire survey of members of the anaphylaxis campaign. Clin Exp Allergy 2005; 35(6):746–750. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2222.2005.02257.x
- Kelso JM. A second dose of epinephrine for anaphylaxis: how often needed and how to carry. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2006; 117(2):464–465. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2005.11.015
- Lieberman P, Nicklas RA, Randolph C, et al. Anaphylaxis—a practice parameter update 2015. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2015; 115(5):341–384. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2015.07.019
- Golden BK, Demain J, Freeman T, et al. Stinging insect hypersensitivity: a practice parameter update 2016. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2017; 118(1):28–54. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2016.10.031
- Cox L, Nelson H, Lockey R, et al. Allergen immunotherapy: a practice parameter third update. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2011; 127(suppl 1):S1–S55. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.09.034
- Gupta P, Gerrish PK, Silverman B, Schneider A. Current practices among allergists on writing self-injectable epinephrine prescriptions for immunotherapy patients. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2012; 129(2):571–572.e1-e2. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2011.09.033
- Ortolani C, Pastorello EA, Farioli L, et al. IgE-mediated allergy from vegetable allergens. Ann Allergy 1993; 71:470–476. pmid: 8250353
- Ma S, Shcherer SH, Nowak-Wegrzyn A. A survey on the management of pollen food allergy syndrome in allergy practices. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2003;112:784–788. doi:10.1016/S0091-6749(03)02008-6
- Shaver KJ, Adams C, Weiss SJ. Acute myocardial infarction after administration of low dose intravenous epinephrine for anaphylaxis. CJEM 2006; 8(4):289–294. pmid:17324313
- Triggiani M, Patella V, Staiano RI, Granata F, Marone G. Allergy and the cardiovascular system. Clin Exp Immunol 2008; 153(suppl 1):7–11. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2249.2008.03714.x
- Gilman AG, Rail TW, Nies AS, Taylor P, eds. Goodman and Gilman’s the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. 8th ed. New York, NY: Pergamon Press; 1990.
- Lang DM, Alpern MB, Visintainer PF, Smith ST. Increased risk for anaphylactoid reaction from contrast media in patients on beta-adrenergic blockers or with asthma. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115(14):270–276. pmid:1677239
- Nassiri M, Babina M, Dölle S, Edenharter G, Ruëff F, Worm M. Ramipril and metoprolol intake aggravate human and murine anaphylaxis: evidence for direct mast cell priming. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2015; 135(2):491–499. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2014.09.004
- Lee S, Hess EP, Nestler DM, et al. Antihypertensive medication use is associated with increased organ system involvement and hospitalization in emergency department patients with anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2013; 131(4):1103–1108. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2013.01.011
- Greenberger PA, Meyers SN, Kramer BL, Kramer BL. Effects of beta-adrenergic and calcium antagonists on the development of anaphylactoid reactions from radiographic contrast media during cardiac angiography. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1987; 80(5):698–702. pmid:2890682
- Hepner MJ, Ownby DR, Anderson JA, Rowe MS, Sears-Ewald D, Brown EB. Risk of systemic reactions in patients taking beta-blocker drugs receiving allergen immunotherapy injections. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1990; 86(3 pt 1):407–411. pmid:1976666
- Lieberman P, Simons FE. Anaphylaxis and cardiovascular disease: therapeutic dilemmas. Clin Exp Allergy 2015; 45(8):1288–1295. doi:10.1111/cea.12520
- Simons FE, Peterson S, Black CD. Epinephrine dispensing patterns for an out-of-hospital population: a novel approach to studying the epidemiology of anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2002; 110(4):647–651. pmid:12373275
- Kawano T, Scheuermeyer FX, Stenstrom R, Rowe BH, Grafstein E, Grunau B. Epinephrine use in older patients with anaphylaxis: clinical outcomes and cardiovascular complications. Resuscitation 2017; 112:53–58. doi:10.1016/j.resuscitation.2016.12.020
- Cydulka R, Davison R, Grammer L, Parker M, Mathews J 4th. The use of epinephrine in the treatment of older adult asthmatics. Ann Emerg Med 1988; 17(4):322–326. pmid:3354935
- Soar J, Pumphrey R, Cant A, et al; Working Group of the Resuscitation Council (UK). Emergency treatment of anaphylactic reactions—guidelines for healthcare providers. Resuscitation 2008; 77(2):157–169. doi:10.1016/j.resuscitation.2008.02.001
- Dreborg S, Wen X, Kim L, et al. Do epinephrine auto-injectors have an unsuitable needle length in children and adolescents at risk for anaphylaxis from food allergy? Allergy Asthma Clin Immunol 2016; 12:11. doi:10.1186/s13223-016-0110-8
- Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Kit BK, Flegal KM. Prevalence of childhood and adult obesity in the United States, 2011–2012. JAMA 2014; 311(8):806–814. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.732
- Song TT, Nelson MR, Chang JH, Engler RJ, Chowdhury BA. Adequacy of the epinephrine autoinjector needle length in delivering epinephrine to the intramuscular tissues. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2005; 94(5):539–542. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)61130-1
- Bhalla MC, Gable BD, Frey JA, Reichenbach MR, Wilber ST. Predictors of epinephrine autoinjector needle length inadequacy. Am J Emerg Med 2013; 31(12):1671–1676. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2013.09.001
- Kim H, Dinakar C, McInnis P, et al. Inadequacy of current pediatric epinephrine autoinjector needle length for use in infants and toddlers. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2017; 118(6):719–725.e1. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2017.03.017
- Simons FE, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr. Anaphylaxis in the community: learning from the survivors. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2009; 124(2):301–306. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2009.03.050
- Muck AE, Bebarta VS, Borys DJ, Morgan DL. Six years of epinephrine digital injections: absence of significant local or systemic effects. Ann Emerg Med 2010; 56(3):270–274. doi:10.1016/j.annemergmed.2010.02.019
- Fleming JT, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr, Rudders SA. Early treatment of food-induced anaphylaxis with epinephrine is associated with a lower risk of hospitalization. J Allergy Clin Immunol Pract 2015; 3(1):57–62. doi:10.1016/j.jaip.2014.07.004
- Kaplan MS, Jung SY, Chiang ML. Epinephrine autoinjector refill history in an HMO. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2011; 11(1):65–70. doi:10.1007/s11882-010-0155-6
Anaphylaxis is potentially fatal but can be prevented if the trigger is identified and avoided, and death can be avoided if episodes are treated promptly.
A consensus definition of anaphylaxis has been difficult to achieve, with slight variations among international guidelines. The World Allergy Organization classifies anaphylaxis as immunologic, nonimmunologic, or idiopathic.1 The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases and the Food Allergy and Anaphylaxis Network highlight clinical symptoms and criteria.2 The International Consensus on Food Allergy describes reactions as being immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated, cell-mediated, or a combination of the 2 mechanisms.3
Despite the subtle differences in these definitions, all 3 international organizations have a common recommendation for anaphylaxis: once it is diagnosed, epinephrine is the treatment of choice.
EPINEPHRINE IS THE TREATMENT OF CHOICE FOR ANAPHYLAXIS
Anaphylaxis commonly results from exposure to foods, medications, and Hymenoptera venom.4 Avoiding triggers is key in preventing anaphylaxis but is not always possible.
Although epinephrine is the cornerstone of the emergency treatment of anaphylaxis, many patients instead receive antihistamines and corticosteroids as initial therapy. Some take these medications on their own, and some receive them in emergency departments and outpatient clinics.5
Diphenhydramine, a histamine 1 receptor antagonist, is often used as a first-line medication. But diphenhydramine has a slow onset of action, taking 80 minutes after an oral dose to suppress a histamine-induced cutaneous flare by 50%, and taking 52 minutes with intramuscular administration.6 Corticosteroids also have a slow onset of action. These drugs cannot prevent death in anaphylaxis, a condition in which the median time to respiratory or cardiac arrest is 30 minutes after ingestion of food, 15 minutes after envenomation, and 5 minutes after iatrogenic reactions.7
Combination therapy with diphenhydramine and a histamine 2 receptor antagonist (eg, cimetidine, famotidine) is also commonly used,8 but this combination offers no advantage in terms of onset of action, and a Cochrane review could find no definitive evidence for or against the use of histamine 2 receptor antagonists.9
Because of their slow onset of action, all of these should be second-line therapies, given after epinephrine. Epinephrine is the first line of treatment because it has a maximal pharmacokinetic effect (time to maximal peak serum level) within 10 minutes of intramuscular injection into the thigh.10,11
In addition, epinephrine acts on numerous receptors to antagonize the multiple pathologic effects of the mediators released during an anaphylactic episode. In contrast, antihistamines block only 1 mediator, while mediators other than histamine can be responsible for severe events and deaths.12,13
It is crucial that epinephrine be given immediately, as delay has been associated with fatalities.14 In addition, guidelines recommend repeating epinephrine dosing after 5 to 15 minutes if the response to the first dose is suboptimal.1,2 From 16% to 36% of patients may need a second dose.15–18 Therefore, many physicians recommend that patients at risk of anaphylaxis keep not 1 but 2 epinephrine autoinjectors on hand at all times, and so say the US guidelines for the management of anaphylaxis.19
WHO SHOULD CARRY AN EPINEPHRINE AUTOINJECTOR?
All published guidelines recommend epinephrine as the drug of choice for anaphylaxis. And an epinephrine autoinjector is indicated for anyone who has experienced an anaphylactic event or is at risk of one, and these patients should carry it with them at all times. Such individuals include those with food allergy or Hymenoptera hypersensitivity.
Food allergy
The foods that most often cause anaphylaxis are peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish, milk, and eggs, but any food can cause a reaction.
The prevalence of food allergy has increased over time, and treatments are limited. Some food desensitization protocols look promising but are still in the research stages. The best treatment at this time is to avoid the offending food, but there are accidental exposures.
Hymenoptera hypersensitivity
Patients who have had anaphylaxis after being stung by insects such as bees, wasps, yellow-faced hornets, white-faced hornets, yellow jackets, and fire ants should be evaluated by an allergist. Skin testing and serum IgE testing helps properly diagnose Hymenoptera hypersensitivity.
Once the diagnosis is confirmed, venom immunotherapy should be considered. Some patients choose only to carry an epinephrine autoinjector and to avoid these insects as much as possible. However, most patients also choose to receive venom immunotherapy, because 80% to 90% of those who receive this treatment for 3 to 5 years do not have a systemic reaction if they are stung again.20
Regardless of whether they choose to undergo immunotherapy, sensitive patients should always carry an epinephrine autoinjector. This is also the case after treatment ends, since the therapy is not 100% effective.
PATIENTS FOR WHOM THE NEED MAY BE LESS CLEAR
In other patients who may be at increased risk, the mandate for an epinephrine autoinjector is less clear, and the decision to carry one is determined on an individual basis. Such individuals are those receiving allergen immunotherapy, with large local reactions to insect stings, with oral allergy syndrome, with mastocytosis, and with drug allergy. In these cases, the benefit vs the burden of carrying an autoinjector should be discussed with the patient.
Patients on allergen immunotherapy
National guidelines recommend that all patients who receive allergen immunotherapy be monitored in the clinic under a physician’s supervision for 30 minutes after the injection. Fortunately, life-threatening reactions occurring after 30 minutes are rare. But delayed systemic reactions can occur and may account for up to 50% of such events.21
Therefore, many physicians consider it prudent for patients on immunotherapy to carry an epinephrine autoinjector, but there is no consensus. A survey22 found that 13.5% of allergists did not prescribe the autoinjector for patients on immunotherapy, while 33.3% prescribed it for all their patients on immunotherapy, and the rest prescribed based on risk.
Since there are no national guidelines on epinephrine autoinjectors for patients on immunotherapy, the decision should be based on the patient’s risks and comorbidities and informed by discussion between the individual patient and his or her allergist.
Patients with large local reactions to insect stings
From 5% to 10% of patients who have large local reactions to insect stings are at risk of systemic reactions.20
Patients with oral allergy syndrome
Oral allergy syndrome, also known as pollen-food allergy, causes itching and mild swelling of the mouth, lips, and throat after eating fresh fruits and vegetables. The prevalence ranges from 2% to 10% of patients with allergies.23
A survey of allergists found that 20% of patients with oral allergy syndrome had experienced systemic symptoms.24 The survey also showed that the decision to prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector to these patients was highly variable. Only about 30% of allergists recommend epinephrine autoinjectors to patients with oral allergy syndrome, while most believe that the decision should be based on the individual’s symptoms and risk.
More research is needed in the area of food allergy. Because data are limited, there are no national guidelines on whether these patients should carry an epinephrine autoinjector. We agree with the Joint Task Force on Practice Parameters14 recommendation that the decision be made on an individual basis following discussion between the patient and physician.
Patients with mastocytosis
Patients with mastocytosis and a history of anaphylaxis are at increased risk for systemic reactions to Hymenoptera venom.
Patients with medication allergy
Once medication allergy has been diagnosed, avoidance is usually effective, obviating the need for an epinephrine autoinjector, although the physician has the option of prescribing one.
CAUTIONS, NOT CONTRAINDICATIONS
Physicians may be reluctant to prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector because of the risk of an adverse reaction in patients with hypertension, coronary artery disease, or arrhythmias, and in elderly patients taking multiple drugs, especially drugs that can interact with epinephrine. Nevertheless, there is no absolute contraindication to the use of epinephrine in anaphylaxis.
In patients with atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease
Epinephrine increases vasoconstriction, heart rate, and cardiac force of contraction. These effects are beneficial during anaphylaxis, but in rare cases patients have experienced myocardial infarction and acute coronary syndrome after receiving intravenous epinephrine.25 These incidents have naturally prompted reluctance to prescribe it in susceptible patients with coronary disease during anaphylaxis.
Yet epinephrine may not be solely to blame for these adverse responses. Mast cells are abundant in the heart, and their release of mediators can also result in adverse cardiac manifestations, including myocardial infarction.26
Conversely, some drugs used to treat cardiovascular disease can worsen anaphylaxis.
Beta-blockers can cause bronchospasm and decrease cardiac contractility. They can also blunt the pharmacologic effects of epinephrine. There is concern that epinephrine may produce dangerous elevations of blood pressure in patients taking beta-blockers by unopposed alpha-adrenergic stimulation and reflex vagotonic effects.27 And there is evidence that beta-blockers may increase the risk and severity of reactions. One study reported that patients taking beta-blockers are more than 8 times more likely to be hospitalized due to anaphylactoid reaction with bronchospasm.28
Beta-blockers and, to a lesser extent, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors have been shown to increase the risk of anaphylaxis in the emergency department.29,30 However, some investigators have not found beta-blockers to be a risk factor. A study evaluating anaphylactoid reactions from contrast media found no statistically significant higher risk in patients taking beta-blockers.31 Similarly, a study of 3,178 patients on beta-blockers receiving venom immunotherapy or allergen immunotherapy found no increase in the frequency of systemic reactions.32 Nevertheless, overall, more studies support the hypothesis that beta-blockers may be an additional risk factor in anaphylaxis.33
Thus, clinicians treating patients with cardiovascular disease and anaphylaxis face a dilemma. Although there is concern in this population, epinephrine should not be withheld in patients with cardiovascular disease who are experiencing an anaphylactic event.33 If epinephrine is not administered, the patient could die.
Elderly patients on multiple medications
Older patients are also at risk of anaphylaxis. But clinicians are reluctant to treat older patients with epinephrine because of concerns about adverse effects.
Epinephrine dispensing rates vary substantially in different age groups: 1.44% for patients under age 17, 0.9% for those ages 17 to 64, and 0.32% for those age 65 or older.34 A Canadian study of 492 patients with anaphylaxis in the emergency department showed that those over age 50 received epinephrine less often than younger patients (36.1% vs 60.5%).35 Cardiovascular complications were more frequent in the older group, occurring in 4 (9.1%) of the 44 older patients who received epinephrine compared with 1 (0.4%) of the 225 younger patients who received it. On the other hand, the rate of adverse effects from subcutaneous epinephrine was no different in older asthma patients compared with younger patients.36
Many older patients take multiple medications, raising concern about adverse effects. Commonly prescribed medications in the elderly can affect the actions of epinephrine. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors retard the catabolism of epinephrine. Tricyclic antidepressants may decrease the reuptake of catecholamines by neurons and thus interfere with the degradation of epinephrine. Digoxin has a narrow therapeutic window and can potentially increase the risk of arrhythmias when given with epinephrine.
Although the clinician must be cautious in treating older patients who have comorbidities, these are not sufficient to withhold prescribing an epinephrine autoinjector to elderly patients at risk of anaphylaxis.
INJECTOR OPTIONS
Epinephrine autoinjectors come preloaded for prompt delivery of the drug. They are intended primarily for use by patients themselves in unsupervised settings in suspected anaphylaxis. Simplicity of use and safety must be considered in such a setting so that patients can use the device correctly and are not incorrectly dosed.
Several models are commercially available, with different ergonomic designs and sizes. EpiPen, the first one marketed in the United States, was introduced in 1987. One device (Auvi-Q) contains an audio chip that gives step-by-step instructions at the time of use. It is hoped that this device will reduce errors in usage during this stressful time for patients and caregivers.
In the United States, epinephrine autoinjectors contain either 0.15 or 0.30 mg of the drug, but some clinicians believe this may not be enough. The UK Resuscitation Council recommends 0.50 mg for patients over age 12,37 and an epinephrine autoinjector with that dose is available in Europe.
Subcutaneous vs intramuscular delivery
The package insert for some epinephrine autoinjectors says the injector can be used to treat anaphylaxis by both subcutaneous and intramuscular administration. However, the routes are not equivalent.
The goal in anaphylaxis is to quickly achieve high tissue and plasma epinephrine concentrations, and studies have found that injection into the vastus lateralis muscle, but not the deltoid muscle, results in faster time to peak plasma concentration: 8 minutes for injection in the vastus lateralis muscle and 34 minutes for subcutaneous delivery.10,11 In addition, injection in the vastus lateralis muscle results in a higher peak plasma concentration than the subcutaneous or deltoid route. Based on these data, intramuscular injection into the vastus lateralis muscle in the thigh appears to be the preferred route of administration of epinephrine.
Obese patients may need a longer needle
Research on the original autoinjector was conducted by the US military, which wanted a rapidly effective and easy-to-use antidote for battlefield exposure to poison gas. The resulting device had 2 separate spring-loaded syringes, 1 containing pralidoxime chloride and the other atropine sulfate. To enable its use through the thick fabric of a chemical warfare suit, the needles were 2.2 cm long.
The first commercial autoinjector to contain epinephrine was made by Survival Technology (Bethesda, MD) in the mid-1970s. The manufacturer considered a 2.2-cm needle to be too long, and the first commercially available epinephrine autoinjector, EpiPen, had a 1.43-cm needle for adult use.
Since then, needle lengths have ranged from 1.17 to 2.5 cm to accommodate different skin-to-muscle depths, with shorter needles for children and longer needles for obese adults.38
However, the prevalence of obesity is high and continues to rise.39 Obesity raises concern that the needles in epinephrine autoinjectors may be too short for the preferred intramuscular delivery, resulting in subcutaneous deposition.
A study that used computed tomography of the thigh found that 1 (2%) of 50 men and 21 (42%) of 50 women studied had a subcutaneous tissue depth greater than 1.43 cm, the needle length in EpiPen. These were not anaphylaxis patients, but the findings suggest that many patients—especially women—may be getting subcutaneous instead of intramuscular delivery with this device.40
Another study that used ultrasonography showed that the 1.43-cm EpiPen needle was too short for 36 (31%) of 116 adults.41 Women were 6.4 times more likely than men to encounter this problem. Other risk factors include higher body mass index, short height, and thicker thighs.
Emerade, an injector with a 2.5-cm needle, is available in some European countries. A longer needle may be helpful in some cases. but we do not yet have enough data to determine the optimal needle length.
Conversely, some children may need shorter needles and may in fact be at risk of having the needle penetrate bone.42 The US Food and Drug Administration recently approved a shorter needle for an epinephrine autoinjector (Auvi-Q) to be used in children weighing 7.5 kg to 15 kg.
BARRIERS TO USING EPINEPHRINE AUTOINJECTORS
Many patients do not use their epinephrine autoinjector in times of anaphylaxis or do not have one with them. Common reasons cited by respondents in a survey43 of 1,385 patients included the following:
They took an oral antihistamine instead (38%).
They never received a prescription for an epinephrine autoinjector (28%).
They thought their symptoms were mild and would resolve with time (13%).
They were afraid (6%). There are reports of accidental injection, typically into fingers, hands, and thumbs. Fortunately, most accidental injections do not require a hand surgeon evaluation or surgery.44 Conservative therapy and monitoring of the injection site are sufficient in most cases.
They could not afford an epinephrine autoinjector (1%).43 Mylan Pharmaceuticals infamously increased the price of its EpiPen to more than $600 for a package of 2 pens. Generic devices are available in the United States but are still too expensive for some patients and are cumbersome to carry.
However, even expensive epinephrine autoinjectors may be cost-effective. Epidemiologic studies have found that patients who did not use an epinephrine autoinjector incurred a higher burden of cost due to emergency department visits and inpatient hospitalizations.45
As a do-it-yourself option, some resourceful patients are obtaining autoinjectors intended for insulin injection, replacing the needle, and filling the injector with epinephrine, at a cost of about $30. (The manufacturer does not endorse this off-label use of their device—www.owenmumford.com/us/patients/if-you-need-to-inject.) Least costly of all is to prescribe multidose vials of epinephrine and regular syringes and teach patients and their caregivers how to draw up the proper dose and give themselves an injection—in essence going back to what was done before 1987.
It was past its expiration date (2%).43 Failure to refill the prescription is common. A California Kaiser Permanente study46 showed that only 46% of patients refilled their epinephrine autoinjector prescription at least once, and the refill rate decreased over time: 43% at 1 to 2 year follow-up, 35% at 3 to 4 years, and 30% at 5 years or longer. Based on these data, it is imperative to educate patients regarding the importance of replacing the epinephrine autoinjector when the old one expires.
NEED FOR PATIENT EDUCATION
Even though prompt treatment with epinephrine decreases fatalities, it continues to be underused in the community. In addition, it is often prescribed without adequate training in its use and appropriate emphasis on the need to keep the device on hand at all times and to replace it in a timely manner if it is used or has expired. Physicians need to educate patients on how to avoid triggers and how to recognize symptoms of anaphylaxis whenever they prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector.
Anaphylaxis is potentially fatal but can be prevented if the trigger is identified and avoided, and death can be avoided if episodes are treated promptly.
A consensus definition of anaphylaxis has been difficult to achieve, with slight variations among international guidelines. The World Allergy Organization classifies anaphylaxis as immunologic, nonimmunologic, or idiopathic.1 The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases and the Food Allergy and Anaphylaxis Network highlight clinical symptoms and criteria.2 The International Consensus on Food Allergy describes reactions as being immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated, cell-mediated, or a combination of the 2 mechanisms.3
Despite the subtle differences in these definitions, all 3 international organizations have a common recommendation for anaphylaxis: once it is diagnosed, epinephrine is the treatment of choice.
EPINEPHRINE IS THE TREATMENT OF CHOICE FOR ANAPHYLAXIS
Anaphylaxis commonly results from exposure to foods, medications, and Hymenoptera venom.4 Avoiding triggers is key in preventing anaphylaxis but is not always possible.
Although epinephrine is the cornerstone of the emergency treatment of anaphylaxis, many patients instead receive antihistamines and corticosteroids as initial therapy. Some take these medications on their own, and some receive them in emergency departments and outpatient clinics.5
Diphenhydramine, a histamine 1 receptor antagonist, is often used as a first-line medication. But diphenhydramine has a slow onset of action, taking 80 minutes after an oral dose to suppress a histamine-induced cutaneous flare by 50%, and taking 52 minutes with intramuscular administration.6 Corticosteroids also have a slow onset of action. These drugs cannot prevent death in anaphylaxis, a condition in which the median time to respiratory or cardiac arrest is 30 minutes after ingestion of food, 15 minutes after envenomation, and 5 minutes after iatrogenic reactions.7
Combination therapy with diphenhydramine and a histamine 2 receptor antagonist (eg, cimetidine, famotidine) is also commonly used,8 but this combination offers no advantage in terms of onset of action, and a Cochrane review could find no definitive evidence for or against the use of histamine 2 receptor antagonists.9
Because of their slow onset of action, all of these should be second-line therapies, given after epinephrine. Epinephrine is the first line of treatment because it has a maximal pharmacokinetic effect (time to maximal peak serum level) within 10 minutes of intramuscular injection into the thigh.10,11
In addition, epinephrine acts on numerous receptors to antagonize the multiple pathologic effects of the mediators released during an anaphylactic episode. In contrast, antihistamines block only 1 mediator, while mediators other than histamine can be responsible for severe events and deaths.12,13
It is crucial that epinephrine be given immediately, as delay has been associated with fatalities.14 In addition, guidelines recommend repeating epinephrine dosing after 5 to 15 minutes if the response to the first dose is suboptimal.1,2 From 16% to 36% of patients may need a second dose.15–18 Therefore, many physicians recommend that patients at risk of anaphylaxis keep not 1 but 2 epinephrine autoinjectors on hand at all times, and so say the US guidelines for the management of anaphylaxis.19
WHO SHOULD CARRY AN EPINEPHRINE AUTOINJECTOR?
All published guidelines recommend epinephrine as the drug of choice for anaphylaxis. And an epinephrine autoinjector is indicated for anyone who has experienced an anaphylactic event or is at risk of one, and these patients should carry it with them at all times. Such individuals include those with food allergy or Hymenoptera hypersensitivity.
Food allergy
The foods that most often cause anaphylaxis are peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish, milk, and eggs, but any food can cause a reaction.
The prevalence of food allergy has increased over time, and treatments are limited. Some food desensitization protocols look promising but are still in the research stages. The best treatment at this time is to avoid the offending food, but there are accidental exposures.
Hymenoptera hypersensitivity
Patients who have had anaphylaxis after being stung by insects such as bees, wasps, yellow-faced hornets, white-faced hornets, yellow jackets, and fire ants should be evaluated by an allergist. Skin testing and serum IgE testing helps properly diagnose Hymenoptera hypersensitivity.
Once the diagnosis is confirmed, venom immunotherapy should be considered. Some patients choose only to carry an epinephrine autoinjector and to avoid these insects as much as possible. However, most patients also choose to receive venom immunotherapy, because 80% to 90% of those who receive this treatment for 3 to 5 years do not have a systemic reaction if they are stung again.20
Regardless of whether they choose to undergo immunotherapy, sensitive patients should always carry an epinephrine autoinjector. This is also the case after treatment ends, since the therapy is not 100% effective.
PATIENTS FOR WHOM THE NEED MAY BE LESS CLEAR
In other patients who may be at increased risk, the mandate for an epinephrine autoinjector is less clear, and the decision to carry one is determined on an individual basis. Such individuals are those receiving allergen immunotherapy, with large local reactions to insect stings, with oral allergy syndrome, with mastocytosis, and with drug allergy. In these cases, the benefit vs the burden of carrying an autoinjector should be discussed with the patient.
Patients on allergen immunotherapy
National guidelines recommend that all patients who receive allergen immunotherapy be monitored in the clinic under a physician’s supervision for 30 minutes after the injection. Fortunately, life-threatening reactions occurring after 30 minutes are rare. But delayed systemic reactions can occur and may account for up to 50% of such events.21
Therefore, many physicians consider it prudent for patients on immunotherapy to carry an epinephrine autoinjector, but there is no consensus. A survey22 found that 13.5% of allergists did not prescribe the autoinjector for patients on immunotherapy, while 33.3% prescribed it for all their patients on immunotherapy, and the rest prescribed based on risk.
Since there are no national guidelines on epinephrine autoinjectors for patients on immunotherapy, the decision should be based on the patient’s risks and comorbidities and informed by discussion between the individual patient and his or her allergist.
Patients with large local reactions to insect stings
From 5% to 10% of patients who have large local reactions to insect stings are at risk of systemic reactions.20
Patients with oral allergy syndrome
Oral allergy syndrome, also known as pollen-food allergy, causes itching and mild swelling of the mouth, lips, and throat after eating fresh fruits and vegetables. The prevalence ranges from 2% to 10% of patients with allergies.23
A survey of allergists found that 20% of patients with oral allergy syndrome had experienced systemic symptoms.24 The survey also showed that the decision to prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector to these patients was highly variable. Only about 30% of allergists recommend epinephrine autoinjectors to patients with oral allergy syndrome, while most believe that the decision should be based on the individual’s symptoms and risk.
More research is needed in the area of food allergy. Because data are limited, there are no national guidelines on whether these patients should carry an epinephrine autoinjector. We agree with the Joint Task Force on Practice Parameters14 recommendation that the decision be made on an individual basis following discussion between the patient and physician.
Patients with mastocytosis
Patients with mastocytosis and a history of anaphylaxis are at increased risk for systemic reactions to Hymenoptera venom.
Patients with medication allergy
Once medication allergy has been diagnosed, avoidance is usually effective, obviating the need for an epinephrine autoinjector, although the physician has the option of prescribing one.
CAUTIONS, NOT CONTRAINDICATIONS
Physicians may be reluctant to prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector because of the risk of an adverse reaction in patients with hypertension, coronary artery disease, or arrhythmias, and in elderly patients taking multiple drugs, especially drugs that can interact with epinephrine. Nevertheless, there is no absolute contraindication to the use of epinephrine in anaphylaxis.
In patients with atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease
Epinephrine increases vasoconstriction, heart rate, and cardiac force of contraction. These effects are beneficial during anaphylaxis, but in rare cases patients have experienced myocardial infarction and acute coronary syndrome after receiving intravenous epinephrine.25 These incidents have naturally prompted reluctance to prescribe it in susceptible patients with coronary disease during anaphylaxis.
Yet epinephrine may not be solely to blame for these adverse responses. Mast cells are abundant in the heart, and their release of mediators can also result in adverse cardiac manifestations, including myocardial infarction.26
Conversely, some drugs used to treat cardiovascular disease can worsen anaphylaxis.
Beta-blockers can cause bronchospasm and decrease cardiac contractility. They can also blunt the pharmacologic effects of epinephrine. There is concern that epinephrine may produce dangerous elevations of blood pressure in patients taking beta-blockers by unopposed alpha-adrenergic stimulation and reflex vagotonic effects.27 And there is evidence that beta-blockers may increase the risk and severity of reactions. One study reported that patients taking beta-blockers are more than 8 times more likely to be hospitalized due to anaphylactoid reaction with bronchospasm.28
Beta-blockers and, to a lesser extent, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors have been shown to increase the risk of anaphylaxis in the emergency department.29,30 However, some investigators have not found beta-blockers to be a risk factor. A study evaluating anaphylactoid reactions from contrast media found no statistically significant higher risk in patients taking beta-blockers.31 Similarly, a study of 3,178 patients on beta-blockers receiving venom immunotherapy or allergen immunotherapy found no increase in the frequency of systemic reactions.32 Nevertheless, overall, more studies support the hypothesis that beta-blockers may be an additional risk factor in anaphylaxis.33
Thus, clinicians treating patients with cardiovascular disease and anaphylaxis face a dilemma. Although there is concern in this population, epinephrine should not be withheld in patients with cardiovascular disease who are experiencing an anaphylactic event.33 If epinephrine is not administered, the patient could die.
Elderly patients on multiple medications
Older patients are also at risk of anaphylaxis. But clinicians are reluctant to treat older patients with epinephrine because of concerns about adverse effects.
Epinephrine dispensing rates vary substantially in different age groups: 1.44% for patients under age 17, 0.9% for those ages 17 to 64, and 0.32% for those age 65 or older.34 A Canadian study of 492 patients with anaphylaxis in the emergency department showed that those over age 50 received epinephrine less often than younger patients (36.1% vs 60.5%).35 Cardiovascular complications were more frequent in the older group, occurring in 4 (9.1%) of the 44 older patients who received epinephrine compared with 1 (0.4%) of the 225 younger patients who received it. On the other hand, the rate of adverse effects from subcutaneous epinephrine was no different in older asthma patients compared with younger patients.36
Many older patients take multiple medications, raising concern about adverse effects. Commonly prescribed medications in the elderly can affect the actions of epinephrine. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors retard the catabolism of epinephrine. Tricyclic antidepressants may decrease the reuptake of catecholamines by neurons and thus interfere with the degradation of epinephrine. Digoxin has a narrow therapeutic window and can potentially increase the risk of arrhythmias when given with epinephrine.
Although the clinician must be cautious in treating older patients who have comorbidities, these are not sufficient to withhold prescribing an epinephrine autoinjector to elderly patients at risk of anaphylaxis.
INJECTOR OPTIONS
Epinephrine autoinjectors come preloaded for prompt delivery of the drug. They are intended primarily for use by patients themselves in unsupervised settings in suspected anaphylaxis. Simplicity of use and safety must be considered in such a setting so that patients can use the device correctly and are not incorrectly dosed.
Several models are commercially available, with different ergonomic designs and sizes. EpiPen, the first one marketed in the United States, was introduced in 1987. One device (Auvi-Q) contains an audio chip that gives step-by-step instructions at the time of use. It is hoped that this device will reduce errors in usage during this stressful time for patients and caregivers.
In the United States, epinephrine autoinjectors contain either 0.15 or 0.30 mg of the drug, but some clinicians believe this may not be enough. The UK Resuscitation Council recommends 0.50 mg for patients over age 12,37 and an epinephrine autoinjector with that dose is available in Europe.
Subcutaneous vs intramuscular delivery
The package insert for some epinephrine autoinjectors says the injector can be used to treat anaphylaxis by both subcutaneous and intramuscular administration. However, the routes are not equivalent.
The goal in anaphylaxis is to quickly achieve high tissue and plasma epinephrine concentrations, and studies have found that injection into the vastus lateralis muscle, but not the deltoid muscle, results in faster time to peak plasma concentration: 8 minutes for injection in the vastus lateralis muscle and 34 minutes for subcutaneous delivery.10,11 In addition, injection in the vastus lateralis muscle results in a higher peak plasma concentration than the subcutaneous or deltoid route. Based on these data, intramuscular injection into the vastus lateralis muscle in the thigh appears to be the preferred route of administration of epinephrine.
Obese patients may need a longer needle
Research on the original autoinjector was conducted by the US military, which wanted a rapidly effective and easy-to-use antidote for battlefield exposure to poison gas. The resulting device had 2 separate spring-loaded syringes, 1 containing pralidoxime chloride and the other atropine sulfate. To enable its use through the thick fabric of a chemical warfare suit, the needles were 2.2 cm long.
The first commercial autoinjector to contain epinephrine was made by Survival Technology (Bethesda, MD) in the mid-1970s. The manufacturer considered a 2.2-cm needle to be too long, and the first commercially available epinephrine autoinjector, EpiPen, had a 1.43-cm needle for adult use.
Since then, needle lengths have ranged from 1.17 to 2.5 cm to accommodate different skin-to-muscle depths, with shorter needles for children and longer needles for obese adults.38
However, the prevalence of obesity is high and continues to rise.39 Obesity raises concern that the needles in epinephrine autoinjectors may be too short for the preferred intramuscular delivery, resulting in subcutaneous deposition.
A study that used computed tomography of the thigh found that 1 (2%) of 50 men and 21 (42%) of 50 women studied had a subcutaneous tissue depth greater than 1.43 cm, the needle length in EpiPen. These were not anaphylaxis patients, but the findings suggest that many patients—especially women—may be getting subcutaneous instead of intramuscular delivery with this device.40
Another study that used ultrasonography showed that the 1.43-cm EpiPen needle was too short for 36 (31%) of 116 adults.41 Women were 6.4 times more likely than men to encounter this problem. Other risk factors include higher body mass index, short height, and thicker thighs.
Emerade, an injector with a 2.5-cm needle, is available in some European countries. A longer needle may be helpful in some cases. but we do not yet have enough data to determine the optimal needle length.
Conversely, some children may need shorter needles and may in fact be at risk of having the needle penetrate bone.42 The US Food and Drug Administration recently approved a shorter needle for an epinephrine autoinjector (Auvi-Q) to be used in children weighing 7.5 kg to 15 kg.
BARRIERS TO USING EPINEPHRINE AUTOINJECTORS
Many patients do not use their epinephrine autoinjector in times of anaphylaxis or do not have one with them. Common reasons cited by respondents in a survey43 of 1,385 patients included the following:
They took an oral antihistamine instead (38%).
They never received a prescription for an epinephrine autoinjector (28%).
They thought their symptoms were mild and would resolve with time (13%).
They were afraid (6%). There are reports of accidental injection, typically into fingers, hands, and thumbs. Fortunately, most accidental injections do not require a hand surgeon evaluation or surgery.44 Conservative therapy and monitoring of the injection site are sufficient in most cases.
They could not afford an epinephrine autoinjector (1%).43 Mylan Pharmaceuticals infamously increased the price of its EpiPen to more than $600 for a package of 2 pens. Generic devices are available in the United States but are still too expensive for some patients and are cumbersome to carry.
However, even expensive epinephrine autoinjectors may be cost-effective. Epidemiologic studies have found that patients who did not use an epinephrine autoinjector incurred a higher burden of cost due to emergency department visits and inpatient hospitalizations.45
As a do-it-yourself option, some resourceful patients are obtaining autoinjectors intended for insulin injection, replacing the needle, and filling the injector with epinephrine, at a cost of about $30. (The manufacturer does not endorse this off-label use of their device—www.owenmumford.com/us/patients/if-you-need-to-inject.) Least costly of all is to prescribe multidose vials of epinephrine and regular syringes and teach patients and their caregivers how to draw up the proper dose and give themselves an injection—in essence going back to what was done before 1987.
It was past its expiration date (2%).43 Failure to refill the prescription is common. A California Kaiser Permanente study46 showed that only 46% of patients refilled their epinephrine autoinjector prescription at least once, and the refill rate decreased over time: 43% at 1 to 2 year follow-up, 35% at 3 to 4 years, and 30% at 5 years or longer. Based on these data, it is imperative to educate patients regarding the importance of replacing the epinephrine autoinjector when the old one expires.
NEED FOR PATIENT EDUCATION
Even though prompt treatment with epinephrine decreases fatalities, it continues to be underused in the community. In addition, it is often prescribed without adequate training in its use and appropriate emphasis on the need to keep the device on hand at all times and to replace it in a timely manner if it is used or has expired. Physicians need to educate patients on how to avoid triggers and how to recognize symptoms of anaphylaxis whenever they prescribe an epinephrine autoinjector.
- Simons FE, Ardusso LR, Bilò MB, et al. International consensus on (ICON) anaphylaxis. World Allergy Organ J 2014; 7(1):9. doi:10.1186/1939-4551-7-9
- NIAID-Sponsored Expert Panel; Boyce JA, Assa’ad A, Burks AW, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of food allergy in the United States: report of the NIAID-sponsored expert panel. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2010; 126(6 suppl):S1–S58. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.10.007
- Burks AW, Tang M, Sicherer S, et al. ICON: food allergy. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2012; 129(4):906–920. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2012.02.001
- Lieberman P, Carmago CA Jr, Bohlke K, et al. Epidemiology of anaphylaxis: findings of the American College of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology. Epidemiology of Anaphylaxis Working Group. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2006; 97(5):596–602. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)61086-1
- Kemp SF, Lockey RF, Simons FE; World Allergy Organization ad hoc Committee on Epinephrine in Anaphylaxis. Epinephrine: the drug of choice for anaphylaxis—a statement of the World Allergy Organization. World Allergy Organ J 2008; 1(suppl 7):S18–S26. doi:10.1097/WOX.0b013e31817c9338
- Jones DH, Romero FA, Casale TB. Time-dependent inhibition of histamine-induced cutaneous responses by oral and intramuscular diphenhydramine and oral fexofenadine. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2008; 100(5):452–456. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)60470-X
- Pumphrey RS. Lessons for management of anaphylaxis from a study of fatal reactions. Clin Exp Allerg 2000; 30(8):1144–1150. pmid:10931122
- Runge JW, Martinez JC, Caravati EM, Williamson SG, Hartsell SC. Histamine antagonists in the treatment of acute allergic reactions. Ann Emerg Med 1992; 21:237–242. pmid:1536481
- Sheikh A, Simons FE, Barbour V, Worth A. Adrenaline auto-injectors for the treatment of anaphylaxis with and without cardiovascular collapse in the community. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012; (8):CD008935. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD008935.pub2
- Simons FE, Gu X, Simons KJ. Epinephrine absorption in adults: intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2001; 108(5):871–873. doi:10.1067/mai.2001.119409
- Simons FE, Roberts JR, Gu X, Simons KJ. Epinephrine absorption in children with a history of anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1998; 101(1 pt 1):33–37. doi:10.1016/S0091-6749(98)70190-3
- Vadas P. The platelet-activating factor pathway in food allergy and anaphylaxis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2016; 117(5):455–457. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2016.05.003
- Stone SF, Brown SG. Mediators released during human anaphylaxis. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2012; 12(1):33–41. doi:10.1007/s11882-011-0231-6
- Lieberman P, Nicklas RA, Oppenheimer J, et al. The diagnosis and management of anaphylaxis practice parameter: 2010 update. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2010; 126(3):477–480.e1–e42. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.06.022
- Kemp SF, Lockey RF, Simons FE; World Allergy Organization ad hoc Committee on Epinephrine in Anaphylaxis. Epinephrine: the drug of choice for anaphylaxis. A statement of the World Allergy Organization. Allergy 2008; 63(8):1061–1070. doi:10.1111/j.1398-9995.2008.01733.x
- Oren E, Banderji A, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr. Food-induced anaphylaxis and repeated epinephrine treatments. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2007; 99(5):429–432. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)60568-6
- Uguz A, Lack G, Pumphrey R, et al. Allergic reactions in the community: a questionnaire survey of members of the anaphylaxis campaign. Clin Exp Allergy 2005; 35(6):746–750. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2222.2005.02257.x
- Kelso JM. A second dose of epinephrine for anaphylaxis: how often needed and how to carry. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2006; 117(2):464–465. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2005.11.015
- Lieberman P, Nicklas RA, Randolph C, et al. Anaphylaxis—a practice parameter update 2015. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2015; 115(5):341–384. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2015.07.019
- Golden BK, Demain J, Freeman T, et al. Stinging insect hypersensitivity: a practice parameter update 2016. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2017; 118(1):28–54. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2016.10.031
- Cox L, Nelson H, Lockey R, et al. Allergen immunotherapy: a practice parameter third update. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2011; 127(suppl 1):S1–S55. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.09.034
- Gupta P, Gerrish PK, Silverman B, Schneider A. Current practices among allergists on writing self-injectable epinephrine prescriptions for immunotherapy patients. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2012; 129(2):571–572.e1-e2. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2011.09.033
- Ortolani C, Pastorello EA, Farioli L, et al. IgE-mediated allergy from vegetable allergens. Ann Allergy 1993; 71:470–476. pmid: 8250353
- Ma S, Shcherer SH, Nowak-Wegrzyn A. A survey on the management of pollen food allergy syndrome in allergy practices. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2003;112:784–788. doi:10.1016/S0091-6749(03)02008-6
- Shaver KJ, Adams C, Weiss SJ. Acute myocardial infarction after administration of low dose intravenous epinephrine for anaphylaxis. CJEM 2006; 8(4):289–294. pmid:17324313
- Triggiani M, Patella V, Staiano RI, Granata F, Marone G. Allergy and the cardiovascular system. Clin Exp Immunol 2008; 153(suppl 1):7–11. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2249.2008.03714.x
- Gilman AG, Rail TW, Nies AS, Taylor P, eds. Goodman and Gilman’s the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. 8th ed. New York, NY: Pergamon Press; 1990.
- Lang DM, Alpern MB, Visintainer PF, Smith ST. Increased risk for anaphylactoid reaction from contrast media in patients on beta-adrenergic blockers or with asthma. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115(14):270–276. pmid:1677239
- Nassiri M, Babina M, Dölle S, Edenharter G, Ruëff F, Worm M. Ramipril and metoprolol intake aggravate human and murine anaphylaxis: evidence for direct mast cell priming. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2015; 135(2):491–499. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2014.09.004
- Lee S, Hess EP, Nestler DM, et al. Antihypertensive medication use is associated with increased organ system involvement and hospitalization in emergency department patients with anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2013; 131(4):1103–1108. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2013.01.011
- Greenberger PA, Meyers SN, Kramer BL, Kramer BL. Effects of beta-adrenergic and calcium antagonists on the development of anaphylactoid reactions from radiographic contrast media during cardiac angiography. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1987; 80(5):698–702. pmid:2890682
- Hepner MJ, Ownby DR, Anderson JA, Rowe MS, Sears-Ewald D, Brown EB. Risk of systemic reactions in patients taking beta-blocker drugs receiving allergen immunotherapy injections. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1990; 86(3 pt 1):407–411. pmid:1976666
- Lieberman P, Simons FE. Anaphylaxis and cardiovascular disease: therapeutic dilemmas. Clin Exp Allergy 2015; 45(8):1288–1295. doi:10.1111/cea.12520
- Simons FE, Peterson S, Black CD. Epinephrine dispensing patterns for an out-of-hospital population: a novel approach to studying the epidemiology of anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2002; 110(4):647–651. pmid:12373275
- Kawano T, Scheuermeyer FX, Stenstrom R, Rowe BH, Grafstein E, Grunau B. Epinephrine use in older patients with anaphylaxis: clinical outcomes and cardiovascular complications. Resuscitation 2017; 112:53–58. doi:10.1016/j.resuscitation.2016.12.020
- Cydulka R, Davison R, Grammer L, Parker M, Mathews J 4th. The use of epinephrine in the treatment of older adult asthmatics. Ann Emerg Med 1988; 17(4):322–326. pmid:3354935
- Soar J, Pumphrey R, Cant A, et al; Working Group of the Resuscitation Council (UK). Emergency treatment of anaphylactic reactions—guidelines for healthcare providers. Resuscitation 2008; 77(2):157–169. doi:10.1016/j.resuscitation.2008.02.001
- Dreborg S, Wen X, Kim L, et al. Do epinephrine auto-injectors have an unsuitable needle length in children and adolescents at risk for anaphylaxis from food allergy? Allergy Asthma Clin Immunol 2016; 12:11. doi:10.1186/s13223-016-0110-8
- Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Kit BK, Flegal KM. Prevalence of childhood and adult obesity in the United States, 2011–2012. JAMA 2014; 311(8):806–814. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.732
- Song TT, Nelson MR, Chang JH, Engler RJ, Chowdhury BA. Adequacy of the epinephrine autoinjector needle length in delivering epinephrine to the intramuscular tissues. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2005; 94(5):539–542. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)61130-1
- Bhalla MC, Gable BD, Frey JA, Reichenbach MR, Wilber ST. Predictors of epinephrine autoinjector needle length inadequacy. Am J Emerg Med 2013; 31(12):1671–1676. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2013.09.001
- Kim H, Dinakar C, McInnis P, et al. Inadequacy of current pediatric epinephrine autoinjector needle length for use in infants and toddlers. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2017; 118(6):719–725.e1. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2017.03.017
- Simons FE, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr. Anaphylaxis in the community: learning from the survivors. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2009; 124(2):301–306. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2009.03.050
- Muck AE, Bebarta VS, Borys DJ, Morgan DL. Six years of epinephrine digital injections: absence of significant local or systemic effects. Ann Emerg Med 2010; 56(3):270–274. doi:10.1016/j.annemergmed.2010.02.019
- Fleming JT, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr, Rudders SA. Early treatment of food-induced anaphylaxis with epinephrine is associated with a lower risk of hospitalization. J Allergy Clin Immunol Pract 2015; 3(1):57–62. doi:10.1016/j.jaip.2014.07.004
- Kaplan MS, Jung SY, Chiang ML. Epinephrine autoinjector refill history in an HMO. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2011; 11(1):65–70. doi:10.1007/s11882-010-0155-6
- Simons FE, Ardusso LR, Bilò MB, et al. International consensus on (ICON) anaphylaxis. World Allergy Organ J 2014; 7(1):9. doi:10.1186/1939-4551-7-9
- NIAID-Sponsored Expert Panel; Boyce JA, Assa’ad A, Burks AW, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of food allergy in the United States: report of the NIAID-sponsored expert panel. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2010; 126(6 suppl):S1–S58. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.10.007
- Burks AW, Tang M, Sicherer S, et al. ICON: food allergy. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2012; 129(4):906–920. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2012.02.001
- Lieberman P, Carmago CA Jr, Bohlke K, et al. Epidemiology of anaphylaxis: findings of the American College of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology. Epidemiology of Anaphylaxis Working Group. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2006; 97(5):596–602. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)61086-1
- Kemp SF, Lockey RF, Simons FE; World Allergy Organization ad hoc Committee on Epinephrine in Anaphylaxis. Epinephrine: the drug of choice for anaphylaxis—a statement of the World Allergy Organization. World Allergy Organ J 2008; 1(suppl 7):S18–S26. doi:10.1097/WOX.0b013e31817c9338
- Jones DH, Romero FA, Casale TB. Time-dependent inhibition of histamine-induced cutaneous responses by oral and intramuscular diphenhydramine and oral fexofenadine. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2008; 100(5):452–456. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)60470-X
- Pumphrey RS. Lessons for management of anaphylaxis from a study of fatal reactions. Clin Exp Allerg 2000; 30(8):1144–1150. pmid:10931122
- Runge JW, Martinez JC, Caravati EM, Williamson SG, Hartsell SC. Histamine antagonists in the treatment of acute allergic reactions. Ann Emerg Med 1992; 21:237–242. pmid:1536481
- Sheikh A, Simons FE, Barbour V, Worth A. Adrenaline auto-injectors for the treatment of anaphylaxis with and without cardiovascular collapse in the community. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012; (8):CD008935. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD008935.pub2
- Simons FE, Gu X, Simons KJ. Epinephrine absorption in adults: intramuscular versus subcutaneous injection. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2001; 108(5):871–873. doi:10.1067/mai.2001.119409
- Simons FE, Roberts JR, Gu X, Simons KJ. Epinephrine absorption in children with a history of anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1998; 101(1 pt 1):33–37. doi:10.1016/S0091-6749(98)70190-3
- Vadas P. The platelet-activating factor pathway in food allergy and anaphylaxis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2016; 117(5):455–457. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2016.05.003
- Stone SF, Brown SG. Mediators released during human anaphylaxis. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2012; 12(1):33–41. doi:10.1007/s11882-011-0231-6
- Lieberman P, Nicklas RA, Oppenheimer J, et al. The diagnosis and management of anaphylaxis practice parameter: 2010 update. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2010; 126(3):477–480.e1–e42. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.06.022
- Kemp SF, Lockey RF, Simons FE; World Allergy Organization ad hoc Committee on Epinephrine in Anaphylaxis. Epinephrine: the drug of choice for anaphylaxis. A statement of the World Allergy Organization. Allergy 2008; 63(8):1061–1070. doi:10.1111/j.1398-9995.2008.01733.x
- Oren E, Banderji A, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr. Food-induced anaphylaxis and repeated epinephrine treatments. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2007; 99(5):429–432. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)60568-6
- Uguz A, Lack G, Pumphrey R, et al. Allergic reactions in the community: a questionnaire survey of members of the anaphylaxis campaign. Clin Exp Allergy 2005; 35(6):746–750. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2222.2005.02257.x
- Kelso JM. A second dose of epinephrine for anaphylaxis: how often needed and how to carry. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2006; 117(2):464–465. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2005.11.015
- Lieberman P, Nicklas RA, Randolph C, et al. Anaphylaxis—a practice parameter update 2015. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2015; 115(5):341–384. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2015.07.019
- Golden BK, Demain J, Freeman T, et al. Stinging insect hypersensitivity: a practice parameter update 2016. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2017; 118(1):28–54. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2016.10.031
- Cox L, Nelson H, Lockey R, et al. Allergen immunotherapy: a practice parameter third update. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2011; 127(suppl 1):S1–S55. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2010.09.034
- Gupta P, Gerrish PK, Silverman B, Schneider A. Current practices among allergists on writing self-injectable epinephrine prescriptions for immunotherapy patients. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2012; 129(2):571–572.e1-e2. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2011.09.033
- Ortolani C, Pastorello EA, Farioli L, et al. IgE-mediated allergy from vegetable allergens. Ann Allergy 1993; 71:470–476. pmid: 8250353
- Ma S, Shcherer SH, Nowak-Wegrzyn A. A survey on the management of pollen food allergy syndrome in allergy practices. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2003;112:784–788. doi:10.1016/S0091-6749(03)02008-6
- Shaver KJ, Adams C, Weiss SJ. Acute myocardial infarction after administration of low dose intravenous epinephrine for anaphylaxis. CJEM 2006; 8(4):289–294. pmid:17324313
- Triggiani M, Patella V, Staiano RI, Granata F, Marone G. Allergy and the cardiovascular system. Clin Exp Immunol 2008; 153(suppl 1):7–11. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2249.2008.03714.x
- Gilman AG, Rail TW, Nies AS, Taylor P, eds. Goodman and Gilman’s the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. 8th ed. New York, NY: Pergamon Press; 1990.
- Lang DM, Alpern MB, Visintainer PF, Smith ST. Increased risk for anaphylactoid reaction from contrast media in patients on beta-adrenergic blockers or with asthma. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115(14):270–276. pmid:1677239
- Nassiri M, Babina M, Dölle S, Edenharter G, Ruëff F, Worm M. Ramipril and metoprolol intake aggravate human and murine anaphylaxis: evidence for direct mast cell priming. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2015; 135(2):491–499. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2014.09.004
- Lee S, Hess EP, Nestler DM, et al. Antihypertensive medication use is associated with increased organ system involvement and hospitalization in emergency department patients with anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2013; 131(4):1103–1108. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2013.01.011
- Greenberger PA, Meyers SN, Kramer BL, Kramer BL. Effects of beta-adrenergic and calcium antagonists on the development of anaphylactoid reactions from radiographic contrast media during cardiac angiography. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1987; 80(5):698–702. pmid:2890682
- Hepner MJ, Ownby DR, Anderson JA, Rowe MS, Sears-Ewald D, Brown EB. Risk of systemic reactions in patients taking beta-blocker drugs receiving allergen immunotherapy injections. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1990; 86(3 pt 1):407–411. pmid:1976666
- Lieberman P, Simons FE. Anaphylaxis and cardiovascular disease: therapeutic dilemmas. Clin Exp Allergy 2015; 45(8):1288–1295. doi:10.1111/cea.12520
- Simons FE, Peterson S, Black CD. Epinephrine dispensing patterns for an out-of-hospital population: a novel approach to studying the epidemiology of anaphylaxis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2002; 110(4):647–651. pmid:12373275
- Kawano T, Scheuermeyer FX, Stenstrom R, Rowe BH, Grafstein E, Grunau B. Epinephrine use in older patients with anaphylaxis: clinical outcomes and cardiovascular complications. Resuscitation 2017; 112:53–58. doi:10.1016/j.resuscitation.2016.12.020
- Cydulka R, Davison R, Grammer L, Parker M, Mathews J 4th. The use of epinephrine in the treatment of older adult asthmatics. Ann Emerg Med 1988; 17(4):322–326. pmid:3354935
- Soar J, Pumphrey R, Cant A, et al; Working Group of the Resuscitation Council (UK). Emergency treatment of anaphylactic reactions—guidelines for healthcare providers. Resuscitation 2008; 77(2):157–169. doi:10.1016/j.resuscitation.2008.02.001
- Dreborg S, Wen X, Kim L, et al. Do epinephrine auto-injectors have an unsuitable needle length in children and adolescents at risk for anaphylaxis from food allergy? Allergy Asthma Clin Immunol 2016; 12:11. doi:10.1186/s13223-016-0110-8
- Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Kit BK, Flegal KM. Prevalence of childhood and adult obesity in the United States, 2011–2012. JAMA 2014; 311(8):806–814. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.732
- Song TT, Nelson MR, Chang JH, Engler RJ, Chowdhury BA. Adequacy of the epinephrine autoinjector needle length in delivering epinephrine to the intramuscular tissues. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2005; 94(5):539–542. doi:10.1016/S1081-1206(10)61130-1
- Bhalla MC, Gable BD, Frey JA, Reichenbach MR, Wilber ST. Predictors of epinephrine autoinjector needle length inadequacy. Am J Emerg Med 2013; 31(12):1671–1676. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2013.09.001
- Kim H, Dinakar C, McInnis P, et al. Inadequacy of current pediatric epinephrine autoinjector needle length for use in infants and toddlers. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2017; 118(6):719–725.e1. doi:10.1016/j.anai.2017.03.017
- Simons FE, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr. Anaphylaxis in the community: learning from the survivors. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2009; 124(2):301–306. doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2009.03.050
- Muck AE, Bebarta VS, Borys DJ, Morgan DL. Six years of epinephrine digital injections: absence of significant local or systemic effects. Ann Emerg Med 2010; 56(3):270–274. doi:10.1016/j.annemergmed.2010.02.019
- Fleming JT, Clark S, Camargo CA Jr, Rudders SA. Early treatment of food-induced anaphylaxis with epinephrine is associated with a lower risk of hospitalization. J Allergy Clin Immunol Pract 2015; 3(1):57–62. doi:10.1016/j.jaip.2014.07.004
- Kaplan MS, Jung SY, Chiang ML. Epinephrine autoinjector refill history in an HMO. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2011; 11(1):65–70. doi:10.1007/s11882-010-0155-6
KEY POINTS
- Based on current data, there is no absolute contraindication to epinephrine for anaphylaxis. And failure to give epinephrine promptly has resulted in deaths.
- Clinicians concerned about adverse effects of epinephrine may be reluctant to give it during anaphylaxis.
- Education about anaphylaxis and its prompt treatment with epinephrine is critical for patients and their caregivers.
CONDOR trial: Most psoriasis patients can be downshifted to reduced-dose biologics
PARIS – with long-term maintenance of disease control and no adverse consequences, Juul van den Reek, MD, PhD, reported at the annual congress of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology.
She presented the results of the CONDOR trial, the first-ever formal, randomized, controlled trial of tightly regulated dose reduction of biologics, compared with usual care standard-dose therapy. “Our current advice is we think you can try to reduce the dose because there are a lot of patients who benefit from this,” declared Dr. van den Reek, a dermatologist at Radboud University, Nijmegen, the Netherlands.
The advantages of this strategy are twofold: lower expenditures for this costly collection of medications and less exposure to any long-term, drug-related health risks, she noted.
CONDOR was a Dutch six-center, 12-month, open-label, unblinded, noninferiority, randomized trial including 111 patients. Participants had to have stable low disease activity as defined by both Psoriasis Area and Severity Index (PASI) and Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) scores of 5 or less for at least 6 months while on standard-dose etanercept (Enbrel), adalimumab (Humira), or ustekinumab (Stelara) prior to enrollment. In fact, the average baseline PASI score was less than 2, with a DLQI of 0.
Participants were randomized to usual care – the customary approved dose of biologic therapy – or a drop down to 67% of that dose, achieved through prolongation of the dosing interval. If the reduced-dose patients kept their PASI and DLQI scores at 5 or less for 3 months straight, they dropped further to 50% of their original dose. However, patients who exceeded those thresholds were immediately returned to their previously effective dose.
The primary endpoint in this noninferiority trial was the difference in mean PASI scores between the dose-reduction and usual-care groups at 12 months. The prespecified margin for noninferiority was a difference of 0.5 PASI points. And that’s where the results get dicey: The mean difference turned out to be 1.1 PASI points in favor of usual care, meaning that, according to the study ground rules, dose reduction was not statistically noninferior. In hindsight, however, that 0.5-point margin was ill-considered and too narrowly defined.
“Within the chosen margins, the dose-reduction strategy seemed inferior. But what is the clinical relevance of a mean difference of 1.1 PASI points, when the accepted minimal clinically important difference is 3.2 points?” Dr. van den Reek observed.
There was no significant between-group difference in DLQI scores at 12 months. Nor did the two study arms differ in terms of the prespecified secondary endpoint of persistent disease flares as defined by a PASI or DLQI greater than 5 for 3 consecutive months: five patients in the reduced-dose group and three in the usual-care arm experienced such flares. There were no serious adverse events or other safety signals related to the intervention.
At 12 months, 50% of patients in the dose-reduction group were well maintained on 50% of their original approved-dose biologic and another 17% were doing well on 67% of their former dose.
Session chair Dedee Murrell, MD, professor of dermatology at the University of New South Wales, Sydney, noted that neither patients nor dermatologists were blinded as to treatment status in CONDOR. She then asked the question on everybody’s minds: Was there any loss of treatment efficacy when patients in the dose-reduction arm needed to resume higher-dose therapy?
No, Dr. van den Reek replied. She added that planned future CONDOR analyses include a cost-effectiveness determination as well as measurement of serum drug levels and identification of antidrug antibodies, information that might prove helpful in identifying an enriched population of patients most likely to respond favorably to biologic dose reduction. In addition, CONDOR-X, a long-term extension study, is ongoing in order to learn how patients on reduced-dose biologics fare after the 12-month mark.
The CONDOR trial was funded by the Netherlands Organization for Health Research and Development; Dr. van den Reek reported having no financial conflicts of interest.
PARIS – with long-term maintenance of disease control and no adverse consequences, Juul van den Reek, MD, PhD, reported at the annual congress of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology.
She presented the results of the CONDOR trial, the first-ever formal, randomized, controlled trial of tightly regulated dose reduction of biologics, compared with usual care standard-dose therapy. “Our current advice is we think you can try to reduce the dose because there are a lot of patients who benefit from this,” declared Dr. van den Reek, a dermatologist at Radboud University, Nijmegen, the Netherlands.
The advantages of this strategy are twofold: lower expenditures for this costly collection of medications and less exposure to any long-term, drug-related health risks, she noted.
CONDOR was a Dutch six-center, 12-month, open-label, unblinded, noninferiority, randomized trial including 111 patients. Participants had to have stable low disease activity as defined by both Psoriasis Area and Severity Index (PASI) and Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) scores of 5 or less for at least 6 months while on standard-dose etanercept (Enbrel), adalimumab (Humira), or ustekinumab (Stelara) prior to enrollment. In fact, the average baseline PASI score was less than 2, with a DLQI of 0.
Participants were randomized to usual care – the customary approved dose of biologic therapy – or a drop down to 67% of that dose, achieved through prolongation of the dosing interval. If the reduced-dose patients kept their PASI and DLQI scores at 5 or less for 3 months straight, they dropped further to 50% of their original dose. However, patients who exceeded those thresholds were immediately returned to their previously effective dose.
The primary endpoint in this noninferiority trial was the difference in mean PASI scores between the dose-reduction and usual-care groups at 12 months. The prespecified margin for noninferiority was a difference of 0.5 PASI points. And that’s where the results get dicey: The mean difference turned out to be 1.1 PASI points in favor of usual care, meaning that, according to the study ground rules, dose reduction was not statistically noninferior. In hindsight, however, that 0.5-point margin was ill-considered and too narrowly defined.
“Within the chosen margins, the dose-reduction strategy seemed inferior. But what is the clinical relevance of a mean difference of 1.1 PASI points, when the accepted minimal clinically important difference is 3.2 points?” Dr. van den Reek observed.
There was no significant between-group difference in DLQI scores at 12 months. Nor did the two study arms differ in terms of the prespecified secondary endpoint of persistent disease flares as defined by a PASI or DLQI greater than 5 for 3 consecutive months: five patients in the reduced-dose group and three in the usual-care arm experienced such flares. There were no serious adverse events or other safety signals related to the intervention.
At 12 months, 50% of patients in the dose-reduction group were well maintained on 50% of their original approved-dose biologic and another 17% were doing well on 67% of their former dose.
Session chair Dedee Murrell, MD, professor of dermatology at the University of New South Wales, Sydney, noted that neither patients nor dermatologists were blinded as to treatment status in CONDOR. She then asked the question on everybody’s minds: Was there any loss of treatment efficacy when patients in the dose-reduction arm needed to resume higher-dose therapy?
No, Dr. van den Reek replied. She added that planned future CONDOR analyses include a cost-effectiveness determination as well as measurement of serum drug levels and identification of antidrug antibodies, information that might prove helpful in identifying an enriched population of patients most likely to respond favorably to biologic dose reduction. In addition, CONDOR-X, a long-term extension study, is ongoing in order to learn how patients on reduced-dose biologics fare after the 12-month mark.
The CONDOR trial was funded by the Netherlands Organization for Health Research and Development; Dr. van den Reek reported having no financial conflicts of interest.
PARIS – with long-term maintenance of disease control and no adverse consequences, Juul van den Reek, MD, PhD, reported at the annual congress of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology.
She presented the results of the CONDOR trial, the first-ever formal, randomized, controlled trial of tightly regulated dose reduction of biologics, compared with usual care standard-dose therapy. “Our current advice is we think you can try to reduce the dose because there are a lot of patients who benefit from this,” declared Dr. van den Reek, a dermatologist at Radboud University, Nijmegen, the Netherlands.
The advantages of this strategy are twofold: lower expenditures for this costly collection of medications and less exposure to any long-term, drug-related health risks, she noted.
CONDOR was a Dutch six-center, 12-month, open-label, unblinded, noninferiority, randomized trial including 111 patients. Participants had to have stable low disease activity as defined by both Psoriasis Area and Severity Index (PASI) and Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) scores of 5 or less for at least 6 months while on standard-dose etanercept (Enbrel), adalimumab (Humira), or ustekinumab (Stelara) prior to enrollment. In fact, the average baseline PASI score was less than 2, with a DLQI of 0.
Participants were randomized to usual care – the customary approved dose of biologic therapy – or a drop down to 67% of that dose, achieved through prolongation of the dosing interval. If the reduced-dose patients kept their PASI and DLQI scores at 5 or less for 3 months straight, they dropped further to 50% of their original dose. However, patients who exceeded those thresholds were immediately returned to their previously effective dose.
The primary endpoint in this noninferiority trial was the difference in mean PASI scores between the dose-reduction and usual-care groups at 12 months. The prespecified margin for noninferiority was a difference of 0.5 PASI points. And that’s where the results get dicey: The mean difference turned out to be 1.1 PASI points in favor of usual care, meaning that, according to the study ground rules, dose reduction was not statistically noninferior. In hindsight, however, that 0.5-point margin was ill-considered and too narrowly defined.
“Within the chosen margins, the dose-reduction strategy seemed inferior. But what is the clinical relevance of a mean difference of 1.1 PASI points, when the accepted minimal clinically important difference is 3.2 points?” Dr. van den Reek observed.
There was no significant between-group difference in DLQI scores at 12 months. Nor did the two study arms differ in terms of the prespecified secondary endpoint of persistent disease flares as defined by a PASI or DLQI greater than 5 for 3 consecutive months: five patients in the reduced-dose group and three in the usual-care arm experienced such flares. There were no serious adverse events or other safety signals related to the intervention.
At 12 months, 50% of patients in the dose-reduction group were well maintained on 50% of their original approved-dose biologic and another 17% were doing well on 67% of their former dose.
Session chair Dedee Murrell, MD, professor of dermatology at the University of New South Wales, Sydney, noted that neither patients nor dermatologists were blinded as to treatment status in CONDOR. She then asked the question on everybody’s minds: Was there any loss of treatment efficacy when patients in the dose-reduction arm needed to resume higher-dose therapy?
No, Dr. van den Reek replied. She added that planned future CONDOR analyses include a cost-effectiveness determination as well as measurement of serum drug levels and identification of antidrug antibodies, information that might prove helpful in identifying an enriched population of patients most likely to respond favorably to biologic dose reduction. In addition, CONDOR-X, a long-term extension study, is ongoing in order to learn how patients on reduced-dose biologics fare after the 12-month mark.
The CONDOR trial was funded by the Netherlands Organization for Health Research and Development; Dr. van den Reek reported having no financial conflicts of interest.
REPORTING FROM THE EADV CONGRESS
Key clinical point: An attempt at dose reduction is worthwhile in psoriasis patients well controlled on full-dose biologic therapy.
Major finding: Two-thirds of psoriasis patients maintained disease control after 12 months on reduced-dose biologic therapy.
Study details: This was a Dutch six-center, 12-month, open-label, unblinded, noninferiority, randomized trial of 111 psoriasis patients with stable low disease activity on standard-dose biologics at enrollment.
Disclosures: The CONDOR trial was funded by the Netherlands Organization for Health Research and Development; the presenter reported having no financial conflicts of interest.
MGUS: It’s about the protein, not just the marrow
In the past decade, it has been increasingly recognized that these clonally produced proteins—entire immunoglobulins or free light chains—may be directly pathogenic, independent of any pathologic effect of cellular clonal expansion and infiltration. Brouet class 1 cryoglobulinemia (in which a monoclonal paraprotein precipitates in cooler temperatures and acts as a source of complement, activating the immune complex) and light chain (usually lambda)-related amyloidosis have been recognized for much longer. But a newer concept, monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance (MGRS), has attracted significant attention and to some extent has modified our approach to patients with either known MGUS or unexplained chronic kidney disease.
Finding MGUS still warrants a parsimonious evaluation for possible progression to myeloma or other proliferative disorder, as discussed by Khouri et al in this issue of the Journal. But it should also prompt a thoughtful assessment of renal function, including estimating the glomerular filtration rate and looking for proteinuria, hematuria, and unexplained glucosuria or inappropriate urine pH. While typical light chain-induced renal tubular injury is usually associated with high levels of proteins such as those seen with myeloma, other patterns of glomerular, vascular, and mixed renal disease are associated with deposition of proteins that, once considered in the differential diagnosis, warrant renal biopsy to diagnose and direct appropriate therapy. That MGUS and MGRS occur more frequently in older patients, who are already at greater risk of multiple common causes of kidney disease, complicates clinical decision-making.1 Some of these disorders are associated with other initially subtle or seemingly disconnected clinical symptoms such as polyneuropathy, rash, and carpal tunnel syndrome, but many are at least initially limited to the kidneys.
As we enter a new calendar year, we at the Journal send our best wishes to all of our readers, authors, and peer reviewers, and we thank you for sharing in our medical education ventures. I personally hope that we have added some joy, enthusiasm—and some knowledge—to your professional activities, and I hope that we all can participate in some way to refashion a more civil and peaceful world in 2019.
- Rosner MH, Edeani A, Yanagita M, et al. Paraprotein-related kidney disease: diagnosing and treating monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance. Clin J Am Soc Neph 2016; 11(12):2280–2287. doi:10.2215/CJN.02920316
In the past decade, it has been increasingly recognized that these clonally produced proteins—entire immunoglobulins or free light chains—may be directly pathogenic, independent of any pathologic effect of cellular clonal expansion and infiltration. Brouet class 1 cryoglobulinemia (in which a monoclonal paraprotein precipitates in cooler temperatures and acts as a source of complement, activating the immune complex) and light chain (usually lambda)-related amyloidosis have been recognized for much longer. But a newer concept, monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance (MGRS), has attracted significant attention and to some extent has modified our approach to patients with either known MGUS or unexplained chronic kidney disease.
Finding MGUS still warrants a parsimonious evaluation for possible progression to myeloma or other proliferative disorder, as discussed by Khouri et al in this issue of the Journal. But it should also prompt a thoughtful assessment of renal function, including estimating the glomerular filtration rate and looking for proteinuria, hematuria, and unexplained glucosuria or inappropriate urine pH. While typical light chain-induced renal tubular injury is usually associated with high levels of proteins such as those seen with myeloma, other patterns of glomerular, vascular, and mixed renal disease are associated with deposition of proteins that, once considered in the differential diagnosis, warrant renal biopsy to diagnose and direct appropriate therapy. That MGUS and MGRS occur more frequently in older patients, who are already at greater risk of multiple common causes of kidney disease, complicates clinical decision-making.1 Some of these disorders are associated with other initially subtle or seemingly disconnected clinical symptoms such as polyneuropathy, rash, and carpal tunnel syndrome, but many are at least initially limited to the kidneys.
As we enter a new calendar year, we at the Journal send our best wishes to all of our readers, authors, and peer reviewers, and we thank you for sharing in our medical education ventures. I personally hope that we have added some joy, enthusiasm—and some knowledge—to your professional activities, and I hope that we all can participate in some way to refashion a more civil and peaceful world in 2019.
In the past decade, it has been increasingly recognized that these clonally produced proteins—entire immunoglobulins or free light chains—may be directly pathogenic, independent of any pathologic effect of cellular clonal expansion and infiltration. Brouet class 1 cryoglobulinemia (in which a monoclonal paraprotein precipitates in cooler temperatures and acts as a source of complement, activating the immune complex) and light chain (usually lambda)-related amyloidosis have been recognized for much longer. But a newer concept, monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance (MGRS), has attracted significant attention and to some extent has modified our approach to patients with either known MGUS or unexplained chronic kidney disease.
Finding MGUS still warrants a parsimonious evaluation for possible progression to myeloma or other proliferative disorder, as discussed by Khouri et al in this issue of the Journal. But it should also prompt a thoughtful assessment of renal function, including estimating the glomerular filtration rate and looking for proteinuria, hematuria, and unexplained glucosuria or inappropriate urine pH. While typical light chain-induced renal tubular injury is usually associated with high levels of proteins such as those seen with myeloma, other patterns of glomerular, vascular, and mixed renal disease are associated with deposition of proteins that, once considered in the differential diagnosis, warrant renal biopsy to diagnose and direct appropriate therapy. That MGUS and MGRS occur more frequently in older patients, who are already at greater risk of multiple common causes of kidney disease, complicates clinical decision-making.1 Some of these disorders are associated with other initially subtle or seemingly disconnected clinical symptoms such as polyneuropathy, rash, and carpal tunnel syndrome, but many are at least initially limited to the kidneys.
As we enter a new calendar year, we at the Journal send our best wishes to all of our readers, authors, and peer reviewers, and we thank you for sharing in our medical education ventures. I personally hope that we have added some joy, enthusiasm—and some knowledge—to your professional activities, and I hope that we all can participate in some way to refashion a more civil and peaceful world in 2019.
- Rosner MH, Edeani A, Yanagita M, et al. Paraprotein-related kidney disease: diagnosing and treating monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance. Clin J Am Soc Neph 2016; 11(12):2280–2287. doi:10.2215/CJN.02920316
- Rosner MH, Edeani A, Yanagita M, et al. Paraprotein-related kidney disease: diagnosing and treating monoclonal gammopathy of renal significance. Clin J Am Soc Neph 2016; 11(12):2280–2287. doi:10.2215/CJN.02920316
Acute-onset quadriplegia with hyperreflexia
A 79-year-old man presented with sudden-onset bilateral weakness in the lower and upper extremities that had started 6 hours earlier. He reported no vision disturbances or urinary incontinence. He was afebrile, with a blood pressure of 148/94 mm Hg, heart rate 98 bpm, and oxygen saturation of 95% on room air.
Physical examination revealed quadriplegia with hyperreflexia, sustained ankle clonus, and bilateral Babinski reflex, as well as spontaneous adductor and extensor spasms of the lower extremities.
Funduscopy was negative for optic neuritis. Results of a complete blood cell count and renal and liver function testing were within normal limits.
The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit. Methylprednisolone 1 g was given intravenously once daily for 5 days, with plasma exchange every other day for 5 sessions. A workup for neoplastic, autoimmune, and infectious disease was negative, as was testing for serum aquaporin-4 antibody (ie, neuromyelitis optica immunoglobulin G antibody).
Over the course of 7 days, the patient’s motor strength improved, and he was able to walk without assistance. Steroid therapy was tapered, and he was prescribed rituximab to prevent recurrence.
LONGITUDINALLY EXTENSIVE TRANSVERSE MYELITIS
A subtype of transverse myelitis, LETM is defined by partial or complete spinal cord dysfunction due to a lesion extending 3 or more vertebrae as confirmed on MRI. The clinical presentation can include paraparesis, sensory disturbances, and gait, bladder, bowel, or sexual dysfunction.1 Identifying the cause requires an extensive workup, as the differential diagnosis includes a wide range of conditions2:
- Autoimmune disorders such as Behçet disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, and Sjögren syndrome
- Infectious disorders such as syphilis, tuberculosis, and viral and parasitic infections
- Demyelinating disorders such as multiple sclerosis and neuromyelitis optica
- Neoplastic conditions such as intramedullary metastasis and lymphoma
- Paraneoplastic syndromes.
In our patient, the evaluation did not identify a specific underlying condition, and testing for serum aquaporin-4 antibody was negative. Therefore, the LETM was ruled an isolated idiopathic episode.
Idiopathic seronegative LETM has been associated with fewer recurrences than seropositive LETM.3 Management consists of high-dose intravenous steroids and plasma exchange. Rituximab can be used to prevent recurrence.4
- Trebst C, Raab P, Voss EV, et al. Longitudinal extensive transverse myelitis—it’s not all neuromyelitis optica. Nat Rev Neurol 2011; 7(12):688–698. doi:10.1038/nrneurol.2011.176
- Kim SM, Kim SJ, Lee HJ, Kuroda H, Palace J, Fujihara K. Differential diagnosis of neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorders. Ther Adv Neurol Disord 2017; 10(7):265–289. doi:10.1177/1756285617709723
- Kitley J, Leite MI, Küker W, et al. Longitudinally extensive transverse myelitis with and without aquaporin 4 antibodies. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(11):1375–1381. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.3890
- Tobin WO, Weinshenker BG, Lucchinetti CF. Longitudinally extensive transverse myelitis. Curr Opin Neurol 2014; 27(3):279–289. doi:10.1097/WCO.0000000000000093
A 79-year-old man presented with sudden-onset bilateral weakness in the lower and upper extremities that had started 6 hours earlier. He reported no vision disturbances or urinary incontinence. He was afebrile, with a blood pressure of 148/94 mm Hg, heart rate 98 bpm, and oxygen saturation of 95% on room air.
Physical examination revealed quadriplegia with hyperreflexia, sustained ankle clonus, and bilateral Babinski reflex, as well as spontaneous adductor and extensor spasms of the lower extremities.
Funduscopy was negative for optic neuritis. Results of a complete blood cell count and renal and liver function testing were within normal limits.
The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit. Methylprednisolone 1 g was given intravenously once daily for 5 days, with plasma exchange every other day for 5 sessions. A workup for neoplastic, autoimmune, and infectious disease was negative, as was testing for serum aquaporin-4 antibody (ie, neuromyelitis optica immunoglobulin G antibody).
Over the course of 7 days, the patient’s motor strength improved, and he was able to walk without assistance. Steroid therapy was tapered, and he was prescribed rituximab to prevent recurrence.
LONGITUDINALLY EXTENSIVE TRANSVERSE MYELITIS
A subtype of transverse myelitis, LETM is defined by partial or complete spinal cord dysfunction due to a lesion extending 3 or more vertebrae as confirmed on MRI. The clinical presentation can include paraparesis, sensory disturbances, and gait, bladder, bowel, or sexual dysfunction.1 Identifying the cause requires an extensive workup, as the differential diagnosis includes a wide range of conditions2:
- Autoimmune disorders such as Behçet disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, and Sjögren syndrome
- Infectious disorders such as syphilis, tuberculosis, and viral and parasitic infections
- Demyelinating disorders such as multiple sclerosis and neuromyelitis optica
- Neoplastic conditions such as intramedullary metastasis and lymphoma
- Paraneoplastic syndromes.
In our patient, the evaluation did not identify a specific underlying condition, and testing for serum aquaporin-4 antibody was negative. Therefore, the LETM was ruled an isolated idiopathic episode.
Idiopathic seronegative LETM has been associated with fewer recurrences than seropositive LETM.3 Management consists of high-dose intravenous steroids and plasma exchange. Rituximab can be used to prevent recurrence.4
A 79-year-old man presented with sudden-onset bilateral weakness in the lower and upper extremities that had started 6 hours earlier. He reported no vision disturbances or urinary incontinence. He was afebrile, with a blood pressure of 148/94 mm Hg, heart rate 98 bpm, and oxygen saturation of 95% on room air.
Physical examination revealed quadriplegia with hyperreflexia, sustained ankle clonus, and bilateral Babinski reflex, as well as spontaneous adductor and extensor spasms of the lower extremities.
Funduscopy was negative for optic neuritis. Results of a complete blood cell count and renal and liver function testing were within normal limits.
The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit. Methylprednisolone 1 g was given intravenously once daily for 5 days, with plasma exchange every other day for 5 sessions. A workup for neoplastic, autoimmune, and infectious disease was negative, as was testing for serum aquaporin-4 antibody (ie, neuromyelitis optica immunoglobulin G antibody).
Over the course of 7 days, the patient’s motor strength improved, and he was able to walk without assistance. Steroid therapy was tapered, and he was prescribed rituximab to prevent recurrence.
LONGITUDINALLY EXTENSIVE TRANSVERSE MYELITIS
A subtype of transverse myelitis, LETM is defined by partial or complete spinal cord dysfunction due to a lesion extending 3 or more vertebrae as confirmed on MRI. The clinical presentation can include paraparesis, sensory disturbances, and gait, bladder, bowel, or sexual dysfunction.1 Identifying the cause requires an extensive workup, as the differential diagnosis includes a wide range of conditions2:
- Autoimmune disorders such as Behçet disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, and Sjögren syndrome
- Infectious disorders such as syphilis, tuberculosis, and viral and parasitic infections
- Demyelinating disorders such as multiple sclerosis and neuromyelitis optica
- Neoplastic conditions such as intramedullary metastasis and lymphoma
- Paraneoplastic syndromes.
In our patient, the evaluation did not identify a specific underlying condition, and testing for serum aquaporin-4 antibody was negative. Therefore, the LETM was ruled an isolated idiopathic episode.
Idiopathic seronegative LETM has been associated with fewer recurrences than seropositive LETM.3 Management consists of high-dose intravenous steroids and plasma exchange. Rituximab can be used to prevent recurrence.4
- Trebst C, Raab P, Voss EV, et al. Longitudinal extensive transverse myelitis—it’s not all neuromyelitis optica. Nat Rev Neurol 2011; 7(12):688–698. doi:10.1038/nrneurol.2011.176
- Kim SM, Kim SJ, Lee HJ, Kuroda H, Palace J, Fujihara K. Differential diagnosis of neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorders. Ther Adv Neurol Disord 2017; 10(7):265–289. doi:10.1177/1756285617709723
- Kitley J, Leite MI, Küker W, et al. Longitudinally extensive transverse myelitis with and without aquaporin 4 antibodies. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(11):1375–1381. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.3890
- Tobin WO, Weinshenker BG, Lucchinetti CF. Longitudinally extensive transverse myelitis. Curr Opin Neurol 2014; 27(3):279–289. doi:10.1097/WCO.0000000000000093
- Trebst C, Raab P, Voss EV, et al. Longitudinal extensive transverse myelitis—it’s not all neuromyelitis optica. Nat Rev Neurol 2011; 7(12):688–698. doi:10.1038/nrneurol.2011.176
- Kim SM, Kim SJ, Lee HJ, Kuroda H, Palace J, Fujihara K. Differential diagnosis of neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorders. Ther Adv Neurol Disord 2017; 10(7):265–289. doi:10.1177/1756285617709723
- Kitley J, Leite MI, Küker W, et al. Longitudinally extensive transverse myelitis with and without aquaporin 4 antibodies. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(11):1375–1381. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.3890
- Tobin WO, Weinshenker BG, Lucchinetti CF. Longitudinally extensive transverse myelitis. Curr Opin Neurol 2014; 27(3):279–289. doi:10.1097/WCO.0000000000000093
Emphysematous cystitis
A 59-year-old woman with a history of chronic kidney disease and atonic bladder was brought to the hospital by emergency medical services. She had fallen in her home 2 days earlier and remained on the floor until neighbors eventually heard her cries and called 911. She complained of abdominal pain and distention along with emesis.
On presentation, she had tachycardia and tachypnea. The examination was notable for pronounced abdominal distention, diminished bowel sounds, and costovertebral angle tenderness.
While laboratory work was being done, the patient’s tachypnea progressed to respiratory distress, and she ultimately required intubation. Vasopressors were started, as the patient was hemodynamically unstable. A Foley catheter was placed, which yielded about 1,100 mL of purulent urine.
Laboratory workup showed:
- Procalcitonin 189 ng/mL (reference range < 2.0 ng/mL)
- White blood cell count 10.7 × 109/L (4.5–10.0)
- Myoglobin 20,000 ng/mL (< 71)
- Serum creatinine 4.8 mg/dL (0.06–1.10).
Urinalysis was positive for infection; blood and urine cultures later were positive for Escherichia coli.
The patient went into shock that was refractory to pressors, culminating in cardiac arrest despite resuscitative measures.
EMPHYSEMATOUS CYSTITIS, A FORM OF URINARY TRACT INFECTION
Emphysematous cystitis is a rare form of complicated urinary tract infection characterized by gas inside the bladder and in the bladder wall. While the exact mechanisms underlying gas formation are not clear, gas-producing pathogens are clearly implicated in severe infection. E coli and Klebsiella pneumoniae are the most common organisms associated with emphysematous cystitis; others include Proteus mirabilis, and Enterobacter and Streptococcus species.1,2
More than 50% of patients with emphysematous cystitis have diabetes mellitus. Other risk factors include bladder outlet obstruction, neurogenic bladder, and female sex.3 The severity of disease ranges from asymptomatic pneumaturia (up to 7% of cases)2 to fulminant emphysematous cystitis, as in our patient.
The clinical presentation of emphysematous cystitis is nonspecific and can range from minimally symptomatic urinary tract infection to acute abdomen and septic shock.4
Some patients present with pneumaturia (the passing of gas through the urethra with micturition). Pneumaturia arises from 3 discrete causes: urologic instrumentation, fistula between the bladder and large or small bowel, and gas-producing bacteria in the bladder (emphysematous cystitis).5 Pneumaturia should always raise the suspicion of emphysematous cystitis.
The diagnosis can be made with either radiographic or computed tomographic evidence of gas within the bladder and bladder wall, in the absence of both bladder fistula and history of iatrogenic pneumaturia. Emphysematous cystitis should prompt urine and blood cultures to direct antimicrobial therapy, as 50% of patients with emphysematous cystitis have concomitant bacteremia.6
Our patient had an elevated serum level of procalcitonin, a marker of bacterial infection. Procalcitonin is a more specific biomarker of bacterial infection than acute-phase reactants such as the erythrocyte sedimentation rate or the C-reactive protein level. Measuring procalcitonin may help physicians make the diagnosis earlier, differentiate infectious from sterile causes of severe systemic inflammation, assess the severity of systemic inflammation caused by bacterial infections, and decide whether to start or discontinue antibiotic therapy.7
Most cases of emphysematous cystitis can be treated with antibiotics, though early diagnosis is crucial to a favorable outcome. Delay in diagnosis may contribute to the 20% mortality rate associated with this condition.6
- Stein JP, Spitz A, Elmajian DA, et al. Bilateral emphysematous pyelonephritis: a case report and review of the literature. Urology 1996; 47(1):129–134. pmid:8560648
- Amano M, Shimizu T. Emphysematous cystitis: a review of the literature. Intern Med 2014; 53(2):79–82. pmid:24429444
- Wang JH. Emphysematous cystitis. Urol Sci 2010; 21(4):185–186. doi:10.1016/S1879-5226(10)60041-3
- Thomas AA, Lane BR, Thomas AZ, Remer EM, Campbell SC, Shoskes DA. Emphysematous cystitis: a review of 135 cases. BJU Int 2007; 100(1):17–20. doi:10.1111/j.1464-410X.2007.06930.x
- Arthur LM, Johnson HW. Pneumaturia: a case report and review of the literature. J Urol 1948; 60(4):659–665. pmid:18885959
- Grupper M, Kravtsov A, Potasman I. Emphysematous cystitis: illustrative case report and review of the literature. Medicine (Baltimore) 2007; 86(1):47–53. doi:10.1097/MD.0b013e3180307c3a
- Lee H. Procalcitonin as a biomarker of infectious diseases. Korean J Intern Med 2013; 28(3):285–291. doi:10.3904/kjim.2013.28.3.285
A 59-year-old woman with a history of chronic kidney disease and atonic bladder was brought to the hospital by emergency medical services. She had fallen in her home 2 days earlier and remained on the floor until neighbors eventually heard her cries and called 911. She complained of abdominal pain and distention along with emesis.
On presentation, she had tachycardia and tachypnea. The examination was notable for pronounced abdominal distention, diminished bowel sounds, and costovertebral angle tenderness.
While laboratory work was being done, the patient’s tachypnea progressed to respiratory distress, and she ultimately required intubation. Vasopressors were started, as the patient was hemodynamically unstable. A Foley catheter was placed, which yielded about 1,100 mL of purulent urine.
Laboratory workup showed:
- Procalcitonin 189 ng/mL (reference range < 2.0 ng/mL)
- White blood cell count 10.7 × 109/L (4.5–10.0)
- Myoglobin 20,000 ng/mL (< 71)
- Serum creatinine 4.8 mg/dL (0.06–1.10).
Urinalysis was positive for infection; blood and urine cultures later were positive for Escherichia coli.
The patient went into shock that was refractory to pressors, culminating in cardiac arrest despite resuscitative measures.
EMPHYSEMATOUS CYSTITIS, A FORM OF URINARY TRACT INFECTION
Emphysematous cystitis is a rare form of complicated urinary tract infection characterized by gas inside the bladder and in the bladder wall. While the exact mechanisms underlying gas formation are not clear, gas-producing pathogens are clearly implicated in severe infection. E coli and Klebsiella pneumoniae are the most common organisms associated with emphysematous cystitis; others include Proteus mirabilis, and Enterobacter and Streptococcus species.1,2
More than 50% of patients with emphysematous cystitis have diabetes mellitus. Other risk factors include bladder outlet obstruction, neurogenic bladder, and female sex.3 The severity of disease ranges from asymptomatic pneumaturia (up to 7% of cases)2 to fulminant emphysematous cystitis, as in our patient.
The clinical presentation of emphysematous cystitis is nonspecific and can range from minimally symptomatic urinary tract infection to acute abdomen and septic shock.4
Some patients present with pneumaturia (the passing of gas through the urethra with micturition). Pneumaturia arises from 3 discrete causes: urologic instrumentation, fistula between the bladder and large or small bowel, and gas-producing bacteria in the bladder (emphysematous cystitis).5 Pneumaturia should always raise the suspicion of emphysematous cystitis.
The diagnosis can be made with either radiographic or computed tomographic evidence of gas within the bladder and bladder wall, in the absence of both bladder fistula and history of iatrogenic pneumaturia. Emphysematous cystitis should prompt urine and blood cultures to direct antimicrobial therapy, as 50% of patients with emphysematous cystitis have concomitant bacteremia.6
Our patient had an elevated serum level of procalcitonin, a marker of bacterial infection. Procalcitonin is a more specific biomarker of bacterial infection than acute-phase reactants such as the erythrocyte sedimentation rate or the C-reactive protein level. Measuring procalcitonin may help physicians make the diagnosis earlier, differentiate infectious from sterile causes of severe systemic inflammation, assess the severity of systemic inflammation caused by bacterial infections, and decide whether to start or discontinue antibiotic therapy.7
Most cases of emphysematous cystitis can be treated with antibiotics, though early diagnosis is crucial to a favorable outcome. Delay in diagnosis may contribute to the 20% mortality rate associated with this condition.6
A 59-year-old woman with a history of chronic kidney disease and atonic bladder was brought to the hospital by emergency medical services. She had fallen in her home 2 days earlier and remained on the floor until neighbors eventually heard her cries and called 911. She complained of abdominal pain and distention along with emesis.
On presentation, she had tachycardia and tachypnea. The examination was notable for pronounced abdominal distention, diminished bowel sounds, and costovertebral angle tenderness.
While laboratory work was being done, the patient’s tachypnea progressed to respiratory distress, and she ultimately required intubation. Vasopressors were started, as the patient was hemodynamically unstable. A Foley catheter was placed, which yielded about 1,100 mL of purulent urine.
Laboratory workup showed:
- Procalcitonin 189 ng/mL (reference range < 2.0 ng/mL)
- White blood cell count 10.7 × 109/L (4.5–10.0)
- Myoglobin 20,000 ng/mL (< 71)
- Serum creatinine 4.8 mg/dL (0.06–1.10).
Urinalysis was positive for infection; blood and urine cultures later were positive for Escherichia coli.
The patient went into shock that was refractory to pressors, culminating in cardiac arrest despite resuscitative measures.
EMPHYSEMATOUS CYSTITIS, A FORM OF URINARY TRACT INFECTION
Emphysematous cystitis is a rare form of complicated urinary tract infection characterized by gas inside the bladder and in the bladder wall. While the exact mechanisms underlying gas formation are not clear, gas-producing pathogens are clearly implicated in severe infection. E coli and Klebsiella pneumoniae are the most common organisms associated with emphysematous cystitis; others include Proteus mirabilis, and Enterobacter and Streptococcus species.1,2
More than 50% of patients with emphysematous cystitis have diabetes mellitus. Other risk factors include bladder outlet obstruction, neurogenic bladder, and female sex.3 The severity of disease ranges from asymptomatic pneumaturia (up to 7% of cases)2 to fulminant emphysematous cystitis, as in our patient.
The clinical presentation of emphysematous cystitis is nonspecific and can range from minimally symptomatic urinary tract infection to acute abdomen and septic shock.4
Some patients present with pneumaturia (the passing of gas through the urethra with micturition). Pneumaturia arises from 3 discrete causes: urologic instrumentation, fistula between the bladder and large or small bowel, and gas-producing bacteria in the bladder (emphysematous cystitis).5 Pneumaturia should always raise the suspicion of emphysematous cystitis.
The diagnosis can be made with either radiographic or computed tomographic evidence of gas within the bladder and bladder wall, in the absence of both bladder fistula and history of iatrogenic pneumaturia. Emphysematous cystitis should prompt urine and blood cultures to direct antimicrobial therapy, as 50% of patients with emphysematous cystitis have concomitant bacteremia.6
Our patient had an elevated serum level of procalcitonin, a marker of bacterial infection. Procalcitonin is a more specific biomarker of bacterial infection than acute-phase reactants such as the erythrocyte sedimentation rate or the C-reactive protein level. Measuring procalcitonin may help physicians make the diagnosis earlier, differentiate infectious from sterile causes of severe systemic inflammation, assess the severity of systemic inflammation caused by bacterial infections, and decide whether to start or discontinue antibiotic therapy.7
Most cases of emphysematous cystitis can be treated with antibiotics, though early diagnosis is crucial to a favorable outcome. Delay in diagnosis may contribute to the 20% mortality rate associated with this condition.6
- Stein JP, Spitz A, Elmajian DA, et al. Bilateral emphysematous pyelonephritis: a case report and review of the literature. Urology 1996; 47(1):129–134. pmid:8560648
- Amano M, Shimizu T. Emphysematous cystitis: a review of the literature. Intern Med 2014; 53(2):79–82. pmid:24429444
- Wang JH. Emphysematous cystitis. Urol Sci 2010; 21(4):185–186. doi:10.1016/S1879-5226(10)60041-3
- Thomas AA, Lane BR, Thomas AZ, Remer EM, Campbell SC, Shoskes DA. Emphysematous cystitis: a review of 135 cases. BJU Int 2007; 100(1):17–20. doi:10.1111/j.1464-410X.2007.06930.x
- Arthur LM, Johnson HW. Pneumaturia: a case report and review of the literature. J Urol 1948; 60(4):659–665. pmid:18885959
- Grupper M, Kravtsov A, Potasman I. Emphysematous cystitis: illustrative case report and review of the literature. Medicine (Baltimore) 2007; 86(1):47–53. doi:10.1097/MD.0b013e3180307c3a
- Lee H. Procalcitonin as a biomarker of infectious diseases. Korean J Intern Med 2013; 28(3):285–291. doi:10.3904/kjim.2013.28.3.285
- Stein JP, Spitz A, Elmajian DA, et al. Bilateral emphysematous pyelonephritis: a case report and review of the literature. Urology 1996; 47(1):129–134. pmid:8560648
- Amano M, Shimizu T. Emphysematous cystitis: a review of the literature. Intern Med 2014; 53(2):79–82. pmid:24429444
- Wang JH. Emphysematous cystitis. Urol Sci 2010; 21(4):185–186. doi:10.1016/S1879-5226(10)60041-3
- Thomas AA, Lane BR, Thomas AZ, Remer EM, Campbell SC, Shoskes DA. Emphysematous cystitis: a review of 135 cases. BJU Int 2007; 100(1):17–20. doi:10.1111/j.1464-410X.2007.06930.x
- Arthur LM, Johnson HW. Pneumaturia: a case report and review of the literature. J Urol 1948; 60(4):659–665. pmid:18885959
- Grupper M, Kravtsov A, Potasman I. Emphysematous cystitis: illustrative case report and review of the literature. Medicine (Baltimore) 2007; 86(1):47–53. doi:10.1097/MD.0b013e3180307c3a
- Lee H. Procalcitonin as a biomarker of infectious diseases. Korean J Intern Med 2013; 28(3):285–291. doi:10.3904/kjim.2013.28.3.285
When can I stop dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with drug-eluting stents?
Stopping dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) (eg, clopidogrel plus aspirin) after 3 months is reasonable in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and a high bleeding risk, with stable ischemic disease defined as at least 1 year free of acute coronary syndromes. However, these patients should continue lifelong aspirin monotherapy. Current guidelines suggest that in stable ischemic disease, the risk-benefit ratio may favor an even shorter duration of DAPT than the 6 months currently recommended.1
STABLE ISCHEMIC HEART DISEASE VS ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME
Percutaneous coronary intervention for stable ischemic heart disease is indicated primarily in patients with angina that persists despite optimal antianginal therapy.
The prognostic implications of DAPT are different in stable ischemic disease than in acute coronary syndromes. The substrate treated by percutaneous intervention in stable ischemic disease is primarily fibrofatty plaque, as opposed to thrombus in acute coronary syndromes.
Percutaneous intervention significantly improves the prognosis in acute coronary syndromes, whereas its impact on overall survival in stable ischemic heart disease is not well documented. Given these differences, our discussion about DAPT in stable ischemic disease cannot be extrapolated to acute coronary syndromes.
BENEFITS OF DAPT
DAPT is mandatory early after drug-eluting stent placement, when the stent continuously releases medication, inhibiting tissue growth within the lumen of the stent.
Endothelialization of the stent normally occurs during the first 7 to 30 days after placement. During this period, the nonendothelialized stent poses a risk of thrombosis, a life-threatening, catastrophic condition with a mortality rate between 9% and 45%.1
THERAPY BEYOND 12 MONTHS
Although guidelines have traditionally recommended 12 months of DAPT, the optimal duration is still debated.
A duration beyond 12 months in patients with a history of myocardial infarction was shown to be reasonable in 2 large trials,2,3 while a 2016 review by Bittl et al4 suggested that therapy beyond 12 months in patients with a newer-generation drug-eluting stent could increase the incidence of major bleeding. A detailed discussion of DAPT longer than 12 months is beyond the scope of this article.
EVIDENCE FOR SHORTER DURATION
The results of 5 major trials support shorter duration of DAPT in stable ischemic disease.
The OPTIMIZE5 and RESET6 trials found that 3 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months in terms of ischemic and safety end points.
The ISAR-SAFE,7 EXCELLENT,8 and SECURITY9 trials also reported that 6 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months for the primary composite end point of death, stent thrombosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, or major bleeding.
However, these trials may have been underpowered to detect a difference in rates of stent thrombosis with shorter-duration DAPT.
CURRENT GUIDELINES
For patients at high bleeding risk, the current guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association, updated in 2016, suggest that it may be reasonable to discontinue DAPT 3 months after drug-eluting stent placement in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and at 6 months in patients with acute coronary syndrome (class IIb recommendation, level of evidence C).1 These recommendations are based on results of randomized controlled trials showing no difference in the rate of stent thrombosis and composite ischemic events with a shorter duration than with 12 months of therapy.5–10
The evidence for DAPT in stable ischemic disease is based on clopidogrel, with only limited data on ticagrelor.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has evaluated DAPT in this setting for less than 3 months, and further study is needed to address shorter-duration approaches with current-generation drug-eluting stents Since 2017, all coronary stents implanted in the United States have been second-generation stents.
TOOLS TO HELP DECISION-MAKING
The decision to stop DAPT in a patient at high risk of bleeding requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits. Risk factors for bleeding include advanced age, history of major bleeding, anticoagulation, chronic kidney disease (serum creatinine level ≥ 2 mg/dL), platelet count 100 × 109/L or lower, and history of stroke.11
- Age 75 or older: −2 points
- Ages 65 to 74: −1
- Age under 65: 0
- Diabetes mellitus: 1
- Myocardial infarction at presentation: 1
- History of percutaneous coronary intervention or myocardial infarction: 1
- Stent diameter less than 3 mm: 1
- Paclitaxel drug-eluting stent: 1
- Current smoker: 2
- Percutaneous coronary intervention with saphenous vein graft: 2
- Congestive heart failure or left ventricular ejection fraction less than 30%: 2.
A score of 2 or greater favors continuing DAPT, as it indicates higher ischemic risk. A score less than 2 favors discontinuing DAPT, as it indicates higher bleeding risk.1,2
IF BLEEDING RISK IS HIGH
Preventing and controlling bleeding associated with DAPT is important. The gastrointestinal tract is the most common site of bleeding.
Aspirin inhibits prostaglandin synthesis, leading to disruption of the protective mucous membrane. Therefore, a proton pump inhibitor should be started along with DAPT in patients at high risk of gastrointestinal bleeding.
If a patient’s bleeding risk significantly outweighs the risk of stent thrombosis, or if active hemorrhage makes a patient hemodynamically unstable, antiplatelet therapy must be stopped.1
FACING SURGERY
For patients with a drug-eluting stent who are on DAPT and are to undergo elective noncardiac surgery, 3 considerations must be kept in mind:
- The risk of stent thrombosis if DAPT needs to be interrupted
- The consequences of delaying the surgical procedure
- The risk and consequences of periprocedural and intraprocedural bleeding if DAPT is continued.
Because clinical evidence for bridging therapy with intravenous antiplatelet or anticoagulant agents is limited, it is difficult to make recommendations about stopping DAPT. However, once bleeding risk is stabilized, DAPT should be restarted as soon as possible.1
CURRENT RESEARCH
Several trials are under way to further evaluate ways to minimize bleeding risk and shorten the duration of DAPT.
A prospective multicenter trial is evaluating 3-month DAPT in patients at high bleeding risk who undergo placement of an everolimus-eluting stent.11 This study is expected to be completed in August 2019.
Another strategy for patients at high bleeding risk is use of a polymer-free drug-coated coronary stent. In a 2015 trial comparing a biolimus A9-coated stent vs a bare-metal stent, patients received DAPT for 1 month after stent placement. The drug-coated stent was found to be superior in terms of the primary safety end point (cardiac death, myocardial infarction, or stent thrombosis).12 This stent is not yet approved by the US Food and Drug Administration at the time of this writing.
Further study is needed to evaluate DAPT durations of less than 3 months and to establish the proper timing for safely discontinuing DAPT in difficult clinical scenarios.
WHEN STOPPING MAY BE REASONABLE
According to current guidelines, in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation or newer drug-eluting stent for stable ischemic heart disease, discontinuing DAPT 3 months after stent placement may be reasonable.1 The decision to stop DAPT in these patients requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits and may be aided by a tool such as the DAPT risk score. However, these recommendations cannot be extrapolated to patients with an acute coronary syndrome within the past year, as they are at higher risk.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGES
- A cardiologist should be consulted before discontinuing DAPT in patients with a drug-eluting stent, especially if the stent was recently placed.
- The duration of therapy depends on the indication for stent placement (stable ischemic heart disease vs acute coronary syndrome) and on stent location.
- Based on the 2016 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines,1 in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation drug-eluting stent, discontinuing DAPT is safe after 3 months in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and after 6 months in patients with an acute coronary syndrome.
- When prescribing DAPT, available evidence favors clopidogrel in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and are at high bleeding risk.
- In these patients, the risk-benefit ratio based on the DAPT score may be useful when considering stopping clopidogrel.
- Levine GN, Bates ER, Bittl JA, et al. 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2016; 134(10):e123–e155. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000404 [correction in doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000452]
- Mauri L, Kereiakes DJ, Yeh RW, et al; DAPT Study Investigators. Twelve or 30 months of dual antiplatelet therapy after drug-eluting stents. N Engl J Med 2014; 371(23):2155–2166. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1409312
- Bonaca MP, Bhatt DL, Cohen M, et al; PEGASUS-TIMI 54 Steering Committee and Investigators. Long-term use of ticagrelor in patients with prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(19):1791–1800. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1500857
- Bittl JA, Baber U, Bradley SM, Wijeysundera DN. Duration of dual antiplatelet therapy: a systematic review for the 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68(10):1116–1139. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2016.03.512
- Feres F, Costa RA, Abizaid A, et al; OPTIMIZE Trial Investigators. Three vs twelve months of dual antiplatelet therapy after zotarolimus-eluting stents: the OPTIMIZE randomized trial. JAMA 2013; 310(23):2510–2522. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.282183
- Kubo T, Akasaka T, Kozuma K, et al. Comparison of neointimal coverage between everolimus-eluting stents and sirolimus-eluting stents: an optical coherence tomography substudy of RESET. EuroIntervention 2015. doi:10.4244/EIJV11I5A109
- Schulz-Schupke S, Byrne RA, ten Berg JM, et al; Intracoronary Stenting and Antithrombotic Regimen: Safety And EFficacy of 6 Months Dual Antiplatelet Therapy After Drug-Eluting Stenting (ISAR-SAFE) Trial Investigators. ISAR-SAFE: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 6 vs 12 months of clopidogrel therapy after drug-eluting stenting. Eur Heart J 2015; 36(20):1252–1263. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu523
- Gwon HC, Hahn JY, Park KW, et al. Six-month versus 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy after implantation of drug-eluting stents: the efficacy of Xience/Promus vs Cypher to reduce late loss after stenting (EXCELLENT) randomized, multicenter study. Circulation 2012; 125(3):505–513. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.111.059022
- Colombo A, Chieffo A, Frasheri A, et al. Second-generation drug-eluting stent implantation followed by 6- vs 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy: the SECURITY randomized clinical trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(20):2086–2097. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.09.008
- Kim BK, Hong MK, Shin DH, et al; RESET Investigators. A new strategy for discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy: the RESET Trial (REal Safety and Efficacy of 3-month dual antiplatelet Therapy following Endeavor zotarolimus-eluting stent implantation). J Am Coll Cardiol 2012; 60(15):1340–1348. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2012.06.043
- US National Library of Medicine. ClinicalTrials.gov. EVOLVE Short DAPT Study. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02605447. Accessed December 3, 2018.
- Urban P, Meredith IT, Abizaid A, et al; LEADERS FREE Investigators. Polymer-free drug-coated coronary stents in patients at high bleeding risk. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(21):2038–2047. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1503943
Stopping dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) (eg, clopidogrel plus aspirin) after 3 months is reasonable in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and a high bleeding risk, with stable ischemic disease defined as at least 1 year free of acute coronary syndromes. However, these patients should continue lifelong aspirin monotherapy. Current guidelines suggest that in stable ischemic disease, the risk-benefit ratio may favor an even shorter duration of DAPT than the 6 months currently recommended.1
STABLE ISCHEMIC HEART DISEASE VS ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME
Percutaneous coronary intervention for stable ischemic heart disease is indicated primarily in patients with angina that persists despite optimal antianginal therapy.
The prognostic implications of DAPT are different in stable ischemic disease than in acute coronary syndromes. The substrate treated by percutaneous intervention in stable ischemic disease is primarily fibrofatty plaque, as opposed to thrombus in acute coronary syndromes.
Percutaneous intervention significantly improves the prognosis in acute coronary syndromes, whereas its impact on overall survival in stable ischemic heart disease is not well documented. Given these differences, our discussion about DAPT in stable ischemic disease cannot be extrapolated to acute coronary syndromes.
BENEFITS OF DAPT
DAPT is mandatory early after drug-eluting stent placement, when the stent continuously releases medication, inhibiting tissue growth within the lumen of the stent.
Endothelialization of the stent normally occurs during the first 7 to 30 days after placement. During this period, the nonendothelialized stent poses a risk of thrombosis, a life-threatening, catastrophic condition with a mortality rate between 9% and 45%.1
THERAPY BEYOND 12 MONTHS
Although guidelines have traditionally recommended 12 months of DAPT, the optimal duration is still debated.
A duration beyond 12 months in patients with a history of myocardial infarction was shown to be reasonable in 2 large trials,2,3 while a 2016 review by Bittl et al4 suggested that therapy beyond 12 months in patients with a newer-generation drug-eluting stent could increase the incidence of major bleeding. A detailed discussion of DAPT longer than 12 months is beyond the scope of this article.
EVIDENCE FOR SHORTER DURATION
The results of 5 major trials support shorter duration of DAPT in stable ischemic disease.
The OPTIMIZE5 and RESET6 trials found that 3 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months in terms of ischemic and safety end points.
The ISAR-SAFE,7 EXCELLENT,8 and SECURITY9 trials also reported that 6 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months for the primary composite end point of death, stent thrombosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, or major bleeding.
However, these trials may have been underpowered to detect a difference in rates of stent thrombosis with shorter-duration DAPT.
CURRENT GUIDELINES
For patients at high bleeding risk, the current guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association, updated in 2016, suggest that it may be reasonable to discontinue DAPT 3 months after drug-eluting stent placement in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and at 6 months in patients with acute coronary syndrome (class IIb recommendation, level of evidence C).1 These recommendations are based on results of randomized controlled trials showing no difference in the rate of stent thrombosis and composite ischemic events with a shorter duration than with 12 months of therapy.5–10
The evidence for DAPT in stable ischemic disease is based on clopidogrel, with only limited data on ticagrelor.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has evaluated DAPT in this setting for less than 3 months, and further study is needed to address shorter-duration approaches with current-generation drug-eluting stents Since 2017, all coronary stents implanted in the United States have been second-generation stents.
TOOLS TO HELP DECISION-MAKING
The decision to stop DAPT in a patient at high risk of bleeding requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits. Risk factors for bleeding include advanced age, history of major bleeding, anticoagulation, chronic kidney disease (serum creatinine level ≥ 2 mg/dL), platelet count 100 × 109/L or lower, and history of stroke.11
- Age 75 or older: −2 points
- Ages 65 to 74: −1
- Age under 65: 0
- Diabetes mellitus: 1
- Myocardial infarction at presentation: 1
- History of percutaneous coronary intervention or myocardial infarction: 1
- Stent diameter less than 3 mm: 1
- Paclitaxel drug-eluting stent: 1
- Current smoker: 2
- Percutaneous coronary intervention with saphenous vein graft: 2
- Congestive heart failure or left ventricular ejection fraction less than 30%: 2.
A score of 2 or greater favors continuing DAPT, as it indicates higher ischemic risk. A score less than 2 favors discontinuing DAPT, as it indicates higher bleeding risk.1,2
IF BLEEDING RISK IS HIGH
Preventing and controlling bleeding associated with DAPT is important. The gastrointestinal tract is the most common site of bleeding.
Aspirin inhibits prostaglandin synthesis, leading to disruption of the protective mucous membrane. Therefore, a proton pump inhibitor should be started along with DAPT in patients at high risk of gastrointestinal bleeding.
If a patient’s bleeding risk significantly outweighs the risk of stent thrombosis, or if active hemorrhage makes a patient hemodynamically unstable, antiplatelet therapy must be stopped.1
FACING SURGERY
For patients with a drug-eluting stent who are on DAPT and are to undergo elective noncardiac surgery, 3 considerations must be kept in mind:
- The risk of stent thrombosis if DAPT needs to be interrupted
- The consequences of delaying the surgical procedure
- The risk and consequences of periprocedural and intraprocedural bleeding if DAPT is continued.
Because clinical evidence for bridging therapy with intravenous antiplatelet or anticoagulant agents is limited, it is difficult to make recommendations about stopping DAPT. However, once bleeding risk is stabilized, DAPT should be restarted as soon as possible.1
CURRENT RESEARCH
Several trials are under way to further evaluate ways to minimize bleeding risk and shorten the duration of DAPT.
A prospective multicenter trial is evaluating 3-month DAPT in patients at high bleeding risk who undergo placement of an everolimus-eluting stent.11 This study is expected to be completed in August 2019.
Another strategy for patients at high bleeding risk is use of a polymer-free drug-coated coronary stent. In a 2015 trial comparing a biolimus A9-coated stent vs a bare-metal stent, patients received DAPT for 1 month after stent placement. The drug-coated stent was found to be superior in terms of the primary safety end point (cardiac death, myocardial infarction, or stent thrombosis).12 This stent is not yet approved by the US Food and Drug Administration at the time of this writing.
Further study is needed to evaluate DAPT durations of less than 3 months and to establish the proper timing for safely discontinuing DAPT in difficult clinical scenarios.
WHEN STOPPING MAY BE REASONABLE
According to current guidelines, in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation or newer drug-eluting stent for stable ischemic heart disease, discontinuing DAPT 3 months after stent placement may be reasonable.1 The decision to stop DAPT in these patients requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits and may be aided by a tool such as the DAPT risk score. However, these recommendations cannot be extrapolated to patients with an acute coronary syndrome within the past year, as they are at higher risk.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGES
- A cardiologist should be consulted before discontinuing DAPT in patients with a drug-eluting stent, especially if the stent was recently placed.
- The duration of therapy depends on the indication for stent placement (stable ischemic heart disease vs acute coronary syndrome) and on stent location.
- Based on the 2016 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines,1 in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation drug-eluting stent, discontinuing DAPT is safe after 3 months in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and after 6 months in patients with an acute coronary syndrome.
- When prescribing DAPT, available evidence favors clopidogrel in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and are at high bleeding risk.
- In these patients, the risk-benefit ratio based on the DAPT score may be useful when considering stopping clopidogrel.
Stopping dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) (eg, clopidogrel plus aspirin) after 3 months is reasonable in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and a high bleeding risk, with stable ischemic disease defined as at least 1 year free of acute coronary syndromes. However, these patients should continue lifelong aspirin monotherapy. Current guidelines suggest that in stable ischemic disease, the risk-benefit ratio may favor an even shorter duration of DAPT than the 6 months currently recommended.1
STABLE ISCHEMIC HEART DISEASE VS ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME
Percutaneous coronary intervention for stable ischemic heart disease is indicated primarily in patients with angina that persists despite optimal antianginal therapy.
The prognostic implications of DAPT are different in stable ischemic disease than in acute coronary syndromes. The substrate treated by percutaneous intervention in stable ischemic disease is primarily fibrofatty plaque, as opposed to thrombus in acute coronary syndromes.
Percutaneous intervention significantly improves the prognosis in acute coronary syndromes, whereas its impact on overall survival in stable ischemic heart disease is not well documented. Given these differences, our discussion about DAPT in stable ischemic disease cannot be extrapolated to acute coronary syndromes.
BENEFITS OF DAPT
DAPT is mandatory early after drug-eluting stent placement, when the stent continuously releases medication, inhibiting tissue growth within the lumen of the stent.
Endothelialization of the stent normally occurs during the first 7 to 30 days after placement. During this period, the nonendothelialized stent poses a risk of thrombosis, a life-threatening, catastrophic condition with a mortality rate between 9% and 45%.1
THERAPY BEYOND 12 MONTHS
Although guidelines have traditionally recommended 12 months of DAPT, the optimal duration is still debated.
A duration beyond 12 months in patients with a history of myocardial infarction was shown to be reasonable in 2 large trials,2,3 while a 2016 review by Bittl et al4 suggested that therapy beyond 12 months in patients with a newer-generation drug-eluting stent could increase the incidence of major bleeding. A detailed discussion of DAPT longer than 12 months is beyond the scope of this article.
EVIDENCE FOR SHORTER DURATION
The results of 5 major trials support shorter duration of DAPT in stable ischemic disease.
The OPTIMIZE5 and RESET6 trials found that 3 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months in terms of ischemic and safety end points.
The ISAR-SAFE,7 EXCELLENT,8 and SECURITY9 trials also reported that 6 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months for the primary composite end point of death, stent thrombosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, or major bleeding.
However, these trials may have been underpowered to detect a difference in rates of stent thrombosis with shorter-duration DAPT.
CURRENT GUIDELINES
For patients at high bleeding risk, the current guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association, updated in 2016, suggest that it may be reasonable to discontinue DAPT 3 months after drug-eluting stent placement in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and at 6 months in patients with acute coronary syndrome (class IIb recommendation, level of evidence C).1 These recommendations are based on results of randomized controlled trials showing no difference in the rate of stent thrombosis and composite ischemic events with a shorter duration than with 12 months of therapy.5–10
The evidence for DAPT in stable ischemic disease is based on clopidogrel, with only limited data on ticagrelor.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has evaluated DAPT in this setting for less than 3 months, and further study is needed to address shorter-duration approaches with current-generation drug-eluting stents Since 2017, all coronary stents implanted in the United States have been second-generation stents.
TOOLS TO HELP DECISION-MAKING
The decision to stop DAPT in a patient at high risk of bleeding requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits. Risk factors for bleeding include advanced age, history of major bleeding, anticoagulation, chronic kidney disease (serum creatinine level ≥ 2 mg/dL), platelet count 100 × 109/L or lower, and history of stroke.11
- Age 75 or older: −2 points
- Ages 65 to 74: −1
- Age under 65: 0
- Diabetes mellitus: 1
- Myocardial infarction at presentation: 1
- History of percutaneous coronary intervention or myocardial infarction: 1
- Stent diameter less than 3 mm: 1
- Paclitaxel drug-eluting stent: 1
- Current smoker: 2
- Percutaneous coronary intervention with saphenous vein graft: 2
- Congestive heart failure or left ventricular ejection fraction less than 30%: 2.
A score of 2 or greater favors continuing DAPT, as it indicates higher ischemic risk. A score less than 2 favors discontinuing DAPT, as it indicates higher bleeding risk.1,2
IF BLEEDING RISK IS HIGH
Preventing and controlling bleeding associated with DAPT is important. The gastrointestinal tract is the most common site of bleeding.
Aspirin inhibits prostaglandin synthesis, leading to disruption of the protective mucous membrane. Therefore, a proton pump inhibitor should be started along with DAPT in patients at high risk of gastrointestinal bleeding.
If a patient’s bleeding risk significantly outweighs the risk of stent thrombosis, or if active hemorrhage makes a patient hemodynamically unstable, antiplatelet therapy must be stopped.1
FACING SURGERY
For patients with a drug-eluting stent who are on DAPT and are to undergo elective noncardiac surgery, 3 considerations must be kept in mind:
- The risk of stent thrombosis if DAPT needs to be interrupted
- The consequences of delaying the surgical procedure
- The risk and consequences of periprocedural and intraprocedural bleeding if DAPT is continued.
Because clinical evidence for bridging therapy with intravenous antiplatelet or anticoagulant agents is limited, it is difficult to make recommendations about stopping DAPT. However, once bleeding risk is stabilized, DAPT should be restarted as soon as possible.1
CURRENT RESEARCH
Several trials are under way to further evaluate ways to minimize bleeding risk and shorten the duration of DAPT.
A prospective multicenter trial is evaluating 3-month DAPT in patients at high bleeding risk who undergo placement of an everolimus-eluting stent.11 This study is expected to be completed in August 2019.
Another strategy for patients at high bleeding risk is use of a polymer-free drug-coated coronary stent. In a 2015 trial comparing a biolimus A9-coated stent vs a bare-metal stent, patients received DAPT for 1 month after stent placement. The drug-coated stent was found to be superior in terms of the primary safety end point (cardiac death, myocardial infarction, or stent thrombosis).12 This stent is not yet approved by the US Food and Drug Administration at the time of this writing.
Further study is needed to evaluate DAPT durations of less than 3 months and to establish the proper timing for safely discontinuing DAPT in difficult clinical scenarios.
WHEN STOPPING MAY BE REASONABLE
According to current guidelines, in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation or newer drug-eluting stent for stable ischemic heart disease, discontinuing DAPT 3 months after stent placement may be reasonable.1 The decision to stop DAPT in these patients requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits and may be aided by a tool such as the DAPT risk score. However, these recommendations cannot be extrapolated to patients with an acute coronary syndrome within the past year, as they are at higher risk.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGES
- A cardiologist should be consulted before discontinuing DAPT in patients with a drug-eluting stent, especially if the stent was recently placed.
- The duration of therapy depends on the indication for stent placement (stable ischemic heart disease vs acute coronary syndrome) and on stent location.
- Based on the 2016 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines,1 in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation drug-eluting stent, discontinuing DAPT is safe after 3 months in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and after 6 months in patients with an acute coronary syndrome.
- When prescribing DAPT, available evidence favors clopidogrel in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and are at high bleeding risk.
- In these patients, the risk-benefit ratio based on the DAPT score may be useful when considering stopping clopidogrel.
- Levine GN, Bates ER, Bittl JA, et al. 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2016; 134(10):e123–e155. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000404 [correction in doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000452]
- Mauri L, Kereiakes DJ, Yeh RW, et al; DAPT Study Investigators. Twelve or 30 months of dual antiplatelet therapy after drug-eluting stents. N Engl J Med 2014; 371(23):2155–2166. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1409312
- Bonaca MP, Bhatt DL, Cohen M, et al; PEGASUS-TIMI 54 Steering Committee and Investigators. Long-term use of ticagrelor in patients with prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(19):1791–1800. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1500857
- Bittl JA, Baber U, Bradley SM, Wijeysundera DN. Duration of dual antiplatelet therapy: a systematic review for the 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68(10):1116–1139. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2016.03.512
- Feres F, Costa RA, Abizaid A, et al; OPTIMIZE Trial Investigators. Three vs twelve months of dual antiplatelet therapy after zotarolimus-eluting stents: the OPTIMIZE randomized trial. JAMA 2013; 310(23):2510–2522. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.282183
- Kubo T, Akasaka T, Kozuma K, et al. Comparison of neointimal coverage between everolimus-eluting stents and sirolimus-eluting stents: an optical coherence tomography substudy of RESET. EuroIntervention 2015. doi:10.4244/EIJV11I5A109
- Schulz-Schupke S, Byrne RA, ten Berg JM, et al; Intracoronary Stenting and Antithrombotic Regimen: Safety And EFficacy of 6 Months Dual Antiplatelet Therapy After Drug-Eluting Stenting (ISAR-SAFE) Trial Investigators. ISAR-SAFE: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 6 vs 12 months of clopidogrel therapy after drug-eluting stenting. Eur Heart J 2015; 36(20):1252–1263. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu523
- Gwon HC, Hahn JY, Park KW, et al. Six-month versus 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy after implantation of drug-eluting stents: the efficacy of Xience/Promus vs Cypher to reduce late loss after stenting (EXCELLENT) randomized, multicenter study. Circulation 2012; 125(3):505–513. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.111.059022
- Colombo A, Chieffo A, Frasheri A, et al. Second-generation drug-eluting stent implantation followed by 6- vs 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy: the SECURITY randomized clinical trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(20):2086–2097. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.09.008
- Kim BK, Hong MK, Shin DH, et al; RESET Investigators. A new strategy for discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy: the RESET Trial (REal Safety and Efficacy of 3-month dual antiplatelet Therapy following Endeavor zotarolimus-eluting stent implantation). J Am Coll Cardiol 2012; 60(15):1340–1348. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2012.06.043
- US National Library of Medicine. ClinicalTrials.gov. EVOLVE Short DAPT Study. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02605447. Accessed December 3, 2018.
- Urban P, Meredith IT, Abizaid A, et al; LEADERS FREE Investigators. Polymer-free drug-coated coronary stents in patients at high bleeding risk. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(21):2038–2047. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1503943
- Levine GN, Bates ER, Bittl JA, et al. 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2016; 134(10):e123–e155. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000404 [correction in doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000452]
- Mauri L, Kereiakes DJ, Yeh RW, et al; DAPT Study Investigators. Twelve or 30 months of dual antiplatelet therapy after drug-eluting stents. N Engl J Med 2014; 371(23):2155–2166. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1409312
- Bonaca MP, Bhatt DL, Cohen M, et al; PEGASUS-TIMI 54 Steering Committee and Investigators. Long-term use of ticagrelor in patients with prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(19):1791–1800. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1500857
- Bittl JA, Baber U, Bradley SM, Wijeysundera DN. Duration of dual antiplatelet therapy: a systematic review for the 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68(10):1116–1139. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2016.03.512
- Feres F, Costa RA, Abizaid A, et al; OPTIMIZE Trial Investigators. Three vs twelve months of dual antiplatelet therapy after zotarolimus-eluting stents: the OPTIMIZE randomized trial. JAMA 2013; 310(23):2510–2522. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.282183
- Kubo T, Akasaka T, Kozuma K, et al. Comparison of neointimal coverage between everolimus-eluting stents and sirolimus-eluting stents: an optical coherence tomography substudy of RESET. EuroIntervention 2015. doi:10.4244/EIJV11I5A109
- Schulz-Schupke S, Byrne RA, ten Berg JM, et al; Intracoronary Stenting and Antithrombotic Regimen: Safety And EFficacy of 6 Months Dual Antiplatelet Therapy After Drug-Eluting Stenting (ISAR-SAFE) Trial Investigators. ISAR-SAFE: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 6 vs 12 months of clopidogrel therapy after drug-eluting stenting. Eur Heart J 2015; 36(20):1252–1263. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu523
- Gwon HC, Hahn JY, Park KW, et al. Six-month versus 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy after implantation of drug-eluting stents: the efficacy of Xience/Promus vs Cypher to reduce late loss after stenting (EXCELLENT) randomized, multicenter study. Circulation 2012; 125(3):505–513. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.111.059022
- Colombo A, Chieffo A, Frasheri A, et al. Second-generation drug-eluting stent implantation followed by 6- vs 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy: the SECURITY randomized clinical trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(20):2086–2097. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.09.008
- Kim BK, Hong MK, Shin DH, et al; RESET Investigators. A new strategy for discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy: the RESET Trial (REal Safety and Efficacy of 3-month dual antiplatelet Therapy following Endeavor zotarolimus-eluting stent implantation). J Am Coll Cardiol 2012; 60(15):1340–1348. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2012.06.043
- US National Library of Medicine. ClinicalTrials.gov. EVOLVE Short DAPT Study. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02605447. Accessed December 3, 2018.
- Urban P, Meredith IT, Abizaid A, et al; LEADERS FREE Investigators. Polymer-free drug-coated coronary stents in patients at high bleeding risk. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(21):2038–2047. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1503943